FAB INDUSTRIES INC
10-K, 1996-02-29
KNITTING MILLS
Previous: DYNAMIC MATERIALS CORP, 10KSB40, 1996-02-29
Next: ANCHOR CAPITAL ACCUMULATION TRUST, NSAR-A, 1996-02-29



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

              [x] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

            [ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 2, 1995     Commission file number 1-5901

                              FAB INDUSTRIES, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


                  Delaware                                 13-2581181
          (State or other jurisdiction                  (I.R.S. Employer
      of incorporation or organization)                Identification No.)

200 Madison Avenue, New York, NY                                 10016
(Address of principal executive offices)                      (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  212-592-2700

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                     Name of each exchange on
         Title of each class                            which registered

         Common Stock, $.20 par value              American Stock Exchange, Inc.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:Share Purchase Rights

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934 during the  preceding  12 months,  and (2) has been  subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to
item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,
to the best of  Registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K [ ]

         The  aggregate  market  value at  February  20,  1996 of  shares of the
Registrant's  Common  Stock,  $.20 par value  (based upon the closing  price per
share of such  stock on the  Composite  Tape for issues  listed on the  American
Stock  Exchange),  held by  non-affiliates  of the registrant was  approximately
$130,984,000.  Solely  for the  purposes  of this  calculation,  shares  held by
directors  and  executive  officers  of the  Registrant  and  members  of  their
respective  immediate  families  sharing the same  household have been excluded.
Such  exclusion  should not be deemed a  determination  or an  admission  by the
Registrant that such individuals are, in fact, affiliates of the Registrant.

         Indicate the number of shares  outstanding of each of the  Registrant's
classes of common  stock,  as of the latest  practicable  date:  At February 20,
1996, there were outstanding 5,897,259 shares of Common Stock, $.20 par value.

Documents  Incorporated  by  Reference:  Certain  portions  of the  Registrant's
definitive  proxy statement to be filed not later than April 1, 1996 pursuant to
Regulation 14A are  incorporated by reference in Items 10 through 13 of Part III
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
<PAGE>



                              FAB INDUSTRIES, INC.

                               INDEX TO FORM 10-K



Item Number                                                   Page


PART I...............................................................1
     Item 1. Business.............................................   1
     Item 2. Properties..............................................3
     Item 3. Legal Proceedings.......................................4
     Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security-Holders.....4

PART II..............................................................6
     Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder 
               Matters...............................................6
     Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data....................7
     Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
               Results of Operations.................................8
     Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data............10
     Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
               Financial Disclosure.................................10

PART III............................................................11
     Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant....11
     Item 11. Executive Compensation................................11
     Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and 
               Management...........................................11
     Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions........11

PART IV.............................................................12
     Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports 
               on Form 8-K..........................................12

SIGNATURES......................................................... 16



<PAGE>



                                     PART I




ITEM 1.           BUSINESS


         Fab  Industries,   Inc.  and  its   subsidiaries   (collectively,   the
"Registrant")  are engaged in the business of  manufacturing  and marketing warp
knit  textile  fabrics,  raschel  laces,  circular  knits,  novelty  knits,  and
polyurethane  coated  bonded  fabrics.  In  addition,  the  Registrant  produces
comforters,  sheets,  blankets  and other  bedding  products.  The  Registrant's
products are generally  non-branded.  The Registrant was incorporated  under the
laws of the State of Delaware on April 21, 1966 and is a successor  by merger to
previously existing businesses.

         The Registrant's  textile  operations consist primarily of knitting and
finishing  synthetic  yarns on tricot and raschel  warp  knitting  machines  and
synthetic  and  natural  yarns on  circular  double  and single  knit  machines.
Products in which the Registrant's textile fabrics are used include a broad line
of ready to wear and intimate  apparel for men,  women and children;  children's
sleepwear;  activewear;  recreational  apparel;  home  furnishing  applications;
over-the-counter fabrics sold to major fabric specialty chain stores; industrial
fabrics; upholstery fabrics for the residential and contract markets; and health
care and consumer product related applications.

         The Registrant  also utilizes its own textile fabrics in its Salisbury,
North Carolina  manufacturing  facility to produce flannel and satin sheets,  as
well as blankets,  comforters  and other bedding  products  which the Registrant
sells to chain stores,  department stores,  specialty stores, catalogue and mail
order concerns,  and domestic and foreign airlines. The Registrant also sells to
the institutional health-care markets.

         The Registrant's Raval Lace Division manufactures raschel lace products
for sale to  manufacturers  of  women's  lingerie  and  women's  and  children's
apparel.  There are also sales in the ribbon  and  craft,  and home  furnishings
trades.  In addition,  the Raval Lace Division  produces  over-the-counter  lace
fabrics for sale to retailers.

         Through its Raval  Designer Lace Division,  the  Registrant  produces a
more intricately  designed lace on the Registrant's  state-of-the-art,  high-bar
electronic  machinery.  The Designer  Lace  products are used in women's  better
designer lingerie, bridal wear, dresses, blouses and sportswear.

         The Registrant's subsidiary, Gem Urethane Corporation,  produces a line
of   polyurethane   coated  fabrics  and  a  variety  of  flame,   adhesive  and
ultrasonically  bonded items.  Products in which the  Registrant's  polyurethane
fabrics are used include shoes, luggage, apparel, accessories, women's handbags,
belts, health care, industrial and automotive products.

         The Registrant engages in research and product  development  activities
which  are  directed  to the  creation  of new  fabrics  and  styles to meet the
continually changing demands of its customers.  Direct expenditures in this area
aggregated  $3,824,000,  $4,347,000 and $4,184,000 in fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995
respectively. Through these efforts, the Registrant has developed a full line of
proprietary knitted fabrics for sale to manufacturers of

                                        1

<PAGE>



men's, women's and children's apparel, both domestically and in foreign markets.
Similarly,  the Registrant has also developed a full line of proprietary  sheets
and blankets, including specialty blankets for airlines.

         While the  Registrant  utilizes  various  trademarks and trade names in
connection with the promotion and sale of its products, it does not believe that
the loss or expiration of any such trademark or trade name would have a material
adverse effect on its operations.

         The Registrant's products are marketed primarily by its full-time sales
personnel,  although the  Registrant  also utilizes the services of  independent
representatives  located  throughout  much  of the  United  States  and  abroad.
Advertisements  in various media, in cooperation with producers of yarn utilized
by the Registrant, are also employed as a marketing tool.

         Historically,   the  Registrant's   business  reflects  minor  seasonal
variation.  Somewhat  higher  sales are  recorded in the second and third fiscal
quarters as a result of  purchases  by  customers  in  anticipation  of Fall and
Holiday  apparel  sales.  The fourth and first fiscal  quarter  sales tend to be
lower as they are derived from apparel  customer  orders limited to those needed
to replenish  smaller  inventory  requirements  after Fall and Holiday sales and
prior to customer reorders for Spring and Summer fabrications.

         The Registrant  does not deem  information  relating to backlog of firm
orders to be  material,  as goods  subject to such orders are  shipped  within a
relatively short time, usually  two-to-ten weeks,  depending on the availability
of yarn and other raw materials. On average, orders are filled within six weeks.

         For fiscal 1995, the  Registrant's  aggregate  sales to companies under
the common control of Sara Lee Corporation  accounted for  approximately  16% of
the  Registrant's  net  sales.  The  receivables  from this  group of  customers
represent  approximately  22% of the  Registrant's  December  2,  1995  accounts
receivable balance. The Registrant's export sales are not material.


SUPPLIES OF RAW MATERIALS

         The Registrant has not experienced difficulties in obtaining sufficient
chemicals,  dyes and other raw materials and supplies  required to maintain full
production;  nor has it experienced  difficulties in obtaining sufficient yarns.
The Registrant is not dependent upon any single source of supply and alternative
sources are  available  for most of the raw  materials  necessary to conduct its
business.


INVENTORIES

         The  Registrant is required to maintain  adequate  inventories of yarns
and other raw materials to insure an uninterrupted  production flow.  Greige and
finished goods must be maintained as inventory to meet varying  customer  demand
and delivery  requirements.  Credit terms available to customers normally exceed
credit terms extended by suppliers of raw materials, requiring the Registrant to
maintain adequate working capital.


                                        2

<PAGE>



COMPETITION

         The  Registrant is engaged in a highly  competitive  business  which is
based largely upon product quality,  service and price and upon general consumer
demand for the finished goods in which the  Registrant's  products are utilized.
The Registrant  believes that there are in excess of 20 other  manufacturers for
its  products.  The  Registrant  believes  that it is one of the major  warp and
circular knit,  raschel lace and urethane  product  manufacturers  in the United
States.  The proportion of imported  textile goods sold in the United States has
increased  substantially in the past few years, and has had an adverse impact on
domestically   manufactured   textile   products  and  the  number  of  domestic
manufacturers of such products.  The Registrant's  strong financial position and
increased  capacity  (the  result of  significant  expenditures  for  production
equipment) have enabled it to capture a larger share of the now smaller domestic
textile market.

EMPLOYEES

         The  Registrant's  employees  who  number  approximately  1,600 are not
represented by unions. The Registrant  considers relations with its employees to
be satisfactory.


ITEM 2.           PROPERTIES.

         The Registrant's  manufacturing  operations are conducted in facilities
owned by the Registrant in Lincolnton,  Maiden, Cherryville and Salisbury, which
are all in  North  Carolina,  and in  facilities  leased  by the  Registrant  in
Amsterdam,  New York. All of the Registrant's  facilities are generally utilized
on a full-time, five to six day-a-week basis.

         Knitting, dyeing-finishing and printing operations are conducted at the
Registrant's  Lincolnton  facility.  These  include  warp and raschel  knitting,
various types of dyeing, framing, lace separating,  sueding, shearing,  napping,
calendaring and heat- transfer  printing.  Dyeing-finishing  operations are also
conducted at the Cherryville facility. The Lincolnton and Cherryville facilities
also process and serve as warehouses for greige goods,  manufactured and shipped
from the Registrant's Amsterdam and Maiden plants.

         At the Maiden  plant  facility,  the  Registrant  conducts a variety of
manufacturing operations, including warping for the tricot and lace machines and
single and double knitting of fabrics. The Salisbury facility is the site of the
Registrant's consumer products and institutional products manufacturing,  retail
and over-  the-counter  operations.  The Registrant's  Amsterdam  facilities are
devoted  to tricot  warping  and tricot  knitting  operations  and  warehousing.
Approximately 106,000 square feet in one of the Registrant's Amsterdam plants is
utilized  for  the   production  of  urethane   coated  fabrics  and  laminating
operations.

         The following  table sets forth in summary fashion the location of each
of the Registrant's  manufacturing  facilities,  its principal use,  approximate
floor space, and, where leased,  the lease expiration date. No facility owned by
the Registrant is subject to any encumbrance.


                                       3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    APPROXIMATE               LEASE
LOCATION             PRINCIPAL USE                  FLOOR SPACE          EXPIRATION DATE

<S>                 <C>                          <C>                          <C>
Lincolnton,          Dyeing and Finishing,         630,550 sq.ft.              (1)
North                Raschel and Tricot
Carolina             Warp Knitting, Printing
                     and Warehouse

Lincolnton,          Warehouse                     55,000 sq. ft.              (1)
North Carolina

Maiden,              Warping, Circular Single      224,013 sq.ft.              (1)
North Carolina       and Double Knitting and
                     Warehouse

Salisbury,           Manufacturing Finished        125,000 sq.ft.              (1)
North Carolina       Consumer Products and
                     Retail Over- the-Counter
                     Fabric

Amsterdam,           Polyurethane Coating          106,000 sq.ft.          12/31/99 (2)
New York             Manufacturing
                     Operations and Bonding
                     and Laminating

Amsterdam,           Warping, Tricot  Knitting     367,000 sq.ft.          12/31/06 (2)
New York             and Warehouse

Cherryville,         Dyeing and Finishing         197,000 sq. ft.              (1)
North
Carolina

New York,            Executive Offices and         33,000 sq. ft.           4/30/96 (3)
New York             Showroom Facilities

</TABLE>

- ------------------------
(1) Owned by the Registrant.
(2) Capitalized  building lease - See note 5 of Notes to Consolidated  Financial
    Statements.
(3) Registrant is currently negotiating a new lease.

         All of the Registrant's  facilities are constructed of brick,  steel or
concrete  and  are  considered  by the  Registrant  to be  adequate  and in good
operating condition and repair.


ITEM 3.           LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

         There are no material pending legal proceedings to which the Registrant
or any of its  subsidiaries  is a party  or of  which  any of  their  respective
properties are the subject.

ITEM 4.           SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY-HOLDERS.

         Not Applicable


                                       4
<PAGE>



EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  concerning  the
executive officers of the Registrant as of February 20, 1996.


NAME                  AGE    POSITIONS AND OFFICES

Samson Bitensky...... 76     Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and
                             Chief Executive Officer

David A. Miller...... 58     Vice President-Finance and Treasurer


Stanley August....... 64     Vice President

Steven Myers......... 47     Vice President

Sherman S. Lawrence.. 77     Secretary and Director


         Each of the Registrant's  executive  officers serves at the pleasure of
the Board of  Directors  and  until his or her  successor  is duly  elected  and
qualifies.

         SAMSON  BITENSKY was among the founders of the  Registrant  in 1966 and
has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive  Officer of
the Registrant since such time. Mr. Bitensky has also served as President of the
Registrant since 1970.

         DAVID A. MILLER has been employed by the Registrant  since 1966 and has
served as its Controller  from 1973 until December 7, 1995 and as Vice President
- - Finance and Treasurer  since  December 7, 1995. On December 6, 1995 Mr. Howard
Soren,  Chief Financial  Officer,  Vice  President-Finance  and Treasurer of the
Registrant since 1972 retired from the Registrant.

         STANLEY  AUGUST  has been  employed  by the  Registrant  since 1980 and
previously  served as General Sales Manager of its Circular Knit Division and as
Vice  President  - Sales.  Mr.  August  has  served as Vice  President  - Fabric
Operations  from 1987 until March 30, 1992 and as Vice President since March 30,
1992.

         STEVEN  MYERS,  an attorney,  has been  employed by the  Registrant  in
various senior administrative and managerial capacities since 1982. He served as
Vice President - Sales for more than five years prior to May 1988 and has served
as Vice President since that time. Mr.
Myers is the son-in-law of Mr. Bitensky.

         SHERMAN S.  LAWRENCE has served as a Director of the  Registrant  since
1966 and as  Secretary  since 1968.  Mr.  Lawrence  has been an attorney  for in
excess of the past five years and also serves as co-counsel to the Registrant.






                                       5
<PAGE>



                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

         The Registrant's Common Stock is traded on the American Stock Exchange,
Inc.  (ticker  symbol - FIT).  The table below sets forth the high and low sales
prices of the Common Stock during the past two fiscal years.

  FISCAL 1995

First Quarter....................  $ 32            $30

Second Quarter...................  $ 31 7/8        $ 29

Third Quarter....................  $ 32 3/4        $ 30 1/4

Fourth Quarter...................  $ 31 3/4        $ 29

FISCAL 1994

First Quarter....................  $ 36            $ 33 3/8

Second Quarter...................  $ 36 1/8        $ 33 7/8

Third Quarter....................  $ 34 7/8        $ 31 7/8

Fourth Quarter...................  $ 32 3/4        $ 30 3/8



          At February 20, 1996, there were  approximately  736 holders of record
of Common  Stock.  For fiscal 1994,  quarterly  dividends of $.16 per share were
declared on March 18,  1994,  June 16,  1994,  August 18, 1994 and  November 28,
1994.  For fiscal 1995,  a quarterly  dividend of $.16 per share was declared on
February 13, 1995 and  quarterly  dividends of $.175 per share were  declared on
May 22, 1995, August 21, 1995 and November 27, 1995. The payment of further cash
dividends  will be at the  discretion  of the Board of Directors and will depend
upon,  among other  things,  earnings,  capital  requirements  and the financial
condition of the Registrant.



                                       6
<PAGE>



ITEM 6.           SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 As at or for the fiscal year ended
                        December 2,   December 3,  November 27,  November 28,    November 30,
                          1995         1994(3)       1993          1992              1991
                                           (In thousands, except share data)

<S>                    <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>              <C>  
Net Sales ..........   $  182,000   $  189,753   $  189,586   $  189,288       $  185,560

Income before taxes
  on income ........       13,760       22,428       25,531       25,767           23,088

Net income .........        9,410       15,093       17,006       16,917           15,488
 
Earnings per .......         1.57         2.44         2.75         2.65             2.52
share(1)

Total assets .......      161,027      163,133      157,499      138,952          140,119

Long-term debt .....          678          731          799          822              862

Stockholders' equity      132,932      129,533      124,326      109,172          109,450

Book value per
  share (1) (2) ....        22.42        21.52        19.98        18.01            17.70

Cash dividends
  per share(1) .....         .685          .64          .64          .50              .50

Weighted average
 number of shares
 outstanding(1) ....    5,981,690    6,189,831    6,181,186    6,390,706        6,141,495

</TABLE>

- ---------------------

(1) Adjusted to give effect to a two-for-one stock split to holders of record as
    of May 24, 1991.

(2) Computed  by  dividing   stockholders'  equity  by  the  number  of  shares
    outstanding at year-end.

(3) Fifty-three weeks.


                                       7
<PAGE>



ITEM 7.           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         FISCAL 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1994

         Net sales for the 1995  fiscal  year were  $182,000,000  as compared to
$189,753,000 in 1994, a decrease of 4.1%. The decline reflected an industry wide
slowdown in demand for knit fabrics as a result of weak  consumer  purchasing of
apparel  at the  national  retail  level as well as  highly  competitive  market
conditions.  Fiscal 1995 included 52 weeks of operations as compared to 53 weeks
in 1994, also contributing to the sales decline.

         Average gross profit  margins were 14.9% in fiscal 1995, as compared to
19.7% in 1994.  Increases in the cost of raw materials (primarily fiber prices),
a less favorable product mix, and highly  competitive market conditions have all
exerted  downward  pressures on profit margins.  Plant operations were adversely
impacted  by the  current  product  mix and  operating  rates  at  manufacturing
facilities  declined from year-ago levels.  In addition,  because of higher unit
inventory costs resulting from material price increases, LIFO inventory reserves
increased $893,000 during fiscal 1995 (with a corresponding charge to earnings),
as compared to an increase of $98,000 in the 1994 period.

         Selling,  general and administrative expenses declined by $420,000, and
as a percentage of sales remained  relatively  level at 9.5% for fiscal 1995 and
9.4%  for  1994.  The  decline  relates   primarily  to  lower  incentive  based
compensation.

         Interest and dividend income increased by 7.8% to $3,676,000 as against
$3,410,000 in fiscal 1994, as higher comparative  returns more than offset lower
average available investment balances.

         The   Registrant  had  realized  gains  from  the  sale  of  investment
securities of $511,000 in fiscal 1995 as against  losses of $473,000 in the 1994
period, as a result of improved market conditions.

         The  effective  income tax rate for the year was 31.6% as against 32.7%
in 1994. The decline was primarily attributable to higher tax exempt interest as
a percentage of pre-tax income in fiscal 1995.

         As a result of these factors, net income declined to $9,410,000 or 5.2%
of sales, from $15,093,000, or 8.0% of sales in fiscal 1994. Earnings per share,
which are based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding  (5,981,690
vs  6,189,831),  were $1.57 as  compared to $2.44 in fiscal  1994.  There was no
stock option related dilution in either year.

         FISCAL 1994 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1993

         Net sales for the 1994  fiscal  year were  $189,753,000  as compared to
$189,586,000  in 1993. An increase of 11.2% in fourth quarter  shipments  offset
the sales  decline for the first nine months of fiscal 1994.  Mid-year  customer
demand, which had been adversely


                                       8
<PAGE>
         


affected by postponement  of scheduled  deliveries by several large customers as
well as weak consumer purchasing at the retail level,  strengthened in the final
quarter of fiscal 1994, which also contained an extra week. Improved comparative
shipments also continued into December and January of fiscal 1995.

         Average profit  margins  declined from 20.4% in fiscal 1993 to 19.7% in
1994,  primarily as a result of a less profitable  product mix. Plant operations
were also adversely  impacted by the changed  product mix as operating  rates at
certain related  manufacturing  facilities declined from fiscal 1993 levels. The
effect of changes in LIFO inventory reserves was negligible in both years.

         Selling, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of sales,
increased from 8.9% in fiscal 1993 to 9.4% as dollar  expenditures  rose 5.3% on
similar volume. The increase relates primarily to higher consulting fees as well
as sales associated expenses.

         Other income decreased by $917,000 to $2,809,000. Although interest and
dividend  income  increased by 10% to  $3,410,000  (mainly as a result of larger
balances  available  for  investments),  losses on  marketable  securities  were
realized  in the amount of  $473,000 as compared to a gain of $738,000 in fiscal
1993. A series of increases in interest  rates by the Federal  Reserve  Board as
well as expectations by financial  markets of continued rising rates resulted in
declines  in  the  market  value  of  portions  of the  Registrant's  investment
portfolio.

         Notwithstanding  a slight increase in the Federal  statutory income tax
rate for fiscal 1994, the overall effective income tax rate declined to 32.7% as
against  33.4% for fiscal  1993.  An  increase  in  tax-exempt  interest  income
accounted for the decline.

         As a result  of  these  factors,  net  income  declined  by  11.2%,  to
$15,093,000 from $17,006,000 in fiscal 1993. Earnings per share, which are based
on the  average  number of shares  outstanding  during  the year,  were $2.44 in
fiscal  1994 as  compared to $2.75 in 1993.  There was no stock  option  related
dilution in either year.

         LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         The  Registrant's  principal  source of funds continues to be cash flow
generated from operations.  Net cash provided by operating  activities in fiscal
1995 was $13,230,000 as compared to $18,587,000 in the comparative  1994 period.
This decrease relates principally to a decline of $5,683,000 in net income.

         Capital  expenditures  for the current  fiscal year were  $5,215,000 as
against  $7,364,000 in the 1994  comparable  period.  The  Registrant  purchased
additional  high speed knitting  machines and dyeing and finishing  equipment to
increase  manufacturing  efficiencies  and reduce unit costs, and also installed
energy conservation related equipment in its production facilities.

         During fiscal 1995,  the Registrant  repurchased  144,931 shares of its
Common  Stock at an average  price of $31.18 per  share,  for a total  outlay of
$4,519,000.  Subsequent to the fiscal  year-end,  the Registrant  repurchased an
additional 31,200 shares at an average price of $30.05 per share. The Registrant
intends to continue to purchase shares of its Common Stock from  time-to-time as
market conditions warrant and price criteria are met.



                                       9
<PAGE>



         During fiscal 1995, the Registrant declared regular quarterly dividends
totaling  $0.685 per  share.  In  addition,  the  Registrant  declared a regular
quarterly dividend of $0.175 per share payable March 8, 1996, to stockholders of
record as of February 23, 1996.

         Stockholders'  equity  rose to  $132,932,000,  or $22.42 book value per
share, from $129,533,000, or $21.52 per share, at the previous fiscal year-end.

         Management   believes  that  the  current  financial  position  of  the
Registrant is adequate to internally  fund any future  expenditures to maintain,
modernize  and expand  its  manufacturing  facilities,  pay  dividends  and make
acquisitions of textile related businesses if criteria relating to indebtedness,
market expansion and existing management are met.

         INFLATION

         The  Registrant  does not believe the effects of  inflation  have had a
significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.

         RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

         In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standard Board issued Statement
of  Financial   Accounting  Standard  No.  121  "Accounting  for  Impairment  of
Long-Lived  Assets and for LongLived Assets to be Disposed of" ("SFAS No. 121").
SFAS No. 121 requires, among other things,  impairment loss of assets to be held
and gains or losses from assets that are  expected to be disposed of be included
as a component of income from continuing  operations before taxes on income. The
Registrant will adopt SFAS No. 121 in fiscal 1996 and its  implementation is not
expected to have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

         In October  1995,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  Issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standard No. 123 "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation"  ("SFAS No. 123"). SFAS No. 123 encourages  entities to adopt that
method in place of the provisions of Accounting  Principles Board Opinion No. 25
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees"  ("APB No. 25"), for all arrangements
under which employees receive shares of stock or other equity instruments of the
employer or the employer incurs liabilities to employees in amounts based on the
price of its stock. The Registrant does not anticipate adopting SFAS No. 123 and
will continue to account for such transactions in accordance with APB No. 25.


ITEM 8.           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

         See pages F-1 and S-1.


ITEM 9.           CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
                  ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

         Not Applicable.


                                       10
<PAGE>



                                    PART III


ITEM 10.          DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

         See Part I,  Item 4.  "Executive  Officers  of the  Registrant."  Other
information  required  by this  item  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the
Registrant's definitive proxy statement to be filed not later than April 1, 1996
pursuant  to  Regulation  14A of the  General  Rules and  Regulations  under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Regulation 14A").


ITEM 11.          EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

         The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from
the Registrant's  definitive proxy statement to be filed not later than April 1,
1996 pursuant to Regulation 14A.


ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

         The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from
the Registrant's  definitive proxy statement to be filed not later than April 1,
1996 pursuant to Regulation 14A.


ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

         The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from
the Registrant's  definitive proxy statement to be filed not later than April 1,
1996 pursuant to Regulation 14A.




                                       11
<PAGE>



                                     PART IV


ITEM 14.     EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

       (a)(1)     Financial  Statements:  See the Index to  Consolidated
                  Financial Statements at page F-2.

       (2)        Financial Statement Schedules:  See the Index to Financial
                  Statements Schedules at page S-2.

       (3)        Exhibits.


         EXHIBIT                  DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT

         3.1     - Restated Certificate of Incorporation, incorporated by
                   reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Annual
                   Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
                   November 27, 1993 (the "1993 10-K").

         3.2     - Amended and Restated By-laws, incorporated by
                   reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the 1993 10-K.

         3.3      - Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of
                   Incorporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3
                   to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                   fiscal year ended December 3, 1994 (the "1994 10-K").

         4.1     - Specimen of Common Stock Certificate, incorporated by
                   reference to Exhibit 4-A to Registration Statement No.
                   2-30163, filed on November 4, 1968.

         4.2     - Rights Agreement dated as of June 6, 1990 between
                   the Registrant and Manufacturers Hanover Trust
                   Company, as Rights Agent, which includes as Exhibit A
                   the form of Rights Certificate and as Exhibit B the
                   Summary of Rights to purchase Common Stock,
                   incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the 1993
                   10-K

         4.3     - Amendment to the Rights Agreement between the
                   Registrant and Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company
                   dated as of May 24, 1991, incorporated by reference to
                   Exhibit 4.3 to the 1993 10-K.

         10.1    - 1987 Stock Option Plan of the Registrant, incorporated
                   by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 1993 10-K.



                                       12
<PAGE>



         10.2     - Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 1993,
                    between the Registrant and Samson Bitensky, incor-
                    porated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 1993 10 -K.

         10.3     - Fab Industries, Inc. Hourly Employees Retirement Plan
                    (the "Retirement Plan"), incorporated by reference to
                    Exhibit 10.3 to the 1993 10-K.

         10.4     - Amendment to the Retirement Plan effective December
                    11, 1978, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to
                    the 1993 10-K.

         10.5     - Amendment to the Retirement Plan effective December
                    1, 1981, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to
                    the 1993 10-K.

         10.6     - Amendment to the Retirement Plan dated November 21,
                    1983, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the
                    1993 10-K.

         10.7     - Amendment to the Retirement Plan dated August 29,
                    1986, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the
                    1993 10-K.

         10.8     - Amendment to the Retirement Plan effective as of
                    December 1, 1989, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                    10.8 to the 1993 10-K.

         *10.9    - Amendment to the Retirement Plan dated September
                    21, 1995.

         10.10    - Fab Lace, Inc. Employees Profit Sharing Plan (the "Profit
                    Sharing Plan"), incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                    10.9 to the 1993 10-K.

         10.11    - Amendment to the Profit Sharing Plan effective
                    December 1, 1978, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                    10.10 to the 1993 10-K.

         10.12    - Amendment dated December 1, 1985 to the Profit
                    Sharing Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11
                    to the 1993 10-K.

         10.13    - Amendment dated February 5, 1987 to the Profit
                    Sharing Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12
                    to the 1993 10-K.

         10.14    - Amendment dated December 24, 1987 to the Profit
                    Sharing Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13
                    to the 1993 10-K.


                                       13
<PAGE>




         10.15    - Amendment dated June 30, 1989 to the Profit Sharing
                    Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the
                    1993 10-K.

         10.16    - Amendment dated February 1, 1991 to the Profit
                    Sharing Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15
                    to the 1993 10-K.

         *10.17  -  Amendment dated September 1, 1995 to the Profit
                    Sharing Plan.

         10.18    - Lease dated as of December 8, 1988 between
                    Glockhurst Corporation, N.V. and the Registrant,
                    incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the 1993
                    10-K.

         10.19    - Lease Modification Agreement dated April 2, 1991
                    between Glockhurst Corporation, N.V. and the
                    Registrant, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17
                    to the 1993 10-K.

         10.20    - Lease dated as of March 1, 1979 between City of
                    Amsterdam Industrial Development Agency and Gem
                    Urethane Corp., incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                    10.18 to the 1993 10-K.

         10.21    - Lease dated as of January 1, 1977 between City of
                    Amsterdam Industrial Development Agency and
                    Lamatronics Industries, Inc., incorporated by reference
                    to Exhibit 10.19 to the 1993 10-K.

         10.22    - Form of indemnification agreement between the
                    Registrant and its officers and directors, incorporated by
                    reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the 1993 10-K.

         10.23    - Restricted Share Agreement dated October 1, 1991
                    between the Registrant and Steven Myers, incorporated
                    by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the 1993 10-K.

         10.24    - Restricted Share Agreement dated October 1, 1991
                    between the Registrant and Howard Soren, incorporated
                    by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the 1993 10-K.

         10.25    - Restricted Share Agreement dated October 1, 1991
                    between the Registrant and Stanley August, incor-
                    porated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the 1993 10-K.

         10.26    - Registrant's Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective
                    as of Nov. 25, 1991, incorporated by reference to
                    Exhibit 10.24 to the 1993 10-K.


                                       14
<PAGE>


         *10.27    -  Amendment dated September 21, 1995 to the
                      Employee Stock Ownership Plan.

          10.28    - Registrant's Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan
                     dated as of November 30, 1990, incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the 1993 10-K.

         21        - Subsidiaries of the Registrant incorporated by reference
                     to Exhibit 21 to the 1994 10-K.

         *23       - Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP.

         **27      - Financial Data Schedule pursuant to Article 5 of
                     Regulation S-X.

- -------------------------

*    Filed herewith
**   Filed with EDGAR version only

         (b)  Reports on Form 8-K: None



                                       15
<PAGE>
                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                        CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                FORM 10-K ITEM 8

              FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 2, 1995, DECEMBER 3, 1994
                              AND NOVEMBER 27, 1993



                                       F-1

<PAGE>





                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES




                                    CONTENTS



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS                          F-3

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
  Balance sheets                                                            F-4
  Statements of income                                                      F-5
  Statements of stockholders' equity                                        F-6
  Statements of cash flows                                                  F-7

SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES                                        F-8 - F-9

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                          F-10 - F-20




                                       F-2

<PAGE>





               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



The Board of Directors
Fab Industries, Inc.
New York, New York



We have audited the  consolidated  balance  sheets of Fab  Industries,  Inc. and
subsidiaries  as of  December  2,  1995 and  December  3,  1994 and the  related
consolidated statements of income,  stockholders' equity and cash flows for each
of the three  fiscal years in the period  ended  December 2, 1995.  We have also
audited  the  schedule  listed  in the  index on page  S-2.  These  consolidated
financial  statements  and  schedule  are the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on these  consolidated
financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance  about whether the financial  statements  and schedule are
free of material  misstatement.  An audit includes  examining,  on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial  statements and
schedule.  An audit also includes  assessing the accounting  principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
presentation  of the  financial  statements  and  schedule.  We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Fab Industries, Inc.
and subsidiaries as of December 2, 1995 and December 3, 1994, and the results of
their  operations and their cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the
period ended December 2, 1995 in conformity with generally  accepted  accounting
principles.

Also, in our opinion,  the schedule presents fairly,  in all material  respects,
the information set forth therein.


                                                   /s/ BDO Seidman, LLP

New York, New York
February 9, 1996


                                       F-3

<PAGE>



                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 December 2,            December 3,
                                                                    1995                   1994
ASSETS

CURRENT:
<S>                                                            <C>                    <C>          
    Cash and cash equivalents (Note 1)                         $   7,883,000          $  11,143,000
    Investment securities available-for-sale (Note 2)             54,674,000              6,181,000
    Investment securities held-to-maturity (Note 2)                        -             12,604,000
    Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $500,000
     and $950,000 for doubtful accounts (Note 13)                 35,217,000             32,590,000
    Inventories (Note 3)                                          27,267,000             29,994,000
    Deferred income taxes (Note 9)                                         -                274,000
    Other current assets                                           1,970,000              2,355,000
                                                                  ----------          -------------
       TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS                                      127,011,000             95,141,000

INVESTMENT SECURITIES HELD-TO-MATURITY,
 DUE AFTER ONE YEAR (NOTE 2)                                               -             33,873,000
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT - NET (NOTE 4)                      31,579,000             31,932,000
OTHER ASSETS                                                       2,437,000              2,187,000
                                                                  ----------            -----------
                                                                $161,027,000           $163,133,000
                                                                ============           ============

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT:
    Accounts payable                                            $ 12,661,000          $  14,289,000
    Corporate income and other taxes                               1,886,000              2,014,000
    Payable to broker (purchase of treasury stock)                         -              3,798,000
    Accrued payroll and related expenses                           4,295,000              4,787,000
    Dividends payable                                              1,038,000                963,000
    Other current liabilities                                        470,000                412,000
    Deferred income taxes (Note 9)                                   246,000                      -
                                                                  ----------              ---------
       TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES                                  20,596,000             26,263,000

OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASES, NET OF CURRENT
 MATURITIES (NOTE 5)                                                 678,000                731,000
OTHER NONCURRENT LIABILITIES                                       1,961,000              1,469,000
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (NOTE 9)                                     4,860,000              5,137,000
                                                                 -----------            -----------
       TOTAL LIABILITIES                                          28,095,000             33,600,000

COMMITMENTS (NOTES 8 AND 10)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (NOTES 2, 6, 7, 8, 9 AND 10): 
     Preferred stock, $1 par value
    - shares authorized
     2,000,000; none issued                                                -                      -
    Common stock, $.20 par value - shares authorized
     15,000,000; issued 6,549,894 and 6,493,494                    1,309,000              1,298,000
    Additional paid-in capital                                     6,150,000              5,214,000
    Retained earnings                                            152,473,000            147,154,000
    Loan to employee stock ownership plan                         (8,697,000)            (9,487,000)
    Net unrealized holding gain (loss) on investment
     securities available-for-sale, net of taxes                     224,000               (314,000)
    Unearned restricted stock compensation                          (228,000)              (552,000)
    Cost of common stock held in treasury - 619,635
     and 474,704 shares                                          (18,299,000)           (13,780,000)
                                                                ------------           ------------

       TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                132,932,000            129,533,000
                                                                ------------           ------------
                                                                $161,027,000           $163,133,000
                                                                ============           ============
</TABLE>
                                                     
                         See accompanying summary of accounting
                             policies and notes to consolidated 
                             financial statements.              
                          


                                       F-4

<PAGE>



                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              Fiscal year ended

                                                            December 2,            December 3,          November 27,
                                                               1995                   1994                  1993

<S>                                                       <C>                   <C>                  <C>            
NET SALES (NOTE 13)                                       $ 182,000,000         $  189,753,000       $   189,586,000

COST OF GOODS SOLD                                          154,956,000            152,372,000           150,906,000
                                                           ------------           ------------          ------------

    GROSS PROFIT                                             27,044,000             37,381,000            38,680,000

SELLING, SHIPPING AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES                                                    17,342,000             17,762,000            16,875,000
                                                            -----------            -----------           -----------

    OPERATING INCOME                                          9,702,000             19,619,000            21,805,000
                                                            -----------            -----------           -----------

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES):
    Interest and dividend income (Note 12)                    3,676,000              3,410,000             3,099,000
    Interest expense                                           (129,000)              (128,000)             (111,000)
    Net gain (loss) on investment securities (Note 2)           511,000               (473,000)              738,000
                                                             ----------            ------------         ------------

     TOTAL OTHER INCOME                                       4,058,000              2,809,000             3,726,000
                                                             ----------             ----------           -----------

INCOME BEFORE TAXES                                          13,760,000             22,428,000            25,531,000

TAXES ON INCOME (NOTE 9)                                      4,350,000              7,335,000             8,525,000
                                                             ----------             ----------            ----------

NET INCOME                                                $   9,410,000         $   15,093,000         $  17,006,000
                                                             ==========            ===========           ===========

EARNINGS PER SHARE                                        $        1.57         $         2.44        $         2.75
                                                             ==========          =============         =============

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES OF COMMON
 STOCK OUTSTANDING                                            5,981,690              6,189,831             6,181,186
                                                             ==========          =============         =============

CASH DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER SHARE (NOTE 11)                  $     .685         $          .64       $           .64
                                                             ==========         ==============       ===============
</TABLE>
                       See accompanying summary of accounting 
                          policies and notes to consolidated  
                          financial statements.               
                       



                                       F-5

<PAGE>



                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        Common Stock                                                                       
       
                                                                                     Loan to        Net
                                                                                    employee     unrealized   Unearned
                                                            Additional                stock        holding    restricted
                                       Number of             paid-in     Retained   ownership       gain       stock       
                           Total         shares    Amount    capital     earnings     plan         (loss)   compensation   

<S>                     <C>            <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>       <C>     
Balance, November 28,
  1992                  $109,172,000   6,231,394 $1,246,000 $1,163,000 $122,971,000 $(11,067,000) $      -  $(1,144,000)   

  Net income -
   fiscal 1993            17,006,000           -          -          -   17,006,000            -         -           -     

  Cash dividends,
     $.64 per share       (3,983,000)          -          -          -   (3,983,000)           -         -           -     

  Exercise of stock
   options                 3,817,000     246,300     49,000  3,768,000            -            -         -           -     

  Purchase of treasury
   stock                  (2,788,000)          -          -          -            -            -         -           -     

  Compensation under
   restricted stock
   plan (Note 6)             312,000           -          -          -            -            -        -       312,000    

  Payment of loan from
   ESOP (Note 8)             790,000           -          -          -            -      790,000        -             -    
                         -----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------   ------   -----------

Balance, November 27,
 1993                    124,326,000   6,477,694  1,295,000  4,931,000  135,994,000  (10,277,000)       -      (832,000)   

  Net income -
   fiscal 1994            15,093,000           -          -          -   15,093,000            -        -             -    

  Cash dividends,
   $.64 per share         (3,933,000)          -          -          -   (3,933,000)           -        -             -    

  Exercise of stock
   options                   279,000      15,800      3,000    276,000            -            -        -             -    

  Purchase of treasury
   stock                  (7,023,000)          -          -          -            -            -        -             -    

  Compensation under
   restricted stock
   plan (Note 6)             315,000           -          -          -            -            -        -       315,000    

  Payment of loan from
   ESOP (Note 8)             790,000           -          -          -            -      790,000        -             -    

  Issuance of treasury
    stock under restricted
    stock plan                     -           -          -      7,000            -            -        -       (35,000)   

  Net unrealized holding
   loss on investment
   securities  available-
   for-sale, net of taxes   (314,000)          -          -          -            -            - (314,000)            -    
                         -----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------   ------   -----------

Balance, December 3,
 1994                    129,533,000   6,493,494  1,298,000  5,214,000  147,154,000   (9,487,000)(314,000)     (552,000)   

  Net income -
   fiscal 1995             9,410,000          -          -            -   9,410,000            -        -             -    

  Cash dividends,
   $.685 per share        (4,091,000)         -          -            -  (4,091,000)           -        -             -    

  Exercise of stock
   options                   947,000     56,400     11,000      936,000           -            -        -             -    

  Purchase of treasury
   stock                  (4,519,000)         -          -            -           -            -        -             -    

  Compensation under
   restricted stock
   plan (Note 6)             324,000          -          -           -            -            -        -       324,000    

  Change in net unrealized
   holding gain (loss) on
   investment securities
   available-for-sale,
   net of taxes              538,000          -          -           -            -            -  538,000             -    

  Payment of loan from
   ESOP (Note 8)             790,000          -          -           -            -      790,000        -             -    
                         -----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------   ------   -----------

Balance, December 2,
 1995                   $132,932,000   6,549,894 $1,309,000 $6,150,000 $152,473,000 $ (8,697,000)$224,000   $  (228,000)   
                        ============   =========  ========= ==========  =========== ============  =======    ==========

</TABLE>

Note:  The Company has 2,000,000  shares of authorized,  but unissued  preferred
stock.


     See accompanying  summary of accounting  policies and notes to consolidated
financial statements.


                                                  Treasury Stock      
                                                                      
                                                                      
                                              Number of               
                                               shares       Cost      
Balance, November 28,                                                 
  1992                                        (169,692)  $ (3,997,000)
                                                                      
  Net income -                                                        
   fiscal 1993                                       -              - 
                                                                      
  Cash dividends,                                                     
     $.64 per share                                  -              - 
                                                                      
  Exercise of stock                                                   
   options                                           -              - 
                                                                      
  Purchase of treasury                                                
   stock                                       (84,169)    (2,788,000)
                                                                      
  Compensation under                                                  
   restricted stock                                                   
   plan (Note 6)                                     -              - 
                                                                      
  Payment of loan from                                                
   ESOP (Note 8)                                     -              - 
                                               -------      ----------
                                                                      
Balance, November 27,                                                 
 1993                                         (253,861)    (6,785,000)
                                                                      
  Net income -                                                        
   fiscal 1994                                       -              - 
                                                                      
  Cash dividends,                                                     
   $.64 per share                                    -              - 
                                                                      
  Exercise of stock                                                   
   options                                           -              - 
                                                                      
  Purchase of treasury                                                
   stock                                      (221,843)    (7,023,000)
                                                                      
  Compensation under                                                  
   restricted stock                                                   
   plan (Note 6)                                     -              - 
                                                                      
  Payment of loan from                                                
   ESOP (Note 8)                                     -              - 
                                                                      
  Issuance of treasury                                                
    stock under restricted                                            
    stock plan                                   1,000         28,000 
                                                                      
  Net unrealized holding                                              
   loss on investment                                                 
   securities  available-                                             
   for-sale, net of taxes                            -              - 
                                               -------       ---------    
                                                                      
Balance, December 3,                                                  
 1994                                         (474,704)   (13,780,000)
                                                                      
  Net income -                                                        
   fiscal 1995                                       -              - 
                                                                      
  Cash dividends,                                                     
   $.685 per share                                   -              - 
                                                                      
  Exercise of stock                                                   
   options                                           -              - 
                                                                      
  Purchase of treasury                                                
   stock                                      (144,931)    (4,519,000)
                                                                      
  Compensation under                                                  
   restricted stock                                                   
   plan (Note 6)                                     -              - 
                                                                      
  Change in net unrealized                                            
   holding gain (loss) on                                             
   investment securities                                              
   available-for-sale,                                                
   net of taxes                                      -              - 
                                                                      
  Payment of loan from                                                
   ESOP (Note 8)                                     -              - 
                                              --------    -----------        
                                                                      
Balance, December 2,                                                  
 1995                                         (619,635)  $(18,299,000)
                                              =========   ===========

Note:  The Company has 2,000,000  shares of authorized,  but unissued  preferred
stock.

                                                                             
     See accompanying  summary of accounting  policies and notes to consolidated
financial statements.

                                       F-6

<PAGE>



                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                    (NOTE 11)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Fiscal year ended
                                                             December 2,            December 3,          November 27,
                                                                1995                   1994                  1993
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
<S>                                                        <C>                      <C>                   <C>        
    Net income                                             $   9,410,000            $15,093,000           $17,006,000
    Adjustments to reconcile net
       income to net cash provided
       by operating activities:
          Provision for doubtful accounts                        400,000                300,000               600,000
          Depreciation and amortization                        5,568,000              5,425,000             5,366,000
          Deferred income taxes                                 (121,000)               402,000              (696,000)
          Compensation under restricted
             stock plan                                          324,000                315,000               312,000
          Net (gain) loss on investment
             securities                                         (511,000)               473,000              (738,000)
          Decrease (increase) in:
             Accounts receivable                              (3,027,000)             2,793,000            (5,928,000)
             Inventories                                       2,727,000             (5,672,000)              128,000
             Other current assets                                385,000                (37,000)             (624,000)
             Other assets                                       (250,000)              (175,000)             (547,000)
          Increase (decrease) in:
             Accounts payable                                 (1,628,000)               777,000             2,330,000
             Accruals and other liabilities                     (122,000)            (1,107,000)            1,276,000


NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES                     13,155,000             18,587,000            18,485,000


CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
    Purchases of property, plant and equipment                (5,215,000)            (7,364,000)           (4,942,000)
    Proceeds from sales of investment securities               9,746,000              7,110,000             4,760,000
    Acquisition of investment securities                     (10,350,000)            (8,429,000)          (26,057,000)


NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES                         (5,819,000)            (8,683,000)          (26,239,000)


CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
    Purchase of treasury stock                                (8,317,000)            (3,225,000)           (2,788,000)
    Principal repayment on loan to employee
       stock ownership plan                                      790,000                790,000               790,000
    Dividends                                                 (4,016,000)            (6,953,000)           (3,983,000)
    Exercise of stock options                                    947,000                279,000             3,817,000


NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES                        (10,596,000)            (9,109,000)           (2,164,000)


INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS              (3,260,000)               795,000            (9,918,000)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR                  11,143,000             10,348,000            20,266,000


CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR                     $   7,883,000            $11,143,000           $10,348,000

</TABLE>

   See  accompanying  summary of accounting  policies and notes to  consolidated
financial statements.

                                       F-7

<PAGE>



                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BUSINESS:
   Fab  Industries,  Inc.  (the  "Company") is a major  manufacturer  of knitted
textile fabrics, laces and finished home products as well as polyurethane coated
fabrics. Sales of textile products comprised  substantially all of the Company's
sales in fiscal  1995,  1994 and 1993,  and such  sales were  primarily  made to
United  States  customers.  Accordingly,  the  Company  considers  itself  to be
operating in a single segment business.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION:
   The  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries,   all  of  which  are  wholly  owned.   Significant   intercompany
transactions and balances have been eliminated.

FISCAL YEAR:
   The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to November 30. Fiscal
1995 and 1993 had fifty- two weeks, and fiscal 1994 had fifty three weeks.

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES:

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

   Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations
of credit risk  consist  principally  of cash and cash  equivalents,  investment
securities,  and  trade  receivables.  The  Company  places  its  cash  and cash
equivalents  with high credit quality  financial  institutions.  By policy,  the
Company  limits the amount of credit  exposure to any one financial  institution
and  determines  that,  with respect to investment  securities,  each  custodian
maintains  appropriate  insurance  coverage to protect the Company's  investment
portfolio.  Concentrations  of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are
limited due to the diverse group of manufacturers,  wholesalers and retailers to
whom the Company  sells (see Note 13). The Company  reviews a customer's  credit
history before  extending  credit.  The Company has established an allowance for
doubtful  accounts  based upon factors  surrounding  the credit risk of specific
customers, historical trends and other information.

CASH EQUIVALENTS:
   For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly
liquid debt instruments  with original  maturities of three months or less to be
cash equivalents.

INVESTMENTS:
   Effective  as of the  fourth  quarter of fiscal  1994,  the  Company  adopted
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115 (SFAS 115),  "Accounting for
Certain  Investments  in  Debt  and  Equity  Securities".   SFAS  115  addresses
accounting and reporting for investments in equity  securities that have readily
determinable fair values and for all investments in debt securities. Investments
in such securities are to be classified as either held-to-maturity,  trading, or
available-for-sale.


                                       F-8

<PAGE>



                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  Investment  securities  classified as  available-for-sale  are carried at fair
value with unrealized holding gains and losses, net of any tax effect,  recorded
as a separate  component of  stockholders'  equity.  In fiscal 1994, the Company
classified certain investment securities as held-to-maturity.  Due to changes in
management's   investment   philosophy  during  fiscal  1995,  the  Company  has
transferred    investment   securities   from   the   held-tomaturity   to   the
available-for-sale  category.  As a result,  all  investment  securities are now
classified  as  available-for-sale.  The effect of this  change was to  increase
stockholders'  equity by $167,000,  representing the net unrealized holding gain
on these securities, net of taxes, at the date of the change.

   Gains and losses on sales of  investment  securities  are computed  using the
specific identification method.

   The cumulative effect of adopting SFAS 115 was not material.

INVENTORIES:
   Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market.  For a majority of the
inventories, cost is determined by the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method with the
balance  being  determined  by the  first-in,  first-out  (FIFO)  method,  which
approximates replacement cost (see Note 3).

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
   Property,  plant and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation  is computed
using principally the straight-line  method. The range of estimated useful lives
is 15 to 33 years for  buildings  and building  improvements,  4 to 10 years for
machinery and  equipment,  10 years for leasehold  improvements  and 5 years for
trucks (see Note 4).

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS:
   Research and  development  costs are charged to expenses in the year incurred
and amounted to $4,184,000  $4,347,000 and  $3,824,000 in fiscal 1995,  1994 and
1993, respectively.

TAXES ON INCOME:
   The Company  follows the liability  method of accounting  for income taxes in
accordance  with  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 109 (SFAS
109),"Accounting for Income Taxes".

   Provision  is made for  deferred  income  taxes  which  result  from  various
temporary  differences,  mainly relating to the use of accelerated  depreciation
for tax purposes (see Note 9).

EARNINGS PER SHARE:
   Earnings  per share has been  computed by dividing net income by the weighted
average  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  and  common  stock   equivalents
outstanding during the period.

REVENUE RECOGNITION:
   The Company recognizes substantially all of its revenues upon shipment of the
related  goods.  Allowances  for  estimated  returns are provided when sales are
recorded.

RECLASSIFICATION:
   Certain fiscal 1994 and 1993 balances were  reclassified  to conform with the
fiscal 1995 presentation.

                                       F-9

<PAGE>



                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



NOTE 1 - CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   Cash and cash  equivalents at December 2, 1995 and December 3, 1994 consisted
of the following (in thousands):

                                                  1995                1994
                                                 ------             ------
Cash                                             $1,335            $ 1,490
Tax-free short-term debt instruments              6,548              9,653
                                                 ------             ------

                                                 $7,883            $11,143
                                                 ======            =======

NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   Investment securities  available-for-sale at December 2, 1995 and December 3,
1994 consisted of the following (in thousands):

                                           Gross          Gross
                                         Unrealized     Unrealized
                               Cost    Holding Gain   Holding Loss   Fair Value

       1995:

Equities                    $  1,814        $109          $(259)       $  1,664
U.S. Treasury obligations         52           -              -              52
Tax-exempt obligations        47,769         578            (79)         48,268
Corporate bonds                4,665         116            (91)          4,690
                             -------        ----          -----         -------

                             $54,300        $803          $(429)        $54,674
                             =======        ====          =====         =======


       1994:

Equities                    $  6,709        $313         $(841)        $  6,181
                             =======        ====          =====         =======


   At  December  3,  1994,  the  carrying  value and  estimated  fair  values of
investment securities held-to-maturity were as follows:
                                              Gross        Gross
                             Amortized     Unrealized   Unrealized
                               Cost           Gain         Loss       Fair Value

U.S. Government securities    $     69        $  -        $    -      $     69
Corporate bonds                  5,800           8          (346)        5,462
Tax exempt obligations          40,608          18          (617)       40,009
                            ----------       ------       -------     --------
                                                      
                               $46,477         $26         $(963)      $45,540
                               =======         ===         ======      =======
                                                         

                                      F-10

<PAGE>



                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





   The  carrying  values and  approximate  fair  values of  investments  in debt
securities available-for-sale,  at December 2, 1995, by contractual maturity are
as shown below:

                                                 Cost              Fair Value
Maturing in one year or less                    $11,321               $11,333
Maturing after one year through five years       31,711                32,117
Maturing after five years through ten years       9,454                 9,560
                                                -------               -------

                                                $52,486               $53,010
                                                =======               =======


   Gross and net  realized  gains and losses on sales of  investment  securities
were:

                                          1995                  1994
                                          ----                  ----

Gross realized gains                      $762                $  640
Gross realized losses                     (251)               (1,113)
                                          ----                ------

Net realized gain (loss)                  $511                $ (473)
                                          ====                ======



NOTE 3 - INVENTORIES:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   Inventories  at  December  2,  1995 and  December  3, 1994  consisted  of the
following (in thousands, except for percentages):

                                                    1995                  1994
                                                   -------               ------

Raw materials                                     $11,753               $12,817
Work-in process                                     7,675                 7,908
Finished goods                                      7,839                 9,269
                                                  -------               -------

                                                  $27,267               $29,994
                                                  =======               =======

Approximate percentage of inventories
 valued under LIFO method                             66%                   66%
                                                      ===                   ===

Excess of FIFO valuation over LIFO valuation     $  7,903              $  7,010
                                                 ========               =======



                                      F-11

<PAGE>



                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 4 - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   Property,  plant and  equipment  at  December  2, 1995 and  December  3, 1994
consisted of the following (in thousands):

                                                       1995         1994
                                                     --------     ------
Owned by the Company:
    Land and improvements                            $    698     $    673
    Buildings and improvements                         12,668       12,362
    Machinery and equipment                            86,405       81,561
    Trucks and automobiles                              1,538        1,498
    Office equipment                                      656          656
    Leasehold improvements                                808          808
                                                     --------      -------

                                                      102,773       97,558
Property under capital leases:
    Land                                                   18           18
    Buildings and improvements                          1,432        1,432
                                                     --------     --------

                                                      104,223       99,008
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization        72,644       67,076
                                                     --------     --------

                                                     $ 31,579      $31,932
                                                     ========      =======

                                      F-12

<PAGE>



                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 5 - OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   Obligations  under  capital  leases at December 2, 1995 and  December 3, 1994
consisted of the following (in thousands):

                                                                   1995    1994
                                                                   ----    ----
Obligations under capital leases through 2006 payable in monthly
  installments of $11 including interest at 10% per annum          $706    $759

Less:    Current maturities (included with other current
         liabilities)                                                28      28
                                                                   ----    ----

                                                                   $678    $731
                                                                    ====   ====

Aggregate  installments  on obligations  under capital leases maturing after one
year are as follows:

Fiscal year ending (in thousands):
                                            1997           $  61
                                            1998              67
                                            1999              73
                                            2000              79
                                            Thereafter       398
                                                            ----
                                                            $678

NOTE 6 - STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Stock Option Plan:
   Under the  Company's  1987 stock  option  plan,  the Company may grant to key
employees  either  nonqualified  or incentive  stock options to purchase up to a
maximum of 650,000  shares of common  stock at the fair market value at the date
of the grant.

   During  fiscal 1995 and 1993,  no options were  granted.  During fiscal 1994,
options covering 10,000 shares were granted.

   During fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993 options covering 56,400, 15,800 and 246,300
shares,  respectively,  were  exercised  and during the same period  options for
1,800, 13,400 and 1,700 shares were cancelled.

   As of the end of fiscal 1995,  1994 and 1993,  respectively,  the Company had
outstanding  incentive  stock  options for the purchase of 129,200,  187,400 and
206,600  shares;  168,800,  167,000 and 163,600 shares were still  available for
future  grants.  The  exercise  prices  range  from  $15.44 to $33.88 per share,
expiring at various dates from 1996 to 2003.


                                      F-13

<PAGE>



                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Restricted Stock Plan:
   During  fiscal  1991,  the  Company  approved a  restricted  stock plan which
awarded  60,000  shares of common stock  previously  held in its treasury to key
employees. Shares are awarded in the name of the employee, who has all rights of
a shareholder,  subject to certain  restrictions  or forfeiture.  Vesting occurs
over a  five-year  period  from the  date the  shares  were  awarded.  Dividends
associated  with the shares  will be held by the  Company and will vest over the
same five-year period.

   The shares were recorded at their quoted market value at the date of grant of
$26 per share, or $1,560,000.  The compensation  element related to the awarding
of such shares is recognized ratably over the five-year restriction period.

   During  fiscal 1994,  an  additional  1,000  shares were awarded  under terms
similar to those described above.

   Compensation  expense related to the above restricted shares for fiscal 1995,
1994 and 1993 was $324,000, $315,000 and $312,000, respectively.


NOTE 7 - STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   During fiscal 1990,  the Company's  Board of Directors  adopted a Stockholder
Rights Plan ("Rights  Plan").  The Rights Plan was  subsequently  amended in May
1991,  following a 2 for 1 stock split.  In connection  with the Rights Plan, as
amended,  the Company  declared a dividend of one-half  share  purchase right (a
"Right") on each of its common  shares.  Each Right  entitles the holders to buy
from the Company one-half of a common share for every share owned at an exercise
price of $60 per share.  The Rights have a term of ten years and can only become
exercisable upon Board of Directors'  approval if a person or group acquires 20%
of more of the Company's common shares, or announces that it intends to commence
a tender offer which would result in the  ownership of 30% or more of the common
shares as defined in the Rights Plan. Until they become exercisable,  the Rights
will be evidenced by the Common Stock  certificates and will be transferred only
with such certificates. The Company is entitled to redeem the Rights at $.01 per
Right at any time prior to the Rights' becoming exercisable. Upon an acquisition
or similar transaction, the Rights will become exercisable at a 50% discount for
Common Shares of an acquiring person.  The Rights attach to all of the Company's
common shares outstanding as of June 6, 1990, or subsequently issued, and expire
on June 6, 2000.


NOTE 8 - BENEFIT PLANS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Profit Sharing Plans:
   A qualified plan, which covers the majority of salaried  employees,  provides
for discretionary contributions up to a maximum of 15% of eligible salaries. The
distribution of the contribution to the Plan's  participants is based upon their
annual base  compensation.  Contributions  for fiscal  1995,  1994 and 1993 were
$415,000, $538,000 and $633,000, respectively.

   The Company established in fiscal 1990 a nonqualified,  defined  contribution
retirement plan for key employees who are ineligible for the salaried  employees
qualified profit sharing plan. Contributions for fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993 were
$123,000, $156,000 and $189,000, respectively.


                                      F-14

<PAGE>




                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




Pension Plan:
   The  Company's  defined  benefit plan covers all eligible  hourly  production
employees.  The  benefits  are  based  on years of  service.  Contributions  are
intended to provide benefits attributable to both past and future services.

   The net periodic  pension  cost of the defined  benefit plan for fiscal 1995,
1994 and 1993 is as follows (in thousands):
                                                    1995      1994      1993
                                                    ----      ----      ----

Service cost                                      $  160    $  182    $ 152
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation        162       148      136
Actual return on plan assets                      (1,024)      213     (200)
Net amortization and deferral                        768      (525)     (58)
                                                  ------     -----     -----

Net periodic pension cost                         $   66    $   18    $  30
                                                  ======    ======    =====
 

   The following  table  presents a  reconciliation  of the funded status of the
Plan for fiscal 1995 and 1994 (in thousands):
                                              
                                              

                                                    1995              1994     
Accumulated benefit obligations including          -------           ------    
vested benefits of ($2,242) and ($1,533)           $(2,560)          $(1,826) 
                                                   =======           ======= 
                                                    
Projected benefit obligation for service              
  rendered to date                                 $(2,560)          $(1,826)  
Plans assets at fair value,                                   
  primarily listed stocks                            3,432             2,702
                                                   -------             ------ 
Projected plan assets in excess of benefit          
obligation                                             872               876   
                                                                               
Unrecognized net gain from past experience                                     
different from that assumed and effects of             
changes in assumptions                                (930)             (844) 
                                                           
Unrecognized prior service cost                         41                45  
                                                      
Unrecognized net asset at transition being            
recognized over 11 years                               (84)             (112) 
                                                  $  ------           ------  
                                                   
                                                   
Accrued pension costs included in other            
current liabilities                                   (101)         $    (35) 
                                                  ========          ========  
                                                                              
                                      F-15        

<PAGE>



                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



   The average  discount  rate was 8% in fiscal 1995 and 7% in fiscal 1994,  and
the expected rate of return on assets for both fiscal 1995 and 1994 was 8%.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan:
   On November 25, 1991, the Company  established  an Employee  Stock  Ownership
Plan (ESOP) which covers all full time  employees who have completed one year of
service. On December 18, 1991, the ESOP purchased 340,000 shares of common stock
from the  Chairman of the Board of  Directors  and  President of the Company for
$34.875 per share,  which  represented  5.5% of the Company's  then  outstanding
common  stock.  The ESOP was funded by the  Company,  pursuant  to a loan pledge
agreement  dated December 18, 1991 for  $11,857,000.  The loan is payable by the
ESOP to the  Company  from  contributions  to be made in  fifteen  equal  annual
principal  installments plus interest at the prime rate.  Employee rights to the
common  shares  vest over a  seven-year  period and are  payable at  retirement,
death, disability or termination of employment.

   Annual principal installments of $790,000 plus interest at prime were paid by
the ESOP to the  Company on August 1,  1995,  August 2, 1994 and August 2, 1993.
The  balance on the ESOP  indebtedness  at  December  2, 1995 of  $8,697,000  is
reflected  as  a  reduction  of  the  Company's   stockholders'  equity  in  the
consolidated balance sheet.

   ESOP contributions are recorded for financial  reporting purposes as the ESOP
shares become allocable to the Plan participants. All ESOP shares are considered
outstanding in the determination of earnings per share.

   The portion of the common stock  dividends  declared  relating to ESOP shares
totaled  $229,000,  $216,000  and  $217,000  for  fiscal  1995,  1994 and  1993,
respectively.  Of these amounts,  $60,000,  $50,000 and $33,000 for fiscal 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively,  related to allocated shares and $169,000, $166,000
and  $184,000  for  fiscal  1995,  1994  and  1993,  respectively,   related  to
unallocated  shares.  The dividends related to the unallocated  shares are being
applied towards the $790,000 annual principal installments referred to above.

  As of December 2, 1995 and December 3, 1994,  ESOP shares  information  was as
follows:


                                                       1995            1994
                                                      -----            ----

    Allocated                                       102,281          77,312
    Committed to be released                         27,113          27,975
    In suspense                                     204,639         231,752
                                                   --------        --------

        Total shares held by ESOP                   334,033         337,039
                                                   ========        ========




                                      F-16

<PAGE>



                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   The net charges to earnings  for fiscal  1995,  1994 and 1993 were as follows
(in thousands):

                                             1995       1994         1993
                                             ----       ----         ----

Contribution to ESOP                         $1,513     $1,332       $1,252
Less: Interest income on loan to ESOP           840        708          646
                                            -------    -------      -------

Net charge to earnings                      $  673     $   624      $  606
                                            ======     =======      ======


   The  contribution  to the ESOP is allocated  between  costs of goods sold and
operating  expenses;  the  interest  income is included in interest and dividend
income.

NOTE 9 - INCOME TAXES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   Provisions  for Federal,  state and local income taxes for fiscal 1995,  1994
and 1993 consisted of the following components (in thousands):

                                     1995             1994              1993
                                     ----             ----              ----

Current:
         Federal                   $3,924           $6,104            $8,279
         State and local              547              829             1,037
                                   ------           ------            ------
                                    4,471            6,933             9,316
Deferred:
         Federal and state           (121)             402              (791)
                                   ------           ------           -------

                                   $4,350           $7,335            $8,525
                                   ======           ======            ======

   The net  deferred  tax  liability  at December  2, 1995 and  December 3, 1994
consisted of the following (in thousands):

                                                              1995      1994
                                                              ----      ----
Long-term Portion:
  Gross deferred tax liability (asset) for:
   Excess depreciation for tax purposes                     $5,835    $5,728
   Future tax deductions for employee benefit plans           (933)     (596)
   Other                                                       (42)        5
                                                           -------    -------
                  Net long-term liability                    4,860     5,137
                                                            ------    ------

Current Portion:
  Gross deferred tax liability (asset) for:
   Allowance for doubtful accounts                             (92)     (175)
   Net unrealized holding (gain) loss on investment
    securities available-for-sale, 
    included in stockholders' equity                           150      (214)
   Other                                                       188       115
                                                           -------   -------
                  Net current liability (asset)                246      (274)
                                                           -------   -------

  Net deferred tax liability                                $5,106    $4,863
                                                            ======    ======

                                      F-17

<PAGE>



                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


   The  differences  between  the  Company's  effective  tax  rate  and  Federal
statutory tax rate for fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993 arose from the following:
                                           1995             1994         1993
                                                  (% of pretax income)

Federal tax expense at statutory rate      35.0%            35.0%        34.9%
State and local income taxes, 
  net of Federal benefit                    3.0              2.7          2.6
Tax-free interest income and 
  dividends received deduction             (6.2)            (3.3)        (2.6)
Other                                      (0.2)            (1.7)        (1.5)
                                           ----             ----         ----
Effective tax rate                         31.6%            32.7%        33.4%
                                           ====             ====         ====


NOTE 10 - COMMITMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Stock Repurchase:
   In March  1993,  the  Company  entered  into a five year  agreement  with the
Chairman of the Board of Directors  and  President  ("Chairman").  The agreement
provides that, in the event of the Chairman's  death,  his estate has the option
to sell, and the Company the  obligation to purchase  certain stock owned by the
Chairman.  The amount of stock  subject to purchase is equal to the lesser of $7
million  or  10%  of the  book  value  of the  Company  at the  end of the  year
immediately  following his death, plus the $3 million proceeds from insurance on
his life for which the Company is the beneficiary.

Lease:
   The Company  leases its New York City offices and showrooms at minimum annual
rentals of $487,000  plus  escalation  and other  costs,  until April 1996 . The
Company is presently negotiating a new lease.

   Rental expense for operating  leases in fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993 aggregated
$671,000, $662,000 and $644,000, respectively.


NOTE 11 - STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   Cash outlays for  corporate  income taxes and interest for fiscal 1995,  1994
and 1993 were as follows (in thousands):

                                      Corporate
                                      income taxes      Interest
                           1995          $4,634             $129
                           1994           7,865              128
                           1993           8,346              111


                                      F-18

<PAGE>



                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Non-cash investing and financing activities:
   In fiscal 1995,  a net  unrealized  holding  gain of  $374,000,  less related
income taxes of  $150,000,  on  investment  securities  available-for-sale,  was
recorded as an increase in stockholders' equity.

   In fiscal 1994,  a net  unrealized  holding  loss of  $528,000,  less related
income taxes of  $214,000,  on  investment  securities  available-for-sale,  was
recorded as a reduction of stockholders' equity.

   As of December 3, 1994,  treasury stock costing $3,798,000 had been purchased
for which the broker was not paid until fiscal 1995.


NOTE 12 - INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   Interest and dividend  income for the past three fiscal years were as follows
(in thousands):

                              Interest         Dividend
                               income           income             Total

              1995              $3,546             $130            $3,676
              1994               3,112              298             3,410
              1993               2,848              251             3,099


NOTE 13 - MAJOR CUSTOMER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   For fiscal  1995,  1994 and 1993,  sales to a group of  customers  affiliated
through  common  control  accounted  for  approximately  16%, 10% and 10% of net
sales,  respectively.  The receivables from this group of customers  represented
approximately  22% and 11% of the December 2, 1995 and December 3, 1994 accounts
receivable balances, respectively.



                                      F-19

<PAGE>


                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 14 - QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   Quarterly  earnings  were as follows (in  thousands,  except for earnings per
share):



                         First     Second     Third     Fourth
                       Quarter    Quarter   Quarter    Quarter        Total

Fiscal 1995:
Net sales              $41,433    $48,318   $44,879    $47,370     $182,000
Cost of goods sold      35,324     40,146    38,485     41,001      154,956
Net income               1,978      3,139     1,919      2,374        9,410
Earnings per share        $.33       $.52      $.32       $.40        $1.57

Fiscal 1994:
Net sales              $40,584    $49,733   $47,595    $51,841     $189,753
Cost of goods sold      32,909     40,078    38,328     41,057      152,372
Net income               2,624      3,772     3,841      4,856       15,093
Earnings per share        $.42       $.61      $.62       $.79        $2.44




                                      F-20

<PAGE>

                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                          FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULE
                                FORM 10-K ITEM 14

              FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 2, 1995, DECEMBER 3, 1994
                              AND NOVEMBER 27, 1993



                                       S-1

<PAGE>





                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES




                                    CONTENTS



SCHEDULE:

  II. Valuation and qualifying accounts                 S-3





                                       S-2

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE II
                      FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



Col. A                                    Col. B      Col. C                             Col. D        Col. E
- ------                                    ------      ------                             ------        ------


                                                                 Additions
                                                         (1)                  (2)
                                       Balance at      Charged                                       Balance
                                        beginning     to costs         Charged to                     at end
Description                              of year       and expenses  other accounts   Deductions     of year

<S>                                      <C>         <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>   

Fiscal year ended December 2, 1995:
   Allowance for doubtful accounts       $ 950       $400 (i)              -         $(850)(ii)       $500
                                          ====       ========         ========       ==========       ====
                                                                                   
                                                                                   
Fiscal year ended December 3, 1994:                                                
   Allowance for doubtful accounts       $1,600      $300 (i)              -         $(950)(ii)       $950
                                         ======      ========         ========       ==========       ====
                                                                                   
                                                                                   
Fiscal year ended November 27, 1993:                                               
   Allowance for doubtful accounts       $1,400      $600 (i)              -         $(400)(ii)     $1,600
                                         ======      ========         ========       ==========     ======
                                                                               

</TABLE>



(i) Current year's provision.

(ii) Accounts receivable written-off, net of recoveries.



                                       S-3

<PAGE>




                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  the Registrant has duly caused this report to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                         FAB INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                         (Registrant)


                                         By: /s/  Samson Bitensky
                                            ----------------------
                                                  Samson Bitensky
                     Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
                     Officer and President

                                                   February  27, 1996
                                                   ------------------
                                                        Date

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended,  this report has been signed by the following  persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE               DATE                 Capacity in Which Signed  
                                          
/s/  Samson Bitensky   February 27, 1996  Chairman of the Board, Chief          
- ---------------------                     Executive Officer, President and      
     Samson Bitensky                      Director (Principal Executive Officer)
                                          

/s/ David A. Miller    February 27, 1996   Vice President-Finance and Treasurer 
- ---------------------                     (Principal Financial and Accounting
    David A. Miller                        Officer)   
          
                                
/s/ Sherman S.Lawrence February 27, 1996  Secretary and Director
- ----------------------
    Sherman S.Lawrence

/s/ Lawrence Bober     February 27, 1996  Director
- ------------------   
    Lawrence Bober

/s/  Richard Marlin    February 27, 1996  Director
- --------------------   
     Richard Marlin

/s/  Louis Feil        February 27, 1996  Director
- --------------------    
     Louis Feil

/s/ Oscar Kunreuther   February 27, 1996  Director
- --------------------   
    Oscar Kunreuther


                                       16

                              FAB INDUSTRIES, INC.
                        HOURLY EMPLOYEES RETIREMENT PLAN




                (AS AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF DECEMBER 1, 1989)















<PAGE>



              FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. HOURLY EMPLOYEES RETIREMENT PLAN
                (AS AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF DECEMBER 1, 1989)


                                    PREAMBLE


WHEREAS,  FAB  INDUSTRIES,  INC.  (hereinafter  referred  to as the  "Employer")
adopted the FAB INDUSTRIES,  INC. Hourly Employees  Retirement Plan (hereinafter
referred to as the "Plan") for the  benefit of its  Employees,  effective  as of
December 1, 1976; and


WHEREAS, the Employer reserved the right to amend the Plan; and


WHEREAS,  the Employer heretofore amended the Plan from time to time and desires
to  further  amend the Plan in order to comply  with the Tax Reform Act of 1986;
and


WHEREAS,  it is the intent of the  Employer  that the Plan shall  continue to be
established  and  maintained  (1) as an employee  benefit  plan which is in full
compliance with the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974 as amended
and all applicable  regulations thereunder and (2) as a qualified plan under the
terms of Section  401(a) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended from
time to time; and


NOW,  THEREFORE,  the Plan is hereby  amended,  effective as of December 1, 1989
except where otherwise noted, by restating the Plan in its entirety as follows:


                                       1
<PAGE>



                           ARTICLE ONE -- DEFINITIONS


For  purposes  of the Plan,  unless  the  context or an  alternative  definition
specified  within another Article  provides  otherwise,  the following words and
phrases shall have the meanings indicated:

1.1      "ACCRUED BENEFIT" shall mean the amount to which a Participant would be
         entitled  under  the  benefit  formula  in  Section  4.1 at his  Normal
         Retirement Date, based upon his Years of Service which he has completed
         by the date as of which he incurs a Break in Service.


1.2      "ACTUARIAL  EQUIVALENT"  shall mean a benefit that has a value equal to
         any  benefit  otherwise  payable  under the Plan as  determined  by the
         Actuary using the following factors:

                  Interest:       8-1/2% compounded annually

                  Mortality:      1971 Group Annuity Mortality Table

         Provided,   however,  that  with  respect  to  the  distribution  to  a
         Participant  of a benefit  under  the Plan in the form of an  Actuarial
         Equivalent lump sum, such lump sum shall, in no event, be less than the
         amount determined as follows:

         (a)  by using an interest rate no greater than the "applicable interest
              rate" if the  Actuarial  Equivalent  lump sum using such rate does
              not exceed $25,000, and

         (b)  by using an interest  rate no greater  than one hundred and twenty
              percent (120%) of the "applicable  interest rate" if the Actuarial
              Equivalent  lump sum  determined  using the  "applicable  interest
              rate" exceeds $25,000; provided,  however, that the lump-sum value
              determined hereunder shall not be less than $25,000.

         For purposes of this Section, the term "applicable interest rate" means
         the interest rate that would be used as of the date of determination by
         the PBGC in determining a lump-sum distribution upon Plan termination.

         In the event the factors used to  determine  Actuarial  Equivalent  are
         modified,  a Participant's  benefit,  on or after the effective date of
         such change,  shall be the greater of (1) the  Actuarial  Equivalent of
         the Accrued Benefit  determined as of the day before the effective date
         of the change in such factors,  or (2) the Actuarial  Equivalent of the
         total Accrued  Benefit as of the date of  determination  computed using
         the new factors.

         Notwithstanding   the  previous  two  paragraphs,   effective  for  all
         distributions  from the Plan subject to Section 417(e) of the Code made
         on or after June 1, 1995,  the  "applicable  interest  rate"  means the
         annual rate of interest on 30-year Treasury  securities  determined for
         the  first  day of  December  preceding  the date of  distribution.  In
         addition,  the applicable  mortality table shall be used in determining
         the  Actuarial   Equivalent  lump  sum  amount   hereunder.   The  term
         "applicable  mortality  table"  means the table  described  in  Section
         417(e)(3)(A)(I) of the Code.



                                       2
<PAGE>



1.3      "ACTUARY" shall mean an actuary  appointed by the  Administrator  under
         whose  supervision  valuation  reports  and  benefit  calculations  are
         performed  for the Plan.  The actuary  must be enrolled  under  Federal
         practice.

1.4      "ADMINISTRATOR"   shall  mean  the  Plan  Administrator   appointed  in
         accordance with the provisions of Section 7.1.

1.5      "BENEFICIARY"  shall mean any  person,  trust,  organization  or estate
         designated by the Participant to receive a death benefit under the Plan
         on the death of a Participant.

1.6      "BREAK IN SERVICE" shall mean a twelve  (12)-month  computation  period
         (as used for measuring Years of Service for vesting  purposes) in which
         an Employee or  Participant  is not credited with at least five hundred
         and one (501) Hours of Service.

1.7      "CODE"  shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended from
         time to time.

1.8      "COMPENSATION",  for Plan Years  beginning  prior to  December 1, 1992,
         shall mean the earnings paid or accrued for the Employer's taxable year
         inclusive of any bonus, overtime or commission. Amounts that excludable
         from  compensation  pursuant  to Section  415 of the Code and  Treasury
         Regulations thereunder shall be excluded.

         For Plan Years beginning after November 30, 1992,  "COMPENSATION" shall
         mean the Participant's  compensation as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of
         the Code and Treasury Regulations Sections 1.415-2(d)(2) and (3).

         Notwithstanding  any provision  contained herein to the contrary,  only
         the first  $200,000 (or larger amount when  prescribed by the Secretary
         of the  Treasury or his  delegate) of each  Participant's  Compensation
         shall be considered for all purposes under the Plan; provided, however,
         that the dollar  increase in effect on January 1 of any  calendar  year
         shall be effective for the Plan Year  beginning in such calendar  year,
         and the first adjustment to the $200,000  limitation shall be effective
         on January 1, 1990. If the Plan determines  Compensation  over a period
         of time which contains less than twelve (12) calendar months,  then the
         annual  Compensation  limit  shall be the  amount  equal to the  annual
         Compensation  limit for the  calendar  year in which  the  Compensation
         period begins,  multiplied by the ratio obtained by dividing the number
         of full  months in the  period  by  twelve  (12).  In  determining  the
         Compensation of a Participant for the purposes of this limitation,  the
         provisions of Code Section 414(q)(6) shall apply,  except to the extent
         that such rules shall only  include the spouse of the  Participant  and
         any lineal  descendants  of the  Participant  who have not attained age
         nineteen  (19) before the end of the Plan Year.  If, as a result of the
         application  of  such  rules,  the  adjusted  $200,000   limitation  is
         exceeded,  then  (except  for  purposes of  determining  the portion of
         Compensation up to the integration  level of Code Section 401(l)),  the
         limitation   shall  be  prorated   among  the   affected   individuals'
         Compensation  determined under this Section prior to the application of
         this limitation.

         For  purposes  of  determining  who is a  Highly-Compensated  Employee,
         Compensation  shall  mean  compensation  as  defined  in  Code  Section
         414(q)(7).



                                       3
<PAGE>



         For Plan Years  beginning  on or after  December  1,  1994,  the annual
         Compensation  of each Employee  taken into account under the Plan shall
         not exceed the OBRA '93 annual  compensation limit. The OBRA '93 annual
         compensation  limit is $150,000,  as adjusted by the  Commissioner  for
         increases  in the  cost of  living  in  accordance  with  Code  Section
         401(a)(17)(B).  The cost-of-living  adjustment in effect for a calendar
         year  applies  to any  period,  not  exceeding  12  months,  over which
         Compensation  is determined  (determination  period)  beginning in such
         calendar  year.  If a  determination  period  consists of fewer than 12
         months, the OBRA '93 annual  compensation limit will be multiplied by a
         fraction,  the  numerator  of  which is the  number  of  months  in the
         determination period, and the denominator of which is 12.

         For Plan Years beginning on or after December 1, 1994, any reference in
         the Plan to the limitation under Code Section 401(a)(17) shall mean the
         OBRA '93 annual compensation limit set forth in this provision.

         If  Compensation  for any  prior  determination  period  is taken  into
         account in determining an Employee's  benefits  accruing in the current
         Plan Year,  the  Compensation  for that prior  determination  period is
         subject  to the OBRA '93 annual  compensation  limit in effect for that
         prior determination period. For this purpose, for determination periods
         beginning  before the first day of the first Plan Year  beginning on or
         after  January  1,  1994,  the OBRA '93  annual  compensation  limit is
         $150,000.

1.9      "EFFECTIVE  DATE." The Plan's  initial  Effective  Date is  December 1,
         1976.  The Effective  Date of the restated  Plan, on and after which it
         supersedes  the terms of the  existing  Plan  document,  is December 1,
         1989,   except  where  the  provisions  of  the  Plan  shall  otherwise
         specifically  provide.  The rights of any Employee or  Participant  who
         separated  from the  Employer's  Service  prior to that  date  shall be
         established  under  the terms of the Plan and Trust as in effect at the
         time of his separation,  unless he subsequently returns to Service with
         the Employer.  Rights of spouses or Beneficiaries of such  Participants
         shall also be governed by those documents.

1.10     "EMPLOYEE" shall mean a common law employee of the Employer.

1.11     "EMPLOYER"  shall mean FAB  INDUSTRIES,  INC.,  and any  subsidiary  or
         affiliate of which,  with the approval of the board of directors of FAB
         INDUSTRIES,   INC.,   has  adopted  the  Plan  and  shall  include  any
         successor(s)  thereto  which adopt the Plan.  If,  under state law, the
         Employer at any time is not  governed by  directors  but instead by its
         stockholders,  reference  herein  to the  board of  directors  shall be
         deemed  to  refer  to  the  individual(s)  empowered  to  vote  on  the
         Employer's affairs.

1.12     "EMPLOYMENT  DATE" shall mean the first date as of which an Employee is
         credited with an Hour of Service,  provided that in the case of a Break
         in Service,  his Employment  Date shall be the first date thereafter as
         of which he is credited with an Hour of Service.

1.13     "HIGHLY-COMPENSATED  EMPLOYEE"  shall mean any Employee of the Employer
         who:

         (a)  was a five  percent (5%) owner of the Employer (as defined in Code
              Section 416(i)(1)) during the  "determination  year" or "look-back
              year"; or


                                       4
<PAGE>




         (b)   earned  more  than  $75,000  (as   increased  by   cost-of-living
               adjustments)  of  Compensation   from  the  Employer  during  the
               "look-back year"; or

         (c)   earned  more  than  $50,000  (as   increased  by   cost-of-living
               adjustments)  of  Compensation   from  the  Employer  during  the
               "look-back year" and was in the "Top-Paid Group" of Employees for
               such  year (as  defined  under  Code  Section  414(q)(4)  and the
               regulations promulgated thereunder); or

         (d)   was an officer of the Employer  during the  "look-back  year" and
               received  Compensation  during  the  "look-back  year"  from  the
               Employer  in  excess  of  fifty   percent  (50%)  of  the  dollar
               limitation  under  Code  Section  415(b)(1)(A).   The  number  of
               officers  shall  be  limited  to the  lesser  of (i)  fifty  (50)
               Employees;  or (ii) the  greater  of three (3)  Employees  or ten
               percent (10%) of all Employees.  If the Employer does not have at
               least one officer whose annual Compensation exceeds fifty percent
               (50%) of the dollar  limitation under Code Section  415(b)(1)(A),
               then the highest paid officer of the Employer shall be treated as
               a Highly- Compensated Employee.

         An Employee  who is in the group  consisting  of the one hundred  (100)
         Employees  paid the  greatest  Compensation  during the  "determination
         year" and also  described  in  subsections  (b),  (c) or (d) above when
         these subsections are modified to substitute  "determination  year" for
         "look-back year", shall be deemed a Highly-Compensated Employee for the
         determination year.

         An Employee who separated from Service prior to the determination  year
         shall be treated as a Highly-Compensated Employee for the determination
         year  if such  Employee  was a  HighlyCompensated  Employee  when  such
         Employee separated from Service, or was a HighlyCompensated Employee at
         any time after attaining age fifty-five (55).

         For purposes of this  Section,  the  "determination  year" shall be the
         Plan Year for which a  determination  is being  made as to  whether  an
         Employee is a Highly-Compensated  Employee.  The "look-back year" shall
         be the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the determination
         year.  However, if the Employer shall elect, the "look-back year" shall
         be the  calendar  year  ending  with or within  the Plan Year for which
         testing for the determination of which Employees are Highly Compensated
         Employees  is  being  performed,   and  the  "determination  year"  (if
         applicable)  shall be the period of time, if any,  which extends beyond
         the  "look-back  year"  and ends on the  last day of the Plan  Year for
         which such testing is being  performed (the "lag period").  If the "lag
         period" is less than twelve (12) months,  the dollar threshold  amounts
         specified  in (b),  (c) and (d) above shall be prorated  based upon the
         number of months in the "lag period".

         If an  individual  is a member of the  "family"  (within the meaning of
         Code  Section  414(q)(6)(B))  of a  five  percent  (5%)  owner  or of a
         Highly-Compensated  Employee  in the group  consisting  of the ten (10)
         Highly-Compensated  Employees paid the greatest Compensation during the
         "determination  and/or  look-back year," then such individual shall not
         be considered a separate  Employee,  and any compensation  paid to such
         individual  (and  any   contribution  or  benefit  on  behalf  of  such
         individual)  shall be  treated as if paid to (or on behalf of) the five
         percent (5%) owner or such Highly-Compensated Employee.


                                       5
<PAGE>




1.14     "HOUR OF SERVICE" shall mean:

         (a)   each hour for which an  Employee  is paid or  entitled to payment
               for the performance of duties for the Employer. These hours shall
               be credited to the Employee for the  computation  period in which
               the duties are performed; and

         (b)   each hour for which an Employee is paid,  or entitled to payment,
               by the  Employer on account of a period of time  during  which no
               duties are  performed  (irrespective  of whether  the  employment
               relationship  has  been  terminated)  due to  vacation,  holiday,
               illness,  incapacity (including  disability),  layoff, jury duty,
               involuntary  military duty or leave of absence. No more than five
               hundred  and one (501) Hours of Service  shall be credited  under
               this subsection for any single  continuous period during which no
               duties are  performed  (whether  or not such  period  occurs in a
               single   computation   period).   Hours  of  Service  under  this
               subsection  shall be calculated and credited  pursuant to section
               2530.200b-2(b)  and (c) of the  Department  of Labor  Regulations
               which are incorporated herein by this reference; and

         (c)  each  hour for which  back  pay,  irrespective  of  mitigation  of
              damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer.  The same
              Hours of Service shall not be credited both under  subsection  (a)
              or subsection  (b), as the case may be, and under this  subsection
              (c).  These Hours of Service shall be credited to the Employee for
              the computation  period or periods to which the award or agreement
              pertains  rather than the  computation  period in which the award,
              agreement or payment is made.

1.15         "LEASED  EMPLOYEE"  shall mean any  person  who,  pursuant  to an
              agreement between the

         Employer and any other person or organization,  has performed  services
         for the Employer or for the Employer and related persons (determined in
         accordance with Code Section  414(n)(6)) on a  substantially  full-time
         basis for a period of at least one year,  where such  services are of a
         type  historically  performed by employees in the business field of the
         Employer.  A person shall not be  considered  a Leased  Employee if the
         total number of Leased  Employees  does not exceed twenty percent (20%)
         of the Nonhighly-Compensated Employees employed by the Employer, and if
         any such person is covered by a money  purchase  pension plan providing
         (a) a nonintegrated  employer contribution rate of at least ten percent
         (10%) of compensation  as defined in Section  8.2(b)(2) of the Plan but
         modified to include amounts contributed  pursuant to a salary reduction
         agreement which are excludable  from the Employee's  gross income under
         Code  Sections  125,   402(a)(8),   402(h)  or  403(b),  (b)  immediate
         participation, and (c) full and immediate vesting.

1.16     "NONHIGHLY-COMPENSATED   EMPLOYEE"  shall  mean  any  Employee  of  the
         Employer who is not a Highly-Compensated Employee.

1.17     "NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE" shall mean a Participant's  sixty-fifth (65th)
         birthday  or, if later,  the fifth  (5th)  anniversary  of his  initial
         commencement  of Plan  participation;  provided,  however,  the  Normal
         Retirement Date for a Participant who first commenced  participation in
         the Plan prior to the first Plan Year beginning on or after December 1,
         1988 shall be the earlier of (i) the tenth  (10th)  anniversary  of the
         date the Participant  commenced  participation in the Plan, or (ii) the
         fifth (5th)  anniversary of the first day of the Plan Year beginning on
         or after December, 1988.



                                       6
<PAGE>




1.18     "PARTICIPATION"   shall  mean  any  Employee  who  has   satisfied  the
         eligibility  requirements  of  Article  Three and who is  participating
         under the Plan.

 1.19    "PLAN"  shall mean the Plan as set forth  herein and as it may be
         amended from time to time. 

1.20     "PLAN  YEAR"  shall  mean  the  twelve   (12)-consecutive-month  period
         beginning December 1 and ending November 30.

1.21     "SERVICE" shall mean service or employment with the Employer.

1.22     "TRUST"  shall  mean the  Trust  Agreement  entered  into  between  the
         Employer and the Trustee  forming part of this Plan,  together with any
         amendments  thereto.  "TRUST FUND" shall mean any and all property held
         by the Trustee  pursuant to the Trust  Agreement,  together with income
         therefrom.

1.23     "TRUSTEE"  shall mean the  Trustee or Trustees  appointed  by the
         Employer, and any successors thereto.

1.24     "VALUATION  DATE" shall mean the annual date selected by the Actuary as
         of which Plan assets are valued and liabilities determined for purposes
         of an actuarial valuation.

1.25     "YEAR  OF   SERVICE"   shall   mean  a  twelve   (12)-consecutive-month
         computation  period in which an Employee is credited  with one thousand
         (1,000) or more Hours of Service.

         For  purposes  of  eligibility  to  participate  and  to  reparticipate
         following a Break in Service,  the date an Employee  performs his first
         Hour of  Service  shall be the  beginning  of the  computation  period.
         Thereafter,  the Plan Year that  includes  the last day of the  initial
         computation period shall be used as the computation period for purposes
         of  eligibility  to  participate  in the Plan.  Succeeding  computation
         periods shall be based on succeeding Plan Years.

         For purposes of benefit  accrual  under Section 4.1 and for purposes of
         determining a Participant's nonforfeitable right to his Accrued Benefit
         under Section 4.5 and his Early  Retirement Date under Section 4.3, the
         twelve  (12)-month  period  coincident  with the Plan  Year in which an
         Employee is credited with one thousand (1,000) or more Hours of Service
         shall be the computation period.  Credit for a Year of Service shall be
         granted on completion of the one  thousandth  (1,000th) Hour of Service
         in each computation period.


                                       7
<PAGE>



                  ARTICLE TWO--SPECIAL RULES RELATED TO SERVICE



2.1      CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND RETURN TO SERVICE.  An Employee who
         returns to employment  after a Break in Service shall retain credit for
         his pre-Break Years of Service;  provided,  however,  that if, when the
         Employee incurred his Break in Service, he had not completed sufficient
         Years of Service to be credited  with a vested  benefit  under  Article
         Four, his pre-Break Years of Service shall be disregarded if the number
         of consecutive Breaks in Service equal or exceed five (5).

         If an  Employee  incurred  a Break in  Service  prior to the Plan  Year
         commencing in 1985, the  determination of such  Participant's  Years of
         Service shall be governed by the rules in effect at his  termination of
         Service.


2.2      MATERNITY/PATERNITY FAMILY LEAVE OF ABSENCE.  An Employee who is absent
         from work for an approved  leave of absence due to Parental,  Family or
         Medical  Leave  shall be  credited  with the number of Hours of Service
         (not in excess of 501) equal to:

         (a)  the number of Hours of Service which otherwise would normally have
              been credited to such Employee but for such absence; or

         (b)  in any case in which the number of Hours of Service  described  in
              paragraph (a) cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service per day
              of such absence.

         In no event shall more than five hundred and one (501) of such hours be
         credited  by reason of such  period of  absence.  The Hours of  Service
         shall be credited in the  computation  period (used for measuring Years
         of  Service  for  vesting  purposes)  which  starts  after the leave of
         absence begins. However, the Hours of Service shall instead be credited
         in  the  computation  period  in  which  the  absence  begins  if it is
         necessary to credit the Hours of Service in that computation  period to
         avoid the occurrence of a Break in Service.

         For  purposes of this Section 2.2,  Parental,  Family or Medical  Leave
         means  absence  from work for  maternity  or  paternity  reasons (1) by
         reason of the pregnancy of the  individual,  (2) by reason of the birth
         of the child of the  individual,  (3) by reason of the  placement  of a
         child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child
         by such individual,  or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a
         period  beginning   immediately  following  such  birth  or  placement.
         Effective as of August 5, 1993, Parental, Family or Medical Leave shall
         include an absence from  employment,  not to exceed 12 weeks, for which
         an Employee is entitled to leave under Section 102(a) of the Family and
         Medical Leave Act of 1993 for the maternity or paternity reasons stated
         above or (A) to care for a spouse,  child or  parent  who has a serious
         health  condition or (B) to care for the  Employee's own serious health
         condition.



                                       8
<PAGE>



2.3      SERVICE IN EXCLUDED JOB CLASSIFICATION, WITH RELATED COMPANIES.

         (a)  Service  while  a  Member  of  an  Ineligible   Classification  of
              Employees.   An  Employee  who  is  a  member  of  an   ineligible
              classification  of Employees  shall not be eligible to participate
              in the Plan  while a  member  of such  ineligible  classification.
              However,  if any  such  Employee  is  transferred  to an  eligible
              classification, then for purposes of eligibility to participate in
              the  Plan  under  Section  3.1  and  determining  a  Participant's
              nonforfeitable  right to his Accrued  Benefit  under  Section 4.5,
              such  Employee  shall be credited  with any prior Years of Service
              completed while a member of such an ineligible classification. For
              this  purpose,  an  Employee  shall be  considered  a member of an
              ineligible  classification  of  employees  for any  period  during
              which:  (i) he is a Leased  Employee;  or (ii) he is employed in a
              job  classification  which is excluded from  participating  in the
              Plan under Section 3.1.

         (b)  Service with Related  Group  Members.  For each Plan Year in which
              the  Employer  is a member of a "related  group",  as  hereinafter
              defined,  an Employee's  Years of Service  (solely for purposes of
              eligibility  to  participate  in the Plan  under  Section  3.1 and
              determining a  Participant's  nonforfeitable  right to his Accrued
              Benefit  under  Section  4.5) and with any one or more  members of
              such related group shall be treated as employment by the Employer.
              The transfer of employment by any such Employee to another  member
              of the related group shall not be deemed to constitute  retirement
              or other termination of employment by the Employer for purposes of
              the Plan,  but the Employee  shall be deemed to have  continued in
              employment  with the  Employer  for  purposes  hereof,  except for
              benefits   accrued   under  Section  4.1.  For  purposes  of  this
              subsection  (b),  "related  group" shall mean the Employer and all
              corporations,  trades or businesses  (whether or not incorporated)
              which  constitute  a  controlled  group of  corporations  with the
              Employer,  a group of trades or  businesses  under common  control
              with the Employer,  or an affiliated  service group which includes
              the Employer,  within the meaning of Code Sections 414(b), 414(c),
              or  414(m),  respectively,  or any  other  entity  required  to be
              aggregated under Code Section 414(o).

         (c)  Construction.  This Section is included in the Plan to comply with
              Code  provisions  regarding the  crediting of Service,  and not to
              extend  any   additional   rights  to  Employees   in   ineligible
              classifications other than as required by the Code and regulations
              thereunder.



                                       9
<PAGE>



                        ARTICLE THREE--PLAN PARTICIPATION


3.1      PARTICIPATION.  All  Employees  participating  in the Plan prior to its
         restatement shall continue to participate, subject to the terms hereof.
         Each other hourly  Employee  shall become a Participant  under the Plan
         effective on the first day of the Plan Year or first day of the seventh
         month of the Plan Year after (i) completing one (1) Year of Service and
         (ii) attaining age eighteen (18).

         In no event,  however,  shall any Employee  participate  under the Plan
         while he is included  in a unit of  Employees  covered by a  collective
         bargaining   agreement   between   the   Employer   and  the   Employee
         representatives  under which  agreement  retirement  benefits  were the
         subject of good faith bargaining.

3.2      REEMPLOYMENT OF FORMER PARTICIPANT.  A Participant whose
         participation   ceased  because  of  termination  of  employment   will
         immediately participate on returning to employment, if such Participant
         had a  nonforfeitable  right under  Article  Four to any portion of his
         Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions. If such reemployed
         Participant  was not vested  under  Article  Four upon  termination  of
         employment,  he shall again become a Participant in accordance with the
         provisions of Section 2.1 and Section 3.1.

3.3      TERMINATION OF  ELIGIBILITY.  In the event a Participant is no longer a
         member of an eligible  class of Employees and he becomes  ineligible to
         participate  but has not  incurred a Break in  Service,  such  Employee
         shall  participate  immediately  upon returning to an eligible class of
         Employees.  If such Participant incurs a Break in Service,  eligibility
         will be  determined  under the Break in Service rules in Section 2.1 of
         the Plan.

         In the event an Employee  who is not a member of an  eligible  class of
         Employees  becomes a member of an eligible  class,  such Employee shall
         participate  immediately if such Employee has satisfied the eligibility
         requirements of Section 3.1 and would have otherwise  previously become
         a Participant.

3.4      WAIVER OF  PARTICIPATION.  An  Employee  shall  have the right to waive
         participation  in the  Plan by  executing  a form  which  explains  the
         consequences of waiving participation  hereunder. An Employee shall not
         be  entitled  to  waive  participation  in the Plan if his  failure  to
         participate  would jeopardize the Employer's  ability to have this Plan
         or any other retirement plan satisfy the minimum coverage  requirements
         of Section 410(b) of the Code.


                                       10
<PAGE>



                           ARTICLE FOUR--PLAN BENEFITS


4.1      NORMAL RETIREMENT  BENEFIT.  Each Participant who retires at his Normal
         Retirement  Date  shall be  entitled  to  receive a monthly  retirement
         benefit  determined as of such date. The amount of his monthly  benefit
         shall be equal to six dollars  ($6.00) times his Years of Service up to
         a maximum of forty (40). A Participant's  right to his benefit shall be
         nonforfeitable  upon reaching his Normal  Retirement  Date and shall be
         payable under the rules specified in Article Five.

4.2      LATE RETIREMENT BENEFIT. A Participant who remains in the employ of the
         Employer  after his Normal  Retirement  Date shall not be  eligible  to
         receive a distribution until his actual retirement date, subject to the
         provisions of Section 5.5 below. At the Participant's actual retirement
         date,  he shall be  entitled  to receive a monthly  retirement  benefit
         determined  under Section 4.1 based on his Years of Service credited as
         of his actual retirement date.

4.3      EARLY  RETIREMENT.  A  Participant  who  separates  from Service  after
         becoming entitled to a nonforfeitable percentage of his Accrued Benefit
         shall be  entitled  to  elect to  receive  a  distribution  of an early
         retirement benefit. The early retirement benefit shall be the Actuarial
         Equivalent of the Participant's Accrued Benefit and may commence at any
         time after the Participant's  termination of Service, as elected by the
         Participant.  The early  retirement  benefit shall be payable under the
         rules specified in Article Five.

4.4      DISABILITY RETIREMENT.

         (a)  Payment of Actuarial  Equivalent in the Event of Disability.  If a
              Participant  shall  separate from Service with the Employer  after
              being  credited  with no less than ten (10)  Years of  Service  by
              reason of total and permanent disability, the Participant shall be
              entitled to receive disability  payments determined as of the date
              of his  disability  retirement  in an amount  equal to his Accrued
              Benefit.  The  monthly  benefit  shall  not  be  reduced  for  the
              commencement of payment before the Participant's Normal Retirement
              Date. "Total and permanent disability" shall mean suffering from a
              physical  or  mental   condition  that,  in  the  opinion  of  the
              Administrator,  in  accordance  with  uniform  rules  consistently
              applied,   and  based   upon   appropriate   medical   advice  and
              examination,  can be  expected  to prevent  the  Participant  from
              continuing his employment with the Employer in his  pre-disability
              capacity.  Receipt of a Social Security  Disability award shall be
              deemed proof of total and permanent disability.

         (b)  Effect  of  Recovery  From  Disability.   If,  upon  recover  from
              disability, a Participant is reemployed by the Employer, his Years
              of Service up to the date of his retirement  for disability  shall
              be restored  and he shall  commence to accrue  benefits  under the
              Plan based upon his Years of Service  both  before his  retirement
              for  disability  and after  his  reemployment.  However,  the Plan
              benefits  to  which he may  become  entitled  thereafter  shall be
              reduced by the  Actuarial  Equivalent of the  disability  payments
              received.



                                       11
<PAGE>




         (c)  Continuing Evidence of Disability.  A disabled  Participant may be
              required  to submit  evidence  of his  continued  eligibility  for
              disability   income   benefits  at  any  time  during   disability
              retirement prior to his Normal  Retirement Date, but not more than
              semiannually,  to determine whether he is eligible for continuance
              of the disability pension.  In the event the disabled  Participant
              fails to submit  evidence of his  continued  eligibility  for such
              disability  benefits when requested,  his disability pension shall
              be discontinued until he submits such evidence.

4.5      VESTING.  In the event that a  Participant's  Service with the Employer
         terminates  for reasons  other than death,  disability,  Normal or Late
         Retirement,  such Participant  shall have a  nonforfeitable  right to a
         percentage  of his Accrued  Benefit as  determined  under the following
         schedule.  The benefit  shall be payable  under the rules  specified in
         Article Five.

              YEARS OF SERVICE               Vested Percentage

             Less than 3 years                       0%
                     3                              20%
                     4                              40%
                     5                              60%
                     6                              80%
                 7 or more                          100%


         The  nonvested  portion of a  Participant's  Accrued  Benefit  shall be
         forfeited  as of the  earlier  of (i) the last day of the Plan  Year in
         which the  Participant  receives a  distribution  of his vested Accrued
         Benefit or (ii) the last day of the Plan Year in which the  Participant
         incurs a Break in Service. The amount forfeited shall be used to reduce
         Employer contributions under Section 6.1.

4.6      DEATH BENEFITS.

         (a)  Qualified Spousal Survivor Annuity. If a Participant dies while in
              the employ of the  Employer  and is survived  by his  spouse,  the
              following  minimum death benefit shall be provided  under the Plan
              to the Participant's spouse: a monthly benefit equal to the amount
              which  the  Participant's   spouse  would  have  received  if  the
              Participant  had (i) separated  from Service on the date of death,
              (ii)  survived to the earliest  retirement  age under the Plan, if
              later than his attained age and (iii) commenced receiving benefits
              under the joint and survivor  annuity  described in Section 5.2 on
              the day prior to his death.

              If a Participant who terminated employment, for any reason, with a
              right  to a  deferred  vested  benefit  should  die  prior  to the
              commencement  of his benefit  and be  survived by his spouse,  the
              Participant's  surviving  spouse  shall be  entitled  to receive a
              minimum  death  benefit  in an  amount  equal  to that  which  the
              surviving  spouse would have received under the terms of the above
              paragraph based on the Participant's  vested Accrued Benefit as of
              the date of his death.



                                       12
<PAGE>




              Such  minimum  death  benefit  shall be paid to the  Participant's
              surviving  spouse  during the  remainder  of his or her  lifetime.
              However,  if the present  value of such death  benefit,  as of the
              date  of  the   Participant's   death,  does  not  exceed  $3,500,
              distribution of such death benefit shall automatically be made, in
              the form of an Actuarially Equivalent lump-sum payment, as soon as
              practicable following the Participant's death.

         (b)  Death After  Commencement of Benefit.  If a Participant dies after
              payment of  benefits  has  commenced,  no death  benefit  shall be
              payable  except as provided in the form of benefit  elected by the
              Participant under Article Five.




                                       13
<PAGE>



                   ARTICLE FIVE-TIME AND MODE OF DISTRIBUTION
                                OF PLAN BENEFITS


5.1      NORMAL  FORM OF  BENEFIT.  The  pension  formula  under  Section 4.1 is
         calculated   to  produce  a  benefit  in  the  form  of  equal  monthly
         installments,  payable to the  Participant  during his  lifetime,  with
         payments  ceasing in the month of his death,  subject to the succeeding
         provisions  of  this  Article  Five.  For a  married  Participant,  the
         provisions  of  Section  5.3  shall  apply  in lieu  of  this  Section.
         Alternatively,  a  Participant  shall be permitted to select any of the
         options in Section 5.3.

5.2      JOINT AND SURVIVOR  ANNUITY.  For any Participant who is married at his
         "annuity  starting  date," his benefit  under the Plan shall be paid in
         the  form of a  "qualified  joint  and  survivor  annuity"  unless  the
         Participant,  with the consent of his spouse, elects to waive such form
         of  benefit  during  the  period  described  in  paragraph  (d)  below;
         provided,  however,  that the consent of the Participant's spouse shall
         not be  required  if the  Participant  selects  the option set forth in
         Section 5.3(c) and names his spouse as his  Beneficiary.  The requisite
         spousal  consent  shall be in writing and must be  witnessed  by a Plan
         official or notary  public,  and shall apply only to the  Participant's
         spouse who signs such waiver.

         (a)  The  "qualified  joint and survivor  annuity" means an annuity for
              the life of the Participant  with a survivor  annuity for the life
              of the  Participant's  spouse equal to fifty  percent (50%) of the
              amount  of the  annuity  payable  during  the  joint  lives of the
              Participant and the Participant's  spouse. The qualified joint and
              survivor  annuity  shall  be  the  Actuarial   Equivalent  of  the
              Participant's Accrued Benefit payable in the normal form specified
              under Section 5.1.

         (b)  The  Participant  may  elect  to waive  the  qualified  joint  and
              survivor  annuity  form of benefit at any time during the election
              period.  Such  an  election  must be  made  in  writing  in a form
              acceptable to the Administrator. However, an election to waive the
              qualified joint and survivor  annuity shall not take effect unless
              (1) the Participant's  spouse consents in writing to the election,
              (2) the election designates a specific alternate  Beneficiary,  if
              applicable, including any class of Beneficiaries or any contingent
              Beneficiaries,  which may not be changed  without  spousal consent
              (unless the Participant's spouse expressly permits designations by
              the  Participant  without any further  spousal  consent),  (3) the
              spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of the election,  and (4)
              the spouse's  consent is witnessed by a Plan  representative  or a
              notary  public.  In  addition,   a  Participant's  waiver  of  the
              qualified joint and survivor annuity shall not be effective unless
              the election designates a form of benefit payment which may not be
              changed  without  spousal  consent  (or the  Participant's  spouse
              expressly  permits  designation  by the  Participant  without  any
              further spousal consent).  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  spousal
              consent  hereunder  shall not be required if it is  established to
              the  satisfaction of the  Administrator  that the spouse's consent
              cannot be  obtained  because  such spouse  cannot be  located,  or
              because  of  such  other  circumstances  as may be  prescribed  in
              regulations pursuant to Code Section 417.

         (c)  Any  consent  by  a  spouse   obtained   under  this  Section  (or
              establishment  that the  consent of a spouse may not be  obtained)
              shall be effective only with respect to such spouse. A



                                       14
<PAGE>



              consent that permits  designations by the Participant  without any
              requirement  of further  consent by such spouse  must  acknowledge
              that the  spouse  has the  right to limit  consent  to a  specific
              Beneficiary,  and/or a specific form of benefit where  applicable,
              and that the spouse  voluntarily  elects to  relinquish  either or
              both of such  rights.  No consent  obtained  under this  provision
              shall be valid  unless  the  Participant  has  received  notice as
              provided  below.  In addition,  any waiver made in accordance with
              this Section may be revoked at any time prior to the  commencement
              of benefits  under the Plan. A  Participant  is not limited to the
              number of revocations or elections that may be made hereunder.

         (d)  The  "election  period"  under  this  Section  shall be the ninety
              (90)-day  period prior to the "annuity  starting date," which date
              shall be the first  day of the first  period in which an amount is
              payable as an  annuity  or, if such  benefit is not  payable as an
              annuity,  the  first  day on which  the  Participant  may begin to
              receive a distribution from the Plan.

         (e)  The Administrator shall provide to each Participant,  no less than
              thirty  (30)  days or more  than  ninety  (90)  days  prior to the
              election period, a written explanation of:

              (1)   the terms and conditions of the qualified joint and survivor
                    annuity;

              (2)   the  Participant's  right to make,  and the  effect  of,  an
                    election to waive such annuity;

              (3)   the  right  of  the   Participant's   spouse  regarding  the
                    requisite  spousal  consent  to an  election  to  waive  the
                    qualified joint and survivor annuity; and

              (4)   the right to make,  and the  effect of, a  revocation  of an
                    election to waive such annuity.

         (f)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of this  Section,  the qualified
              joint and survivor annuity  requirements set forth above shall not
              apply  for any  Participant  whose  present  value  of his  vested
              Accrued  Benefit is $3,500 or less,  as  determined  by use of the
              applicable  assumptions  set forth in Section 1.2. For purposes of
              determining  whether a  Participant's  vested  Accrued  Benefit is
              subject to the qualified joint and survivor  annuity  requirements
              hereunder,  the  value of any  amounts  transferred  from  another
              qualified  plan to the Plan shall be  aggregated  with such vested
              Accrued Benefit.

         (g)  Once  payments  have  commenced  hereunder,  the  form of  benefit
              payment may not be changed.

5.3      OPTIONAL  FORMS OF BENEFIT  PAYMENTS.  In lieu of the  normal  forms of
         benefit  described  under Sections 5.1 and 5.2, a Participant may elect
         to receive (with the consent of his spouse,  if required  under Section
         5.2) any of the alternative forms of benefit described below:

         (a)  A monthly  benefit  payable  to and  during  the  lifetime  of the
              Participant   with   payments   ceasing   in  the   month  of  the
              Participant's death.

         (b)  A monthly  benefit  payable  to and  during  the  lifetime  of the
              Participant,  and in the event of the  Participant's  death  after
              payments  have  commenced,  but  prior  to the  completion  of one
              hundred and twenty (120) monthly  payments,  the monthly  payments
              shall continue to be


                                       15
<PAGE>



              paid to the Participant's  designated Beneficiary until a combined
              total of one hundred and twenty (120)  monthly  payments have been
              received  by  the   Participant  and  his   Beneficiary.   If  the
              Beneficiary  predeceases  the  Participant,  the  balance  of  the
              payments,  if any, will be made to the Participant's  estate or to
              such other Beneficiary as the Participant may have designated.

         (c)  A monthly  benefit  payable  to and  during  the  lifetime  of the
              Participant,  and in the event of the  Participant's  death  after
              payments  have  commenced,  but  prior  to the  completion  of one
              hundred and eighty (180) monthly  payments,  the monthly  payments
              shall  continue  to  be  paid  to  the  Participant's   designated
              Beneficiary until a combined total of one hundred and eighty (180)
              monthly  payments  have been received by the  Participant  and his
              Beneficiary.  If the Beneficiary predeceases the Participant,  the
              balance of the payments, if any, will be made to the Participant's
              estate or to such other  Beneficiary as the  Participant  may have
              designated.

         (d)  A lump sum.

         Any of the  alternative  forms  of  benefit  set  forth  above  (except
         installment  payments  under  Section  5.3(e))  shall be the  Actuarial
         Equivalent  to the normal  form of benefit  described  in Section  5.1.
         Provided,  however,  that in no event shall a form of benefit hereunder
         provide a benefit in excess of the amount  permitted under Code Section
         401(l) and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

         Benefit  elections shall be in writing and shall be filed in accordance
         with   uniform    administrative    procedures   established   by   the
         Administrator.  If the Beneficiary dies after the election of an option
         but prior to the  commencement  of  payments  to the  Participant,  the
         election  shall  be null and void and the  Participant  may  elect  any
         alternative  form of payment.  If the  Beneficiary  dies  following the
         commencement  of monthly  payments to a  Participant  under Section 5.3
         (c),   payment  of  the  monthly  income  will  continue  only  to  the
         Participant.

5.4      REVOCATION OR CHANGE OF OPTIONAL FORM.  A Participant may revoke or
         change any election  previously  made,  or deemed to be made under this
         Article Five, ninety (90) days prior to the date of commencement of his
         benefits,  in the form and manner prescribed by the Administrator.  The
         Administrator may waive such ninety (90)-day requirement.

5.5      TIME OF COMMENCEMENT OF RETIREMENT PAYMENTS.  Except as otherwise
         provided  below,  distribution of benefits to a Participant who retires
         on or after his Normal Retirement Date, or who terminates employment as
         a result of his "permanent and total  disability" as defined in Section
         4.4 above, or as a result of his early retirement as defined in Section
         4.3,  shall  commence no later than sixty (60) days following the close
         of the Plan Year in which such event  occurred,  unless the Participant
         elects to defer  receipt of his benefits  subject to the  provisions of
         this Section. However, if the present value of the Participant's vested
         Accrued  Benefit exceeds $3,500 (as determined by use of the applicable
         assumptions  set forth under Section 1.2),  distribution of his benefit
         shall not commence prior to such  Participant's  Normal Retirement Date
         unless the Participant otherwise elects in writing.

         If a Participant terminates employment for any reason other than Normal
         Retirement, early



                                       16
<PAGE>



         retirement,  disability or death,  distributions  of his benefits shall
         commence as soon as  administratively  practical following the close of
         the Plan Year in which he incurs a Break in  Service.  However,  if the
         present  value of the  Participant's  vested  Accrued  Benefit  exceeds
         $3,500 (as  determined by use of the applicable  assumptions  set forth
         under  Section  1.2),  distribution  of his benefit  shall not commence
         prior  to  such   Participant's   Normal  Retirement  Date  unless  the
         Participant otherwise elects in writing.

         The failure of a  Participant  to consent to a  distribution  while the
         vested Accrued Benefit is immediately  distributable shall be deemed to
         be an election to defer commencement of payment of such benefit.

         If a Participant  receives a lump sum  distribution  from the Plan as a
         result of  terminating  his  employment,  he shall,  at such time as he
         again  becomes  an  Employee,  have the right to  restore  his  Accrued
         Benefit to the extent  forfeited  upon the repayment to the Plan of the
         full amount of the distribution,  plus interest  compounded annually at
         the rate determined for purposes of Code Section  411(c)(2)(C) from the
         date  of  distribution  to the  date  of  requirement.  Such  right  of
         repayment by the  Participant  shall  terminate upon the earlier of (i)
         five years from the individual again becoming an Employee,  or (ii) the
         completion of five consecutive  Breaks in Service following the date of
         distribution of the lump sum to the Participant.

         Notwithstanding  any  provision  contained  herein to the  contrary,  a
         Participant  who is not vested in any  portion of his  Accrued  Benefit
         attributable to Employer contributions shall be deemed to have received
         a distribution  of such Accrued  Benefit as of the end of the Plan Year
         in which he incurs a Break in Service. In the event such Participant is
         credited  with an Hour of Service  before  incurring  five  consecutive
         Breaks  in  Service,  his  vested  Accrued  Benefit  previously  deemed
         distributed to him will be deemed repaid to the Plan.

         A Participant  may elect to defer receipt of his  retirement  benefits;
         provided,  however,  that in no event shall the  distribution  commence
         later  than the April 1st  following  the end of the  calendar  year in
         which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70 1/2), unless
         the Participant attained age seventy and one-half (70 1/2) on or before
         January 1, 1988 and was not a five percent (5%) owner of the  Employer,
         or the  Participant  signed a timely  election form  complying with the
         provisions of Section 242(b) of TEFRA.  For any  Participant who signed
         such a form,  or who have attained age seventy and one-half (70 1/2) on
         or  before  January  1,  1988 and was not a five  percent  (5%)  owner,
         payment  must  be  made or  commence  by the  later  of the  April  1st
         following  the calendar  year of  retirement or the April 1st following
         the  calendar  year in  which  age  seventy  and  one-half  (70 1/2) is
         attained.

5.6      SUSPENSION OF BENEFITS UPON RE-EMPLOYMENT.  In the event that a retired
         or terminated  Participant is re-employed by the Employer,  his monthly
         benefit  (if  any)  shall  be  suspended   during  the  period  of  his
         re-employment.  Upon his subsequent  retirement or other termination of
         employment, his benefit (if any) shall be determined in accordance with
         the applicable  provisions of the Plan then in effect, with recognition
         of his  prior  Service  in  accordance  with such  provisions  and with
         appropriate actuarial adjustment to reflect any benefits paid under the
         Plan prior to his  re-employment,  but the amount of his benefit  shall
         not be less  than if he had  not  been  re-employed,  nor  shall  it be
         greater  than the  benefit he would  otherwise  have  received  had his
         employment been continuous.


                                       17
<PAGE>




5.7      NOTICE TO  EMPLOYEES.  If a  Participant  remains  in the employ of the
         Employer after his Normal Retirement Date thereby deferring the payment
         of his monthly  benefit,  or if a retired or terminated  Participant is
         re-employed   thereby  resulting  in  the  suspension  of  his  monthly
         retirement  benefit,  the Administrator shall notify the Participant of
         the deferral or  suspension  of his benefit;  such notice shall contain
         such  information and shall be given at such time as may be required by
         applicable law or regulation.

5.8      DESIGNATION  OF  BENEFICIARY.  Each  Participant  shall  file  with the
         Administrator  a designation of  Beneficiary to receive  payment of any
         death benefits payable under an alternative  payment option selected by
         the Participant  under Section 5.3 if such  Beneficiary  should survive
         the  Participant.  However,  no  Participant  who is  married  shall be
         permitted to designate a  Beneficiary  other than his spouse unless the
         Participant's  spouse has signed a written consent  witnessed by a Plan
         representative  or a  notary  public,  which  consent  provides  for  a
         designation of an alternate Beneficiary.

         Subject to the above,  Beneficiary designations may include primary and
         contingent Beneficiaries,  and may be revoked or amended at any time in
         similar manner or form, and the most recent  designations shall govern.
         In the absence of an effective  designation of  Beneficiary,  or if the
         Beneficiary  dies before  complete  distribution  of the  Participant's
         benefits,  all  amounts  shall be paid to the  surviving  spouse of the
         Participant, if living, or to the Participant's estate. Notification to
         Participants  of the  death  benefits  under  the Plan  and the  method
         designating a Beneficiary  shall be given at the time and in the manner
         provided by regulations and rulings under the Code.

5.9      MODE OF DEATH BENEFITS.  The Beneficiary  shall be allowed to designate
         the mode of receiving benefits unless the Participant had designated in
         writing a method of distribution.  However, no designation of a payment
         method by a  Participant  shall prevent the  Participant's  spouse from
         receiving  the  qualified  spousal  survivor  annuity,  as described in
         Section 4.5(a),  provided such benefit shall otherwise be payable under
         the Plan.

         If payments start at the "required time" (as defined below), and if all
         payments  are to be made to or for the  benefit of one or more  natural
         persons, the following distribution modes shall be available:

         (a)  a level  pension,  which is the Actuarial  Equivalent of the death
              benefit, payable for the Beneficiary's lifetime;

         (b)  a lump sum; and

         (c)  installment  payments of the lump sum (in a manner similar to that
              in  Section   5.3(e))  paid  over  the  life   expectancy  of  the
              Beneficiary. (If the Beneficiary is the spouse of the Participant,
              the  Beneficiary  shall be  permitted  to  recalculate  such  life
              expectancy each year.)

         The "required  time" for  commencement  of payments shall be within one
         year of the Participant's  death or, in the case of a surviving spouse,
         no later than the date on which the Participant  would have reached age
         seventy and one-half (70 1/2). (If a surviving spouse dies before


                                       18
<PAGE>



         distributions  to the spouse begin,  this paragraph shall be applied as
         if the surviving spouse were the Participant.)

         If payments  start after the required  time, or to the extent  payments
         are not  designated  to or for the  benefit  of a natural  person,  the
         following distribution modes shall be available:

         (a)  lump sum; and
         (b)  payments  of  installments  at such  time  and in such  amount  as
              determined by the  Beneficiary,  provided that all amounts must be
              paid within five (5) years of the Participant's death.

         If a  Participant  dies  after  payments  to him  have  commenced,  any
         survivor's  benefit  must be paid no less  rapidly  than the  method of
         payment in effect at the time of the Participant's death.

         Nothing within this Section shall invalidate any Participant's previous
         designation  of  a  mode  of  paying  death  benefits,   provided  such
         designation  was made prior to  January  1, 1984 and was in  accordance
         with all  requirements  announced by the Internal  Revenue Service with
         respect to the transitional  rule  established  under Section 242(b) of
         TEFRA.  No  modification of the mode set out in any such election shall
         be allowed, however, unless it is in compliance with this Section 5.9.

5.10     MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION RULES.

         (a)  In the case of  installment  payments  for  distributions  made to
              comply  with  the  provisions  of  Code  Section  401(a)(9),   the
              following rules shall apply:

              (1)   Payments to  Participant  or to  Participant  and  Surviving
                    Spouse.  Payments  shall  commence  no  later  than the date
                    provided for in Section  5.5.  The amount to be  distributed
                    each  year  shall be at  least  equal  to the  balance  in a
                    segregated   installment   account,   as  of  the  preceding
                    Valuation Date,  multiplied by the following  fraction:  the
                    numerator  of  the  fraction   shall  be  one  (1)  and  the
                    denominator  shall be the life expectancy of the Participant
                    (or  joint  life  expectancies  of the  Participant  and his
                    spouse)  determined as of the Valuation  Date  preceding the
                    first  payment  and  reduced by one (1) for each  succeeding
                    year.

              (2)   Payments to Participant and Non-Spouse Beneficiary. Payments
                    shall  commence  no later than the date  provided in Section
                    5.5.  The  amount to be  distributed  each year  shall be at
                    least  equal to the  balance in the  segregated  installment
                    account, as of the preceding  Valuation Date,  multiplied by
                    the following fraction:  the numerator of the fraction shall
                    be one (1) and  the  denominator  shall  be the  joint  life
                    expectancy of the Participant  and his Beneficiary  computed
                    as of the  Valuation  Date  preceding  the first payment and
                    reduced by one (1) for each succeeding year.  Payments shall
                    be restricted  under this option to ensure  compliance  with
                    the   minimum   distribution    incidental   death   benefit
                    requirement  of Code Section  401(a)(9) and the  regulations
                    promulgated thereunder.

              (3)   Payments to  Beneficiary.  Payments  shall commence no later
                    than the date  provided for in Section 5.9. The amount to be
                    distributed each year shall be at least equal to



                                       19
<PAGE>



                    the  lump-sum  value  of the  Participant's  vested  Accrued
                    Benefit as of the preceding Valuation Date multiplied by the
                    following  fraction:  the numerator shall be one (1) and the
                    denominator   shall   be   the   life   expectancy   of  the
                    Participant's  Beneficiary computed as of the Valuation Date
                    preceding  the first payment and reduced by one (1) for each
                    succeeding year.

              (4)   Recalculation of Life  Expectancy.  If distribution is to be
                    made over the life expectancy of the  Participant,  or where
                    the  Participant's  spouse  is  his  Beneficiary,  the  life
                    expectancy of the  Participant's  surviving  spouse,  or the
                    joint life  expectancies  of the Participant and his spouse,
                    such life expectancy or joint life  expectancies may, at the
                    election of the  Participant or his surviving  spouse as the
                    case may be, be  recalculated  annually.  Any such  election
                    shall be irrevocable as to the Participant  (and spouse,  if
                    applicable)  and shall apply to all subsequent  years. In no
                    event,  however,  shall the life  expectancy  of a nonspouse
                    Beneficiary be recalculated.

5.11     ANNUITY  INCOME.  Subject to the provisions of Sections 4.6(a) and 5.2,
         the  Administrator may direct the Trustee to purchase from an insurance
         company  selected by the  Administrator  an annuity  contract that will
         provide  the  monthly  income  in an  amount  equal to that  which  the
         Participant  or Beneficiary is entitles under the Plan. In the event an
         annuity  contract is so purchased,  the contract may either be assigned
         to the  Participant of his  Beneficiary on a  nontransferable  basis or
         held  by  the  Trustee  for  the  benefit  of  the  Participant  or his
         Beneficiary.

5.12     ROLLOVERS TO OTHER PLANS OR IRAS.  Notwithstanding  any other provision
         of the Plan to the contrary, as to any distribution made after December
         31,  1992,  a  distributee  may  elect,  at the time and in the  manner
         prescribed  by the  Administrator,  to have any  portion of an Eligible
         Rollover  Distribution  paid  directly to an Eligible  Retirement  Plan
         specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.

         For purposes of this Section  5.12,  the  following  definitions  shall
apply.

         (1)  Eligible Rollover Distribution.  An Eligible Rollover Distribution
              is any  distribution  of all or any  portion of the balance to the
              credit  of the  distributee,  except  that  an  Eligible  Rollover
              Distribution does not include:

              (a)   any  distribution  that is one of a series of  substantially
                    equal periodic  payments (not less frequently than annually)
                    made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or
                    the  joint  lives  (or  joint  life   expectancies)  of  the
                    distributee  and  the  distributee's  beneficiary,  or for a
                    specified period of ten years or more.

              (b)   any distribution to the extent such distribution is required
                    under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and

              (c)   the portion of any  distribution  that is not  includible in
                    gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for
                    net  unrealized   appreciation   with  respect  to  employer
                    securities).

         (2)  Eligible  Retirement  Plan.  An  Eligible  Retirement  Plan  is an
              individual retirement account


                                       20
<PAGE>



              described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity
              described in Code  Section  408(b),  an annuity plan  described in
              Code  Section  403(a),  or a  qualified  trust  described  in Code
              Section 401(a),  that accepts the distributee's  Eligible Rollover
              Distribution.  However,  in  the  case  of  an  Eligible  Rollover
              Distribution to the surviving spouse, an Eligible  Retirement Plan
              is an  individual  retirement  account  or  individual  retirement
              annuity.

         (3)  Distributee.   A  distributee   includes  an  Employee  or  former
              Employee.   In  addition  the  Employee's  or  former   Employee's
              surviving spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's spouse or
              former  spouse  who is  the  alternate  payee  under  a  qualified
              domestic  relations order as defined in Code Section  414(p),  are
              distributees  with regard to the  interest of the spouse or former
              spouse.

         (4)  Direct Rollover. A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the
              Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the distributee.



                                       21
<PAGE>



                      ARTICLE SIX--EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS,
                    ROLLOVERS AND TRANSFERS FROM OTHER PLANS


6.1      EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Employer shall retain an Actuary to assist
         it in  determining  the  amount of  contributions  to be made under the
         Plan.  The  contribution  of the Employer may be paid to the Trustee on
         any date or  dates  which  the  Employer  may  select,  subject  to the
         requirements  of applicable  law, and shall be made in the form of cash
         or checks made payable to the Trustee.

6.2      FORFEITURES.  No forfeiture under the Plan shall be applied to increase
         the  benefits  that any  Participant  or  Beneficiary  would  otherwise
         receive. Any amounts forfeited shall be held in the Trust Fund and used
         to reduce the contributions of the Employer.

6.3      ROLLOVERS AND TRANSFERS OF FUNDS FROM OTHER PLANS. With the approval of
         the Administrator,  there may be paid over to the Trustee amounts which
         have been held under  other  plans  qualified  under Code  Section  401
         either (a) maintained by the Employer which have been  discontinued  or
         terminated  with respect to any Employee,  or (b) maintained by another
         employer with respect to which any Employee has ceased to  participate.
         Any  such  transfer  or  rollover  may  also  be made  by  means  of an
         Individual  Retirement  Account  qualified under Code Section 408 where
         the Individual Retirement Account was used as a conduit from the former
         plan.  Any amounts so  transferred  on behalf of any Employee  shall be
         nonforfeitable  and shall be maintained  under a separate Plan account,
         to be paid in addition to amounts otherwise payable under the Plan. The
         amounts of any such account  shall be equal to the fair market value of
         such account as adjusted for income,  expenses, gains and losses. If an
         Employee has not satisfied the eligibility  requirements of Section 3.1
         but has  either  transferred  or  rolled  over an amount  from  another
         qualified plan,  such Employee shall be considered a Participant  under
         the Plan but only to the  extent of such  transferred  or  rolled  over
         amount.

         Subject to the approval of the Administrator, the Trustee is authorized
         to pay to the trustee or custodian of other qualified  retirement plans
         any  nonforfeitable  benefits  attributable  to Employer  contributions
         provided  under the Plan for the  benefit of any  Participant  upon the
         terms and conditions set forth herein.




                                       22
<PAGE>



                    ARTICLE SEVEN--ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN


7.1      PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.

         (a)  The Employer  shall be the Plan  Administrator,  hereinbefore  and
              hereinafter  called the  Administrator  and named fiduciary of the
              Plan,  unless the  Employer,  by action of its board of directors,
              shall  designate  a person or  Administrator  of persons to be the
              Administrator and named fiduciary. The administration of the Plan,
              as provided herein,  including the determination of the payment of
              benefits to  Participants  and their  Beneficiaries,  shall be the
              responsibility  of  the  Administrator.  The  Administrator  shall
              conduct its business and may hold  meetings,  as determined by it,
              from time to time.  In the event more than one party  shall act as
              Administrator, all actions shall be made by majority decisions. In
              the  administration  of the Plan, the Administrator may (1) employ
              agents  to carry out  nonfiduciary  responsibilities  (other  than
              Trustee  responsibilities) among its members. Actions dealing with
              fiduciary  responsibilities  shall  be taken  in  writing  and the
              performance of agents,  counsel and  fiduciaries to whom fiduciary
              responsibilities   have   been   delegated   shall   be   reviewed
              periodically.

         (b)  The expenses of administering the Plan and the compensation of all
              employees,  agents,  or  counsel of the  Administrator,  including
              accounting fees, and actuarial fees, shall be paid by the Plan, or
              by the Employer,  if it so elects.  No compensation may be paid by
              the Plan to full-time Employees of the Employer.

         (c)  The  Administrator  shall keep a record of all its  proceedings in
              the form and to the extent  requested by the board of directors of
              the Employer. The Administrator shall obtain from the Trustee, not
              less often than  annually,  a report with  respect to the value of
              the assets held in the Trust Fund, in such form as may be required
              by the Administrator.

         (d)  The  Administrator  shall administer the Plan and adopt such rules
              and  regulations  as, in the  opinion  of the  Administrator,  are
              necessary or advisable to implement and administer the Plan and to
              transact its business.

         (e)  Pursuant to procedures established by the Administrator,  adequate
              notice  in  writing  shall  be  provided  to  any  Participant  or
              Beneficiary  whose  claim  for  benefits  under  the Plan has been
              denied  within  ninety  (90) days of receipt of such  claim.  Such
              notice shall set forth the specific reason for such denial,  shall
              be  written  in a  manner  calculated  to  be  understood  by  the
              claimant,  and advice of the right to  administrative  review.  If
              such  review  is  requested  by the  claimant  or  his  authorized
              representative  within  ninety  (90)  days  after  receipt  by the
              claimant  of  written  notification  of denial of his  claim,  the
              Administrator shall afford a reasonable opportunity for a full and
              fair  review by the  Administrator  of the  decision  denying  the
              claim.  The  review  shall  focus  on the  addition  facts,  legal
              interpretations or material,  if any, presented by the claimant. A
              hearing is not required under the review procedure.



                                       23
<PAGE>



                         ARTICLE EIGHT--TRUST AGREEMENT


8.1      ESTABLISHMENT  OF THE TRUST.  The Employer and the Trustee hereby enter
         into a Trust agreement which, except to the extent such trust agreement
         is set forth in a valid separate and distinct document, is incorporated
         herein and which  establishes a Trust  consisting of such sums of money
         and  other  property  as may  from  time  to  time  be  contributed  or
         transferred to the Trustee under the terms of the Plan,  along with any
         property  to which any  portion of the Trust Fund may from time to time
         be converted,  and which provides for the investment of Plan assets and
         the operation of the Trust. This trust agreement,  as amended from time
         to time,  shall be deemed part of the Plan, and all rights and benefits
         provided to persons under the Plan shall be subject to the terms of the
         Trust agreement.  In the event the Employer has entered into a separate
         and distinct trust agreement which is not  incorporated in the terms of
         this Plan, and such trust agreement,  subsequent to its  establishment,
         becomes  void or ceases to  operate,  the terms of this  Article  shall
         become effective with respect to the Employer.

8.2      PURPOSE OF THE TRUST. The purpose of the Trust is to invest in and hold
         property  for  the  exclusive   benefit  of   Participants   and  their
         Beneficiaries. At no time shall the Trust be operated or construed in a
         manner  contrary to this purpose.  The Trust shall be a separate entity
         from the Employer and its assets. In no event shall the Trust Fund ever
         be subject to the rights or claims of any creditor of the Employer.  It
         is expressly  understood that the duties and obligations of the Trustee
         shall be only those expressly stated in this Article.

8.3      DISTRIBUTIONS.  The Trustee shall from time to time make  distributions
         from the  Trust  Fund to such  persons,  in such  amounts,  and in such
         manner as the Administrator may direct in writing.  Instructions to the
         Trustee  from the  Administrator  need not  specify  the purpose of the
         distributions  so ordered,  and the Trustee shall not be responsible in
         any  way  for  the   propriety  of  such   distributions   or  for  the
         administration  of the Plan. Any such  instructions  shall constitute a
         certification  that  each  distribution   directed  is  one  which  the
         Administrator  is  authorized  to  direct.  The  Trustee  shall  not be
         responsible  for the  adequacy of the Trust Fund to meet and  discharge
         any  liabilities  under the Plan. If a dispute arises  regarding who is
         entitled to or should receive any distribution from the Trust Fund, the
         Trustee may withhold,  or cause the withholding  of, such  distribution
         until the dispute has been resolved.

8.4      EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT.

         (a)  Except as the  Administrator  may  authorize the Trustee to return
              contributions  to the Employer  pursuant to the terms of the Plan,
              no  part of the  Trust  Fund  shall  be used  for or  diverted  to
              purposes other than for the exclusive  benefit of Participants and
              their  Beneficiaries  and for  defraying  expenses of the Plan and
              Trust.

         (b)  The Employer  shall have no  beneficial  interest in the assets of
              the Trust,  and no part of the Trust  shall  ever  revert to or be
              repaid to the Employer,  directly or indirectly,  except that upon
              written request, the Employer shall have a right to recover


              (1) a  contribution  to the Plan made by  mistake  of fact if such
              contribution (to the extent



                                       24
<PAGE>



              made by mistake of fact) is  returned to the  Employer  within one
              year after payment of such contribution;

              (2)   any  contributions  to the  Plan  conditioned  upon  initial
                    qualification  of the Plan under Section  401(a) of the Code
                    if the Plan does not so qualify and such  contributions  are
                    returned to the Employer within one year after the denial of
                    qualification of the Plan and only if a determination letter
                    request is filed by the terms  prescribed  by law for filing
                    the  Employer's tax return for the taxable year in which the
                    Plan is adopted;

              (3)   a  contribution  to  the  Plan  which  is  disallowed  as  a
                    deduction under section 404 of the Code if such contribution
                    (to the  extent  disallowed)  is  returned  to the  Employer
                    within one year after the deduction is disallowed; and

              (4)   any residual assets due to a Section 415 excess contribution
                    upon  termination of the Plan if all liabilities of the Plan
                    to Participants and their  Beneficiaries have been satisfied
                    and the reversion does not contravene any provision of law.

         (c)  The previous  paragraph  shall not apply to a "qualified  domestic
              relations  order," as defined in Section  414(p) of the Code,  and
              any other domestic  relations orders permitted to be so treated by
              the Trustee under the provisions of the  Retirement  Equity Act of
              1984. The  Administrator  shall  establish a written  procedure to
              determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to
              administer  distributions  under any domestic  relations orders it
              determines  to be  qualified.  To  the  extent  provided  under  a
              "qualified  domestic  relations  order,"  a  former  Spouse  of  a
              Participant  shall  be  treated  as the  Participant's  Spouse  or
              Surviving Spouse for all purposes under the Plan.

8.5      EXPENSES OF THE PLAN AND TRUST. All legal,  administrative,  taxes, and
         other  expenses of the Plan and Trust and the  Trustee's  fees (if any)
         shall be paid from the Trust  Fund  except  to the  extent  paid by the
         Employer.

8.6      DUTIES AND  RESPONSIBILITIES  OF  TRUSTEE.  It shall be the duty of the
         Trustee  to hold in Trust the funds from time to time  received  by it,
         and the Trustee  shall have  authority to manage and control the assets
         of the Plan pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Trust agreement, and
         the funding  policy and method  determined by the  Employer,  except as
         otherwise  provided in Section 9.5. The Trustee  shall  discharge  such
         powers and duties for the  exclusive  purpose of providing  benefits to
         the Participants and Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of
         administering  the Plan, and shall act with the care,  skill,  prudence
         and diligence  under the  circumstances  then prevailing that a prudent
         man acting in a like  capacity and familiar with such matters would use
         in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.
         The  Trustee  shall  diversify  the  investments  of the  Plan so as to
         minimize the risk of large losses unless,  under the circumstances,  it
         is  clearly  prudent  not to do so.  However,  the  Trustee  may  hold,
         acquire,  or invest in  qualifying  employer  securities  as defined in
         Section  407(d)(5) of ERISA or  qualifying  employer  real  property as
         defined in Section  407(d)(4) of ERISA (or both) to the extent that the
         aggregate  fair market value of such  securities  and property does not
         exceed the  limitations set forth in Section 407. The Trustee shall not
         engage in any prohibited transactions as defined in the Code or ERISA.




                                       25
<PAGE>



         The Trustee shall not be liable for acquiring, retaining or selling any
         investment or  reinvestment  made in accordance with a direction of the
         Administrator as provided herein, nor for any loss or diminution of the
         Trust Fund resulting from the Trustee's action or inaction  pursuant to
         a direction of the  Administrator;  nor shall the Trustee be liable for
         any loss or diminution of the Trust Fund  resulting  from the Trustee's
         inaction  hereunder  in the  absence  of  proper  directions  from  the
         Administrator unless it shall have been judicially  determined that any
         such  loss was due to the  willful  misconduct  of the  Trustee  or its
         failure to act in good faith in accordance  with the provisions of this
         agreement.

8.7      SPECIFIC  POWERS AND DUTIES OF  TRUSTEE.  In addition to the powers and
         duties  conferred upon it by other provisions of the Plan and except to
         the extent  inconsistent  with applicable law or with provisions of the
         Plan and Trust,  the Trustee shall have the following  powers regarding
         the Trust and Trust Fund:

         (1)  To sell at public or private  sale,  exchange,  convey,  transfer,
              lease,  or  otherwise  dispose of, and also to grant  options with
              respect to all or any part of any property at any time held in the
              Trust Fund,  for such  considerations,  in cash or in credit,  and
              upon such terms and  conditions,  as it shall deem  advisable.  In
              connection with the purchase of securities, margin accounts may be
              opened and  maintained.  If put or call  options are traded,  they
              must be traded on and  purchased  through  a  national  securities
              exchange  registered under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended,
              or if the  options  are  not  traded  on the  national  securities
              exchange, they must be guaranteed by a member firm of the New York
              Stock Exchange.

         (2)  To  compromise or settle any claim in respect of any debt or other
              obligation  due  to it as  Trustee  hereunder,  to  institute  and
              prosecute  any and all legal  proceedings  (including  foreclosure
              proceedings)  on behalf of the Plan,  or to take any other  action
              for the purpose of  enforcing  any such  claim,  and to change the
              rate of interest or extend the  maturity  date of any such debt or
              obligation.

         (3)  To  compromise  or settle  any claim  with  respect to any debt or
              other   obligation  due  to  third  persons  from  it  as  Trustee
              hereunder;  to define any and all legal  proceedings in respect of
              any such claim;  and to change the rate of interest on, extend the
              maturity  date of, or otherwise  modify the terms of any such debt
              or obligation.

         (4)  To join in and become a party to, or to oppose any  reorganization
              (including any consolidation, merger, or other capital changes) of
              any  corporate  securities  which  may at any  time be held in the
              Trust Fund,  or any plan or agreement  for the  protection  of the
              interests of the holders of any such securities; to participate in
              any such protective  plan or agreement or any such  reorganization
              to the same extent and as fully as though it was the  absolute and
              individual  owner  of  such   securities;   to  deposit  with  any
              Administrator or depositories pursuant to any such protective plan
              or agreement or any such reorganization any securities held in the
              Trust Fund; to make payments from the Trust Fund of and charges or
              assessments  imposed by the terms of any such  protective  plan or
              agreement on any such reorganization;  and to receive and continue
              to hold in the Trust Fund any property  allotted to the Trust Fund
              by reason of the Trustee's participation therein.




                                       26
<PAGE>



         (5)  To  vote,  in  person  or by  general  or  limited  proxy,  on any
              securities  at any time held in the Trust Fund,  at any meeting of
              security  holders,  with  respect to any  business  which may come
              before the meeting;  to execute  general or limited proxies to one
              or more  nominees;  as holder of said  securities,  to consent to,
              approve and authorize any corporate act or  proceeding,  including
              any merger on consolidation,  lease, mortgage or sale of corporate
              property,  or dissolution or liquidation,  whether or not proposed
              at  any  such  meeting;  to  execute  such  instruments  as may be
              necessary or appropriate therefore;  and generally to exercise the
              powers of an owner with respect to stocks, bonds,  securities,  or
              other property.

         (6)  To exercise any conversion or subscription  rights  appurtenant to
              any  securities  at any time held in the Trust Fund or to sell any
              such rights.

         (7)  To execute,  acknowledge  and  deliver any and all deeds,  leases,
              assignments  and other  instruments  that it may deem necessary or
              proper in the exercise of any of its powers under this agreement.

         (8)  To cause any  property  at any time  held in the Trust  Fund to be
              registered  in the  name  of a  nominee  of the  Trustee,  without
              disclosure of the Trust,  or to hold in bearer form any securities
              at any time  held in the  Trust  Fund so that  they  will  pass by
              delivery,  but any such  registration  or holding  by the  Trustee
              shall not release it from its  responsibility for the safe custody
              and  disposition  of the Trust Fund, in accordance  with the terms
              and provisions of this agreement.

         (9)  To improve,  develop, repair,  maintain,  preserve and operate any
              property  held  in  the  Trust  Fund,  or  to  invest  and  retain
              qualifying  employer  real property and lease such property to the
              Employer as permitted under the appropriate  sections of ERISA and
              Regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (10)To borrow  from time to time money from  persons or others (but not
              from a party in interest)  for the  purposes of the Trust  created
              hereby  on such  terms  and  conditions  as the  Trustee  may deem
              advisable.

         (11)To employ suitable agents and counsel,  and to pay their reasonable
             expenses and compensation.

         (12)To hold part or all of the Trust Fund uninvested in its own banking
              department,  if any,  and the  Trustee  is further  authorized  to
              deposit, at interest,  such funds of the Plans as it may from time
              to time deem  appropriate  in time  deposits  or savings  accounts
              bearing  a  reasonable  interest  rate,  including,  specifically,
              deposits in the commercial banking departments in a Trustee bank.

         (13)To  invest  and  reinvest  in  bonds,  notes,  debentures,  stocks,
              options,   mutual  funds,  life  insurance  policies,   mortgages,
              vendors'  interest in contracts for sale of real property or other
              property,  real,  personal  or mixed,  in such  manner and to such
              extent as is prudent under the circumstances.

         (14)To  transfer moneys and assets of the Trust into common trust funds
             established for the Plan,



                                       27
<PAGE>



              including common trust funds held by a corporate Trustee (provided
              the Trustee is a national banking association).

         (15)To do all acts, whether or not expressly  authorized herein,  which
              it may  deem  necessary  and  proper  for  the  protection  of the
              property  held  hereunder,  and to carry out the  purposes  of the
              Plan.

         (16)To hold up to ten percent  (10%) of the fair  market  value of Plan
              assets in  qualifying  employer  securities  as defined in Section
              407(d)(5) of ERISA or qualifying employer real property as defined
              in Section 407(d)(4) of ERISA.

         If there is more than one  Trustee  designated  and  acting  under this
         Trust,  all actions by the Trustee must be adopted by a majority of the
         Trustees.

8.8      INVESTMENT  MANAGER.  Upon  written  notice  to  the  Trustee  and  the
         Administrator, the Employer may appoint one or more investment managers
         as  described  in ERISA  section  3(38),  which shall have the power to
         manage,  acquire,  or  dispose  of all or part of the  Trust  assets in
         accordance  with the  provisions of the Plan and Trust  agreement.  The
         Administrator and each such investment  manager shall execute a written
         agreement  specifying the Trust assets to be managed and the investment
         manager's duties and responsibilities  with respect to such assets, and
         in such agreement the investment manager shall acknowledge that it is a
         fiduciary  with respect to the Plan and Trust.  The  Administrator  may
         authorize each investment  manager to give written  instructions to the
         Trustee with respect to  acquiring,  managing,  and disposing of assets
         managed by such investment  manager,  and the Trustee shall follow such
         instructions  and  shall  be  under  no duty  to  make  an  independent
         determination regarding whether the instruction is proper. The fees and
         expenses of an investment  manager shall be paid by the Trust except to
         the extent paid by the Employer.

8.9      COMPENSATION OF TRUSTEES AND AGENTS.

         (a)  The Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable  compensation  for its
              services.  Compensation shall be comparable to charges for similar
              services  made  from  time  to  time  by  other  Trustees  in  the
              geographic area in which the Trustee has its principal business.

         (b)  Any  Trustee  shall be  entitled  to  reimbursement  for  expenses
              properly and actually incurred in the administration of the Trust.
              It may employ such agents, attorneys,  accountants,  or assistants
              as it may from time to time deem  necessary or  advisable  and fix
              the  compensation to be paid to them. Such counsel or other agents
              may be  counsel  or other  agents  consulted  or  employed  by the
              Employer.  The expenses of the Trustee and the compensation of the
              persons  so  employed  shall  be  paid  by the  Trust  Fund or the
              Employer,  as the  Administrator  shall determine,  on at least an
              annual basis.

         (c)  An individual  serving as Trustee who already  receives  full-time
              pay from the  Employer  shall not  receive  compensation  from the
              Plan.

8.10     REPORTS OF TRUSTEE.  The Trustee shall maintain records of receipts and
         disbursements  and shall render  reports on at least an annual basis to
         the Administrator and to Participants in



                                       28
<PAGE>



         such  form and  containing  such  information  as it  deems  necessary,
         provided   that  such   information   shall   satisfy  all   applicable
         requirements  imposed by ERISA. The records and accounts of the Trustee
         may be audited  annually by an  independent  firm of  certified  public
         accountants selected by the Administrator.


8.11     RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUBSTITUTION OF TRUSTEE.

         (a)  A Trustee  may resign at any time upon  thirty  days notice to the
              Employer.  A Trustee  may be removed  at any time by the  Employer
              upon five days  written  notice to the  Trustee,  with or  without
              cause.  Upon  resignation or removal of the Trustee,  the Employer
              shall appoint a successor Trustee which shall have the same powers
              and duties as are conferred upon the Trustee  hereunder.  Upon the
              delivery by a predecessor  Trustee to the successor Trustee of all
              property  of the Trust  Fund,  less such  reasonable  amount as it
              shall deem  necessary to provide for its  expenses,  compensation,
              and any taxes or advances  chargeable  or payable out of the Trust
              Fund, the successor  Trustee  thereupon shall have the same powers
              and duties as were  conferred  upon the  predecessor  Trustee.  No
              successor  Trustee  shall have any  obligation  or liability  with
              respect to the acts or omissions of its predecessors.

         (b)  In the event that a corporate  Trustee merges or consolidates with
              another corporation or sells or transfers substantially all of its
              assets and  business to another  corporation,  or is in any manner
              reorganized  or  reincorporated,  then the  resulting or acquiring
              corporation shall thereupon become the corporate Trustee hereunder
              without the execution of any  instrument  and without the need for
              any action by the  Administrator,  any Participant or Beneficiary,
              or any other person  having or claiming to have an interest in the
              Trust Fund or the Plan.

         (c)  The Trustee shall be appointed by the Employer. The appointment of
              a  Trustee  shall  become  effective  as of the date the  Employer
              receives the Trust's written  acceptance of the  appointment.  The
              Trustee's  signature  on the Plan  constitutes  acceptance  of the
              appointment. The Employer shall appoint a new Trustee if a Trustee
              fails to accept its appointment in writing.

8.12     AMENDMENT  AND  TERMINATION.  The Employer  shall have the right at any
         time, by an instrument in writing,  duly executed and  acknowledged and
         delivered to the Trustee, to modify, alter or amend this agreement,  in
         whole or in part,  and to terminate the Trust,  in accordance  with the
         express provisions of the Plan. In no event, however, shall the duties,
         powers or liabilities of the Trustee  hereunder be changed  without its
         prior written consent.

8.13     IRREVOCABILITY.  Subject to the  provisions  of the Plan,  the Trust is
         declared to be irrevocable, and except as otherwise provided in Section
         8.5, no part of the Trust Fund shall revert to or be recoverable by the
         Employer or be used for or diverted to any purposes  other than for the
         exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries.



                                       29
<PAGE>




8.14     PARTIES TO THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

          (a) Any  company  which has adopted  the Plan in  accordance  with the
              terms thereof shall become a party to this  agreement upon signing
              the Plan or upon  delivering a certified  copy of a resolution  to
              the effect that it agrees to adopt the Plan,  to become a party to
              this agreement, and to be bound by all terms and conditions of the
              Plan and this  agreement,  as then in effect and as may thereafter
              be amended.  The  Administrator  shall have the sole  authority to
              enforce  this  agreement  and the  Trustee  shall  in no  event be
              required  to deal with any person  except the  Administrator.  The
              Trustee shall in all respects invest and administer the Trust Fund
              as a single fund for investment and accounting  purposes,  without
              identification as to individual  Participants,  Beneficiaries,  or
              Employers.

         (b)  Any corporation or other participating  entity shall cease to be a
              party to this agreement upon delivering to the Trustee a certified
              copy of a resolution terminating its participation in the Plan. In
              such event, or in the event of the merger, consolidation,  sale of
              property or stock,  separation,  reorganization  or liquidation of
              any corporation  that is a party to this  agreement,  the Trustee,
              until directed  otherwise by the  Administrator  shall continue to
              hold, in accordance  with the provisions of this  agreement,  that
              portion of the Trust Fund which,  pursuant to the determination of
              the  Administrator,  is attributable to the  participation  in the
              Plan of the  Employees  and their  Beneficiaries  affected by such
              termination or by such transaction.

8.15     TRUSTEE ACTION.  If the Trustee  consists of more than one person,  the
         Trustees  shall act by a majority of their  number.  The  Trustees  may
         authorize one or more specific Trustees to sign papers on their behalf.




                                       30
<PAGE>



                  ARTICLE NINE--EARLY TERMINATION RESTRICTIONS
                             AND BENEFIT LIMITATIONS

9.1      BENEFIT RESTRICTIONS IN THE EVENT OF EARLY TERMINATION OF THE
         PLAN.

         (a)  Except as may  otherwise be provided by applicable  law,  Employer
              contributions  on behalf of any of the  twenty-five  (25)  highest
              paid  Employees  at the  time the Plan is  established  and  whose
              anticipated  annual benefit  exceeds $1,500 shall be restricted as
              provided in  subsection  (b) upon the  occurrence of the following
              conditions:

              (1)   The Plan is  terminated  within  ten (10)  years  after  its
                    establishment; or

              (2)   The benefits of such highest paid  Employee  become  payable
                    within ten (10) years after the establishment of the Plan.

         (b)  Employer  contributions  which may be used for the  benefit  of an
              Employee  described in subsection (a) shall not exceed the greater
              of $20,000,  or twenty  percent  (20%) of the first $50,000 of the
              Employee's average annual  compensation during the last 5 years of
              employment,  multiplied  by the number of year between the date of
              the establishment of the Plan and:

              (1)   if Section 8.1(a)(1) applies, the date of the termination of
                    the Plan, or

              (2)   if Section 8.1(a)(2)  applies,  the date the benefits become
                    payable, or

         (c)  If the Plan is  amended so as to  increase  the  benefit  actually
              payable,  in event of the  subsequent  termination of the Plan, or
              the subsequent  discontinuance of contributions  thereunder,  then
              the  provisions  of the above  paragraphs  shall be applied to the
              Plan as so  changed  as if it were a new plan  established  on the
              date  of the  change.  The  original  group  of  twenty-five  (25)
              Employees (as described in subsection (a) above) shall continue to
              have the  limitations  in subsection  (b) apply as if the Plan had
              not been changed. The restrictions relating to the amendment shall
              apply to  benefits  or  funds  for  each of the  twenty-five  (25)
              highest paid  Employees on the  effective  date of such  amendment
              except that such  restrictions  need not apply with respect to any
              Employee  in this  group for whom the  normal  annual  pension  or
              annuity, provided by Employer contributions prior to that date and
              during the ensuing ten (10) years and based on the Employee's rate
              of compensation on that date, could not exceed $1,500.

              The  Employer  contributions  which may be used for the benefit of
              the new group of twenty-five  (25)  Employees  shall be limited to
              the greater of:

              (1)   the Employer  contributions (or funds attributable  thereto)
                    which would have been  applied to provide the  benefits  for
                    the Employee if the Plan had been continued  without change;
                    or




                                       31
<PAGE>



              (2)   $20,000; or

              (3)   the  sum  of  (A)  the  Employer   contributions  (or  funds
                    attributable  thereto)  which  would  have been  applied  to
                    provide benefits for the Employee prior to the amendment had
                    the Plan been  terminated  the day before the effective date
                    of amendment,  and (B) an amount computed by multiplying the
                    number  of years for  which  the  current  costs of the Plan
                    after that date are met by (i) twenty  percent  (20%) of the
                    first $50,000 of the Employee's annual average compensation,
                    or (ii) $10,000, whichever is smaller.

         (d)  Notwithstanding the above limitations,  the following  limitations
              shall apply if they would  result in a greater  amount of Employer
              contributions  to be  used  for  the  benefit  of  the  restricted
              Employee:

              (1)   in the case of a  substantial  owner (as  defined in Section
                    4022(b)(5)  of  ERISA),  a dollar  amount  which  equals the
                    present  value of the benefit  guaranteed  for such Employee
                    under  Section  4022  of  ERISA  or,  if the  Plan  has  not
                    terminated,  the present  value of the benefit that would be
                    guaranteed  if the Plan  terminated  on the date the benefit
                    commences,  determined in accordance with regulations of the
                    Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation ("PBGC"); and

              (2)   in the  case of the  other  restricted  Employees,  a dollar
                    amount which equals the present value of the maximum benefit
                    described in Section  4022(b)(3)(B) of ERISA  (determined on
                    the  earlier  of the date the  Plan  terminates  or the date
                    benefits   commence,   and  determined  in  accordance  with
                    regulations of PBGC) without regard to any other limitations
                    in Section 4022 of ERISA.

         (e)  Notwithstanding   the   otherwise   applicable   restrictions   on
              distributions of benefits  incident to early Plan  termination,  a
              Participant's  otherwise  restricted benefit may be distributed in
              full upon  depositing,  with an  acceptable  depository,  property
              having a fair market  value  equal to one hundred and  twenty-five
              percent (125%) of the amount which would be repayable had the Plan
              terminated on the date of the lump sum distribution. If the market
              value of the  property  held by the  depository  falls  below  one
              hundred  and ten  percent  (110%)  of the  amount  which  would be
              repayable if the Plan were then to terminate,  additional property
              necessary  to  bring  the  values  of  the  property  held  by the
              depository  up to one hundred and  twenty-five  percent  (125%) of
              such amount shall be deposited.

         (f)  In lieu of the arrangement set forth in Section 9.1(e) above,  and
              notwithstanding  the  otherwise  applicable  restrictions  of this
              Section,  the  payment  of a  Participant's  otherwise  restricted
              benefit  may be  distributed  or  transferred  in  one  sum if the
              following   conditions  are  met.   Prior  to  the   Participant's
              termination  of  employment,  the  Participant  must enter into an
              agreement with the Trustee, or the Participant must arrange for an
              agreement  between a third party (including the trustee of another
              plan  qualified  under  Section 401 of the Code) and the  Trustee,
              which states that, in the event the restrictions contained in this
              Section become  applicable,  there shall be paid to the Trustee by
              the Participant  (or, in the case of his death, by his estate,  or
              by the third party,  as  appropriate) a sum equal to the actuarial
              value of the amounts by which the Participant's monthly retirement
              benefits  would  have been  decreased  during  his  then-remaining
              lifetime pursuant to the provisions of this Section.



                                       32
<PAGE>




         (g)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing  provisions of this Section 9.1, in
              the  event of the  early  termination  of the  Plan (as  described
              above)  after  December  31,  1990,  the  benefits  to  any of the
              twenty-five  (25)  most  highly   compensated  active  and  former
              Highly-Compensated  Employees  shall be  restricted  such that the
              annual  payments  shall be no greater  than an amount equal to the
              payment that would be made on behalf of any such Employee  under a
              single  life  annuity  that  is the  Actuarial  Equivalent  of the
              Employee's Accrued Benefit under the Plan.

              The preceding paragraph shall not apply if:

              (i)   After payment of the benefit to an Employee described in the
                    preceding  paragraph,  the  value of Plan  assets  equals or
                    exceeds 110% of the value of current liabilities (as defined
                    in Code Section 412(1)(7), or

              (ii)  the value of the benefits for an Employee described above is
                    less than 1% of the value of current liabilities.

9.2      LIMITATION OF BENEFITS.

         (a)  Rules: The following rules limit benefits payable under the Plan:

              (1)   The annual benefit otherwise payable to a Participant at any
                    time  shall not exceed the  maximum  permissible  amount (as
                    hereinafter defined). No Participant may accrue a benefit in
                    excess of that amount.

              (2)   If   the   Participant    makes    nondeductible    Employee
                    contributions   under   the   terms   of  the   Plan,   such
                    contributions,  which are credited for the limitation  year,
                    shall,  except for  purposes  of  subsection  (3) below,  be
                    treated  as  an  annual  addition  to  a  qualified  defined
                    contribution plan, for purposes of these rules.

              (3)   The limitation in subsection  (1) shall be deemed  satisfied
                    if the annual  benefit  payable to a Participant is not more
                    than $1,000 multiplied by the Participant's  number of Years
                    of Service or portions thereof (not to exceed ten (10)) with
                    the   Employer,   provided   the   Participant   has   never
                    participated  in  a  qualified  defined   contribution  plan
                    maintained by the Employer.

              (4)   If a  Participant  is, or has ever been,  covered under more
                    than one defined  benefit plans  maintained by the Employer,
                    the sum of the  Participant's  annual benefits from all such
                    plans  may  not  exceed  the  maximum   permissible  amount.
                    Benefits  shall be reduced under any other  defined  benefit
                    plan before under the Plan unless such plans are terminated,
                    in which event benefits shall be limited in the Plan.

              (5)   If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, one or
                    more qualified defined  contribution plans,  welfare benefit
                    funds,  as defined in Code  Section  419(e),  or  individual
                    medical accounts, as defined in Code Section 415(1)(2) which
                    provides an annual addition  covering any Participant in the
                    Plan, the sum of the Participant's



                                       33
<PAGE>



                    defined  contribution  fraction and defined benefit fraction
                    shall  not  exceed  1.0  in  any  limitation  year.  If  the
                    limitations  of  Code  Section  415(e)  become   applicable,
                    benefits  under a defined  contribution  plan shall first be
                    provided  before  benefits under a defined  benefit plan are
                    provided.

              (6)   In any Plan Year in which the Plan becomes a Super Top-Heavy
                    Plan (as defined in Section 10.2(b) below), the denominators
                    of the defined  benefit  fraction  and defined  contribution
                    fraction shall be computed using one hundred  percent (100%)
                    of  the  dollar  limitation   instead  of  one  hundred  and
                    twenty-five  percent (125%). In any year which the Plan is a
                    Top-Heavy  Plan  (but  not  a  Super  Top-Heavy  Plan),  the
                    limitations  shall  be  similarly  reduced,  subject  to the
                    special   provisions  in  Section  10.4  which  provide  for
                    maintenance  of the  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  percent
                    (125%) limitations subject to added minimum accruals.

         (b)  Definitions:  The  following  definitions  are  applicable to this
              Section:

              (1)   Annual benefit: A retirement benefit under the Plan which is
                    payable  annually  in the form of a straight  life  annuity.
                    Except as provided  below, a benefit payable in a form other
                    than  a  straight  life  annuity  must  be  adjusted  to  an
                    actuarial  equivalent  straight life annuity before applying
                    the limitations of this Section, using the factors otherwise
                    used to establish Actuarial  Equivalence under the Plan, and
                    in  no  event  less  than  a  five  percent  (5%)   interest
                    assumption.

                    The  annual   benefit   does  not   include   any   benefits
                    attributable   to   Employee   contributions   or   rollover
                    contributions,  or the assets  transferred  from a qualified
                    plan that was not  maintained by the Employer.  No actuarial
                    adjustment to the benefit is required for (A) the value of a
                    qualified  joint  and  survivor  annuity,  (B) the  value of
                    benefits  that  are  not  directly   related  to  retirement
                    benefits (such as  pre-retirement  death benefits),  and (C)
                    the value of post-retirement  cost-of-living  increases made
                    in accordance  with the Federal income tax  regulations,  if
                    the Plan were ever to provide such benefits.

              (2)   Compensation:  For purposes of determining maximum permitted
                    benefits under this Section,  all of a Participant's  earned
                    income, wages, salaries, and fees for professional services,
                    and other amounts  received for personal  services  actually
                    rendered  in the  course  of  employment  with the  Employer
                    maintaining  the  Plan  (including,   but  not  limited  to,
                    commissions  paid to salesmen,  compensation for services on
                    the  basis  of  a  percentage  of  profits,  commissions  on
                    insurance  premiums,  tips and  bonuses),  and excluding the
                    following:

                    (A)    Employer   contributions   to  a  plan  of   deferred
                           compensation which are not included in the Employee's
                           gross   income   for  the   taxable   year  in  which
                           contributed   or  Employer   contributions   under  a
                           simplified   employee   pension   plan  (funded  with
                           individual  retirement  accounts or annuities) to the
                           extent  such  contributions  are  deductible  by  the
                           Employee,   or  any  distributions  from  a  plan  of
                           deferred compensation;




                                       34
<PAGE>



                    (B)    Amounts  realized from the exercise of a nonqualified
                           stock option,  or when restricted stock (or property)
                           held   by  the   Employee   either   becomes   freely
                           transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial
                           risk of forfeiture;

                    (C)    Amounts  realized  from the sale,  exchange  or other
                           disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock
                           option; and

                    (D)    Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or
                           contributions  made by the  Employer  (whether or not
                           under  a  salary  reduction  agreement)  towards  the
                           purchase  of an  annuity  described  in Code  Section
                           403(b)  (whether  or not  the  amounts  are  actually
                           excludable from the gross income of the Employee).

                    Compensation  shall be measured on the basis of compensation
                    paid in the limitation year.

              (3)   Defined benefit fraction: A fraction, the numerator of which
                    is the sum of the  Participant's  projected  annual benefits
                    under  all  the  defined   benefit  plans  (whether  of  not
                    terminated)  maintained by the Employer, and the denominator
                    of  which  is the  lesser  of one  hundred  and  twenty-five
                    percent  (125%) of the dollar  limitation  in effect for the
                    limitation  year  under  Code  Section  415(b)(1)(A)  or one
                    hundred  and  forty  percent  (140%)  of  the  Participant's
                    Highest  Average  Compensation,  including  any  adjustments
                    under  Code  Section  415(b).   Provided,   however,   if  a
                    Participant  was a  Participant  as of the  first day of the
                    first limitation year commencing after December 31, 1986, in
                    one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer
                    which were in existence on May 6, 1986,  the  denominator of
                    this  fraction  shall  not be  less  than  one  hundred  and
                    twenty-five percent (125%) of the sum of the annual benefits
                    under such plans which the Participant had accrued as of the
                    end of the last limitation year commencing before January 1,
                    1987,  disregarding  any changes in the terms and conditions
                    of the plans after May 5, 1986.  These  provisions  shall be
                    applicable only if the defined  benefit plans,  individually
                    and in the  aggregate,  satisfied the  requirements  of Code
                    Section  415  for  all  limitation  years  beginning  before
                    January 1, 1987.

              (4)   Defined contribution  fraction: A fraction, the numerator of
                    which   is  the  sum  of  the   annual   additions   to  the
                    Participant's  account  under all the  defined  contribution
                    plans (whether or not  terminated),  welfare  benefit funds,
                    and individual  medical accounts  maintained by the Employer
                    for the current and all prior limitation  years,  (including
                    the  annual  additions  attributable  to  the  Participant's
                    nondeductible  Employee  contributions to this and all other
                    defined benefit plans, whether or not terminated, maintained
                    by the Employer), and the denominator of which is the sum of
                    the maximum  aggregate  amounts of the current and all prior
                    limitation years with the Employer  (regardless of whether a
                    defined contribution plan was maintained by the Employer).

                    The maximum aggregate amount in any limitation year shall be
                    the lesser of one hundred and twenty-five  percent (125%) of
                    the dollar  limitation  then in effect  under  Code  Section
                    415(c)(1)(A)   or   thirty-five   percent   (35%)   of   the
                    Participant's



                                       35
<PAGE>



                    compensation for such year.

              (5)   Employer:  This term refers to the Employer  that adopts the
                    Plan, and all members of a controlled  group of corporations
                    (as  defined in Code  Section  414(b),  as  modified by Code
                    Section  415(h)),  commonly-controlled  trades or businesses
                    (as  defined  in Code  Section  414(c) as  modified  by Code
                    Section 415(h)), or affiliated service groups (as defined in
                    Code Section 414(m)) of which the Employer is a part, or any
                    other  entity  required to be  aggregated  with the Employer
                    under Code Section 414(o).

              (6)   Highest  Average   Compensation:   This  means  the  average
                    compensation for the three (3) consecutive  limitation years
                    with the Employer that produces the highest average.

              (7)   Limitation year:  This shall mean the Plan Year.

              (8)   Maximum  permissible amount: This shall mean an amount equal
                    to the lesser of $90,000 or one  hundred  percent  (100%) of
                    the  Participant's  Highest  Average  Compensation.  If  the
                    annual benefit commences before the Participant  attains his
                    Social Security retirement age (as defined in Section 216(1)
                    of the Social  Security  Act),  then the $90,000  limitation
                    shall be reduced in accordance  with the  provisions of Code
                    Section 416(b)(2).

                    If the  annual  benefit  commences  after the  Participant's
                    Social  Security  retirement age, the benefit may not exceed
                    the  lesser  of the  Actuarial  Equivalent  of  the  maximum
                    benefit  under  Code  Section  415(b)(1)  commencing  at the
                    Participant's   Social   Security   retirement  age  or  the
                    Participant's Highest Average  Compensation.  In determining
                    actuarial  equivalence  under this  paragraph,  the interest
                    rate assumption used shall be the lesser of the rate used to
                    establish  the Actuarial  Equivalent  under the Plan or five
                    percent (5%).

                    Effective on January 1, 1988 and each January 1  thereafter,
                    the $90,000 limitation above shall be automatically adjusted
                    to the new dollar  limitation  determined in accordance with
                    Code Section 415(d) by the  Commissioner of Internal Revenue
                    for that calendar year.  The new  limitation  shall apply to
                    limitation years ending within the calendar year of the date
                    of the adjustment.

                    Notwithstanding the above provisions, if the Participant was
                    participating  in  the  Plan  on May 5,  1986,  the  maximum
                    permissible  amount shall not be less than the Participant's
                    current Accrued Benefit.

                    If the annual  benefit  commences when the  Participant  has
                    less than ten (10) years of Service with the Employer or ten
                    (10)  years  of  participation  in  the  Plan,  the  maximum
                    permissible amount shall not exceed the lesser of:

                    (A)    one  hundred  percent  (100%)  of  the  Participant's
                           Highest  Average  Compensation  reduced by  one-tenth
                           (1/10)  for each Year of  Service  (or part  thereof)
                           less  than  ten  (10).   The   adjustments   of  this
                           subsection (A) shall be applied to the denominator of
                           the  defined  benefit  fraction  based  upon Years of
                           Service. Years



                                       36
<PAGE>



                           of  Service  shall  include  future  Years of Service
                           occurring before the Participant's  Normal Retirement
                           Date.  Such future Years of Service shall include the
                           year which includes the date the Participant  attains
                           his  Normal  Retirement  Date,  only  if  it  can  be
                           reasonably  anticipated  that the Participant will be
                           credited with a Year of Service for that year; or

                    (B)    the maximum dollar  limitation  otherwise  determined
                           above  reduced  by one tenth  (1/10) for each year of
                           participation (or part thereof) less than ten (10).

                    To the extent  provided by the Internal  Revenue  Service in
                    regulatory guidance,  the limitation in subsection (B) above
                    shall be applied  separately with each change in the benefit
                    structure of the Plan.

                    For purposes of this Section, a year of participation  shall
                    be each year in which the  Participant is included as a Plan
                    Participant under the Plan's eligibility provisions.

              (9)   Current  accrued  benefit:  A  Participant's  annual benefit
                    (including  optional  benefit forms) accrued under the Plan,
                    determined as if the  Participant had separated from Service
                    as of the end of the last limitation year beginning prior to
                    January 1, 1987 when  expressed as an annual  benefit within
                    the  meaning  of  Code  Section  415(b)(2),  but  determined
                    without  regard to changes in the Plan after May 5, 1986 and
                    any cost-of-living adjustment occurring after May 5, 1986.

              (10)  Projected  annual benefit:  The annual benefit as defined in
                    subsection  (1) to which the  Participant  would be entitled
                    under the terms of the Plan assuming:

                    (A)    the Participant will continue employment until normal
                           retirement  date under the Plan (or  current  age, if
                           later), and

                    (B)    the   Participant's   compensation  for  the  current
                           limitation  year and all other relevant  factors used
                           to  determine  benefits  under the Plan  will  remain
                           constant for all future limitation years.

              (11)   Annual additions: The sum of the following amounts credited
                     to a Participant's account for the limitation year:

                    (A)    Employer contributions;

                    (B)    Employee after-tax contributions;

                     (C)   Compensation reduction amounts under a Section 401(k)
                           plan;

                    (D)    Forfeitures;

                    (E)    Amounts  allocated,  after  March  31,  1984,  to  an
                           individual  medical  account,   as  defined  in  Code
                           Section 415(1)(2), which is part of a defined benefit
                           plan  maintained by the Employer  shall be treated as
                           annual additions to a defined



                                       37
<PAGE>



                           contribution   plan.   Also,   amounts  derived  from
                           contributions  paid or  accrued  after  December  31,
                           1985, in taxable years ending after such date,  which
                           are attributable to post-retirement  medical benefits
                           allocated to the separate  account of a Key Employee,
                           as  defined  in  Code  Section  419A(d)(3),  under  a
                           welfare  benefit  fund,  as defined  in Code  Section
                           419(e),  maintained by the Employer, shall be treated
                           as annual additions to a defined contribution plan.

              (12)  Annual  additions  shall be  limited  to the  lesser  of (A)
                    $30,000  (or, if greater,  1/4 of the dollar  limitation  in
                    effect under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A)),  or (B) twenty-five
                    percent  (25%)  of the  Participant's  compensation  for the
                    limitation year.




                                       38
<PAGE>



                      ARTICLE TEN-AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION


10.1     AMENDMENT.  The Employer  reserves the right to amend,  alter or modify
         the Plan at any time,  in whole or in part upon  action of the board of
         directors of the Employer.  Any amendment approved by the board must be
         in writing and be executed  by the officer  authorized  by the board to
         take such action.  An amendment  shall be  effective  when  approved by
         resolution of the board or at such other time specified by the board in
         its resolution. No amendment (including a change in the actuarial basis
         for determining optional or early retirement benefits) shall be made to
         the Plan which shall:

         (a)  deprive any Participant  without his consent of any portion of his
              Accrued Benefit prior to the date of such action.  Notwithstanding
              the preceding  sentence,  a  Participant's  Accrued Benefit may be
              reduced to the extent permitted under Code Section 412(c)(8).  For
              purposes of this paragraph,  a Plan amendment which has the effect
              of (1)  eliminating or reducing an early  retirement  benefit or a
              retirement-type  subsidy,  or (2)  eliminating an optional form of
              benefit,  with respect to benefits  attributable to Service before
              the amendment shall be treated as reducing  Accrued  Benefits.  In
              the case of a  retirement-type  subsidy,  these  provisions  shall
              apply only with respect to a  Participant  who  satisfied  (either
              before or after the  amendment) the  pre-amendment  conditions for
              the subsidy.  In general,  a retirement-type  subsidy is a subsidy
              that continues after retirement,  but does not include a qualified
              disability   benefit,   a  medical  benefit,   a  social  security
              supplement, a death benefit (including life insurance); or

         (b)  make it  possible,  exempt as provided in Sections  10.2 and 13.4,
              for any part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund (other than
              such  part as may be  required  to pay  taxes  and  administrative
              expenses)  to be used for or diverted  to purposes  other than the
              exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries; or

         (c)  alter the schedule for vesting in Accrued Benefits with respect to
              any  Participant  who has  completed  three  (3) or more  Years of
              Service for vesting purposes  without his consent,  or deprive any
              Participant of the nonforfeitable part of his Accrued Benefit.

         Notwithstanding  the  other  provisions  of this  Section  or any other
         provisions of the Plan to the contrary,  any amendment or  modification
         of the Plan may be made  retroactively,  if necessary or appropriate to
         conform  to or to  satisfy  the  conditions  of any  law,  governmental
         regulation  or  ruling  and to meet the  requirements  of the  Employee
         Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended.

10.2     TERMINATION OF THE PLAN. Subject to the provisions of Section 10.1, the
         Employer reserves the right to discontinue contributions under the Plan
         and to  terminate  the  Plan in  whole  or in part  with  respect  to a
         specific  group  of  Employees.   In  the  event  of  full  or  partial
         termination,  Employees  affected  thereby shall have a  nonforfeitable
         right  to  their  Accrued   Benefits,   to  the  extend   funded.   The
         Administrator,  upon termination, shall cause the assets of the Plan to
         be allocated for the purposes set forth, and in the order of priorities
         established  by Section 4044 of ERISA.  Any residual  assets  remaining
         thereafter shall be returned to the Employer. The Employer shall not be
         liable to Participants for benefits other than those which



                                       39
<PAGE>



         can be provided by the Plan's assets.  If a partial  termination of the
         Plan is deemed to have occurred, this Section shall apply only to those
         Participants affected by such partial termination.





                                       40
<PAGE>



                      ARTICLE ELEVEN--TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS



11.1     APPLICABILITY.  The provisions of this Article shall become  applicable
         only for any Plan  Year in which  the  Plan is a  Top-Heavy  Plan.  The
         determination of whether the Plan is a TopHeavy Plan shall be made each
         Plan Year by the Administrator.

11.2     DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Article, the following
         definitions shall apply:

         (a)  "KEY  EMPLOYEE":  "Key Employee" shall mean any Employee or former
              Employee (and the Beneficiaries of such Employee) who, at any time
              during  the  determination  period,  was  (1)  an  officer  of the
              Employer earning  compensation (as defined in Code Section 416(i))
              at least  equal to fifty  percent  (50%) of the dollar  limitation
              under Code Section  415(b)(1)(A),  (2) an owner (or  considered an
              owner under Code Section 318) of both more than a one-half percent
              (1/2%)  interest in the  Employer  and one of the ten (10) largest
              interests  in  the  Employer  if  such  individual's  compensation
              exceeds the dollar limitation under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A), (3)
              a five  percent (5%) owner of the  Employer,  or (4) a one percent
              (1%) owner of the Employer who has an annual  compensation of more
              than $150,000.  For purposes of this Section,  annual compensation
              shall mean compensation as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3),  but
              including amounts contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary
              reduction  agreement  which  are  excludable  from the  Employee's
              income under Code Sections 125,  402(a)(8),  402(h) or 403(b). The
              determination  period of the Plan is the Plan Year  containing the
              determination  date as defined in Section  11.2(c)(4) and the four
              (4) preceding Plan Years.

         The  determination  of who is a Key Employee  (including  the terms "5%
         owner" and "1% owner")  shall be made in  accordance  with Code Section
         416(i)(1) and the regulations thereunder.

         (b)  "SUPER  TOP-HEAVY  PLAN":  The  Plan  shall  constitute  a  "Super
              Top-Heavy  Plan" if it meets the test for  status  as a  Top-Heavy
              Plan, where "90%" is substituted for 60%" at each place in Section
              11.2(c).

         (c)  "TOP-HEAVY  PLAN": The Plan shall constitute a "Top-Heavy Plan" if
              any of the following conditions exist:

              (A)   The top-heavy ratio for the Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%)
                    and the Plan is not part of any required  aggregation  group
                    or permissive aggregation group of plans; or

              (B)   The Plan is part of a  required  aggregation  group of plans
                    (but is not part of a permissive  aggregation group) and the
                    top-heavy ratio for the group of plans exceeds sixty percent
                    (60%); or


              (C)   The Plan is a part of a required  aggregation  group of plan
                    and part of a permissive aggregation group and the top-heavy
                    ratio for the permissive aggregation group



                                       41
<PAGE>



                    exceeds sixty percent (60%).

                    (1)    If the  Employer  maintains  one (1) or more  defined
                           contribution plans (including any simplified employee
                           pension  plan  funded  with   individual   retirement
                           accounts or annuities) and the Employer  maintains or
                           has maintained one (1) or more defined  benefit plans
                           which have  covered or could cover a  Participant  in
                           the Plan,  the  top-heavy  ratio is a  fraction,  the
                           numerator  of  which is the sum of  account  balances
                           under  the  defined  contribution  plans  for all Key
                           Employees  and the actuarial  equivalents  of accrued
                           benefits under the defined  benefit plans for all Key
                           Employees, and the denominator of which is the sum of
                           the account  balances under the defined  contribution
                           plans  for  all   Participants   and  the   actuarial
                           equivalents  of accrued  benefits  under the  defined
                           benefit   plans  for  all   Participants.   Both  the
                           numerator  and  denominator  of the  top-heavy  ratio
                           shall include any  distribution of an account balance
                           or an  accrued  benefit  made  in the  five  (5)-year
                           period  ending  on the  determination  date  and  any
                           contribution  due to a defined  contribution  pension
                           plan but  unpaid  as of the  determination  date.  In
                           determining the accrued benefit of a non-Key Employee
                           who is  participating  in a plan  that  is  part of a
                           required aggregation group, the method of determining
                           such benefit shall be either (i) in  accordance  with
                           the  method,  if  any,  that  uniformly  applies  for
                           accrual  purposes  under all plans  maintained by the
                           Employer  or any  member  of the  Employer's  related
                           group (within the meaning of Section 2.5(b)), or (ii)
                           if  there  is no  such  method,  as if  such  benefit
                           accrued not more  rapidly  than the  slowest  accrual
                           rate permitted  under the fractional  accrual rate of
                           Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).

                    (2)    For  purposes  of (1) and (2)  above,  the  value  of
                           account  balances and the  actuarial  equivalents  of
                           accrued  benefits  shall be determined as of the most
                           recent  Valuation Date that falls within or ends with
                           the   twelve   (12)-month   period   ending   on  the
                           determination  date. The account balances and accrued
                           benefits of a  Participant  who is not a Key Employee
                           but who was a Key  Employee  in a prior year shall be
                           disregarded.   The  accrued   benefits   and  account
                           balances of Participants  who have performed no Hours
                           of Service with any Employer maintaining the plan for
                           the five (5)-year period ending on the  determination
                           date shall be  disregarded.  The  calculations of the
                           top-heavy    ratio,   and   the   extent   to   which
                           distributions,  rollovers,  and  transfers  are taken
                           into account shall be made under Code Section 416 and
                           regulations  issued thereunder.  Deductible  Employee
                           contributions  shall not be taken  into  account  for
                           purposes  of  computing  the  top-heavy  ratio.  When
                           aggregation  plans, the value of account balances and
                           accrued  benefits shall be calculated  with reference
                           to the determination  dates that fall within the same
                           calendar year.




                                       42
<PAGE>



                    (3)    Definition of terms for Top-Heavy status:

                           (A) "Top-Heavy ratio" shall mean the following:

                                 (1)    If the  Employer  maintains  one or more
                                        defined  contribution  plans  (including
                                        any  simplified  employee  pension  plan
                                        funded   with   individual    retirement
                                        accounts or annuities)  and the Employer
                                        has never maintained any defined benefit
                                        plan which have covered or could cover a
                                        Participant  in the Plan,  the top-heavy
                                        ratio is a fraction,  the  numerator  of
                                        which is the sum of the account balances
                                        of   all   Key   Employees   as  of  the
                                        determination  date  (including any part
                                        of any account  balance  distributed  in
                                        the five  (5)-year  period ending on the
                                        determination date), and the denominator
                                        of  which  is the  sum  of  the  account
                                        balances  (including  any  part  of  any
                                        account balance  distributed in the five
                                        (5)-year    period    ending    on   the
                                        determination  date) of all Participants
                                        as of the  determination  date. Both the
                                        numerator and the  denominator  shall be
                                        increased by any  contributions  due but
                                        unpaid to a defined contribution pension
                                        plan as of the determination date.

                           (B)   "Permissive  aggregation  group" shall mean the
                                 required  aggregation  group of plans  plus any
                                 other plan or plans of the Employer which, when
                                 considered   as  a  group  with  the   required
                                 aggregation  group,  would  continue to satisfy
                                 the  requirements  of  Code  Section  401(a)(4)
                                 and/or 410.

                           (C)   "Required  aggregation  group"  shall  mean (i)
                                 each qualified plan of the Employer  (including
                                 any terminated  plan) in which at least one Key
                                 Employee  participates,   and  (ii)  any  other
                                 qualified  plan of the Employer which enables a
                                 plan described in (i) to meet the  requirements
                                 of Code Section 401(a)(4) and/or 410.

                           (D)   "Determination  Date" shall mean,  for any Plan
                                 Year  subsequent  to the first Plan  Year,  the
                                 last day of the  preceding  Plan Year.  For the
                                 first  Plan  Year of the  Plan,  "determination
                                 date"  shall  mean the  last  day of that  Plan
                                 Year.

                           (E)  "Valuation  Date" shall mean the last day of the
                                Plan Year.

                           (F)   Actuarial  equivalence  shall  be  based on the
                                 interest  and  mortality   rates   utilized  to
                                 determine  actuarial  equivalence when benefits
                                 are paid from any defined  benefit  plan. If no
                                 rates are specified in said plan, the following
                                 shall be  utilized:  pre-  and  post-retirement
                                 interest -- five percent (5%);  post-retirement
                                 mortality  based on the Unisex  Pension  (1984)
                                 Table as used by the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty
                                 Corporation on the date of execution hereof.



                                       43
<PAGE>



11.3     MINIMUM BENEFIT FOR ANY PLAN YEAR IN WHICH THE PLAN IS A TOP-
         HEAVY PLAN.

         (a)  This  minimum  benefit  shall be provided in the Plan for any Plan
              Year  in  which  the  Plan is a  Top-Heavy  Plan,  subject  to the
              provisions  below.  Each Participant who is a non-Key Employee and
              who has been credited with at least one thousand  (1,000) Hours of
              Service shall accrue a benefit,  to be provided solely by Employer
              contributions  and  expressed as a life annuity and  commencing at
              Normal  Retirement Date, of two percent (2%) of his or her highest
              compensation averaged for the five (5) consecutive years for which
              the  Participant  had the  highest  compensation  (as that term is
              defined  in  Section   9.2(b)).   The  minimum  accrual  shall  be
              determined  without regard to any Social Security benefit provided
              by Employer  contributions  under that  system.  If the benefit is
              received  by such  Participation  a form other than a single  life
              annuity,  such  Participant  must receive by such Participant in a
              form other  than a single  life  annuity,  such  Participant  must
              receive  an  amount  that is  that  form  of  benefit's  Actuarial
              Equivalent.  If the  benefit  commences  at a date  other  than at
              Normal  Retirement  Date,  it  must  be  equal  to  the  Actuarial
              Equivalent of the minimum single life annuity  benefit  commencing
              at Normal Retirement Date.

         (b)  A non-Key  Employee  shall mean any  Employee  or former  Employee
              including  the  Beneficiary  of  a  deceased  Employee  or  former
              Employee who was not a Key Employee during the Plan Year ending on
              the  determination  date or  during  the four (4)  preceding  Plan
              Years.

         (c)  The minimum  accrued  benefit,  when  expressed  as a life annuity
              commencing  at Normal  Retirement  Date,  shall not exceed  twenty
              percent (20%) of the Participant's average compensation.

         (d)  The  provisions  in  subsection  (a) above  shall not apply to any
              Participant  to the extent that the  Participant  is covered under
              any other plan or plans of the  Employer.  It is intended that the
              minimum   benefit  shall  first  be  provided  under  any  defined
              contribution  plan of the  Employer  in which  the  Employee  is a
              participant.  In that event,  the two percent (2%) defined benefit
              accrual  shall  be  fully  offset  by an  allocation  of  Employer
              contributions  (and forfeitures) equal to five percent (5%) of the
              Employee's   compensation.   A  lesser   allocation   of  Employer
              contributions  and  forfeitures  shall  reduce the offset on a pro
              rata basis.

         (e)  In any Plan Year in which (1) the Plan is a  Top-Heavy  Plan,  but
              not a Super  Top-Heavy  Plan,  and (2) any existing  Participant's
              benefits would be in excess of the limits permitted by Section 8.2
              of the  Plan  due  to the  utilization  of the  number  "1" in the
              defined benefit and defined contribution fractions rather than the
              number  "1.25," the following  additional  minimum  benefits shall
              apply.  The minimum  benefit in subsection  (a) shall be increased
              from 2% to 3%. The maximum  limitation in subsection  (c) shall be
              raised  from  20% to 30%.  The  amounts  of 3% and  7.5%  shall be
              substituted for 2% and 5% in subsection (d).

         (f)  Any minimum accrued benefit required (to the extent required to be
              nonforfeitable  under Code  Section  416(b)) may not be  forfeited
              under Code Sections 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).




                                       44
<PAGE>



11.4     VESTING.  The following minimum vesting schedule applies to the Plan in
         any Plan Year in which the Plan is a  Top-Heavy  Plan,  notwithstanding
         the schedule  set forth in Section  4.5.  For vesting to be  determined
         under this schedule, an Employee must be credited with at least one (1)
         Hour of Service in any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan.

          YEARS OF SERVICE              Vested Percentage
                  2                                 20%
                  3                                 40%
                  4                                 60%
                  5                                 80%
                  6 years and thereafter           100%


         The minimum vesting schedule applies to all benefits within the meaning
         of  Code  Section  411(a)(7)  except  those  attributable  to  Employee
         contributions,  if any,  and  elective  deferrals,  including  benefits
         accrued  before the  effective  date of Code  Section 416 and  benefits
         accrued before the Plan became a Top-Heavy Plan.  Further, no reduction
         in  vested  benefits  may occur in the  event  the  Plan's  status as a
         Top-Heavy  Plan  changes for any Plan Year.  In  addition,  if a Plan's
         status changed from a Top-Heavy Plan to that of a non-Top-Heavy Plan, a
         Participant  with  three  (3) or more  Years  of  Service  for  vesting
         purposes, shall continue to have his vested rights determined under the
         schedule which he selects.  Payment of a  Participant's  vested Accrued
         Benefit  under  this  Section  shall  be made in  accordance  with  the
         provisions of Article Five.





                                       45
<PAGE>



                     ARTICLE TWELVE-MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS


12.1     PLAN DOES NOT AFFECT  EMPLOYMENT.  Neither the creation of the Plan nor
         any  amendment  of it nor the  creation  of any fund or amount  nor the
         payment of benefits hereunder shall be construed as giving any legal or
         equitable  right to any Employee or  Participant  against the Employer,
         its officers or Employees,  or against the Trustee, and all liabilities
         under the Plan  shall be  satisfied,  if at all,  only out of the Trust
         Fund held by the Trustee.  Participation in the Plan shall not give any
         Participant any right to be retained in the employ of the Employer, and
         the Employer hereby  expressly  retains the right to hire and discharge
         any Employee at any time with or without cause,  as if the Plan had not
         been adopted, and any such discharged  Participant shall have only such
         rights or interests in the Trust Fund as may be specified herein.

12.2     SUCCESSOR TO THE EMPLOYER. In the event of the merger, consolidation,
         reorganization or sale of assets of the Employer,  under  circumstances
         in which a successor person,  firm or corporation shall carry on all or
         a substantial part of the business of the Employer,  and such successor
         shall  employ a  substantial  number of  Employees  of the Employer and
         shall  elect to carry on the  provisions  of the Plan,  such  successor
         shall be substituted for the Employer under the terms and provisions of
         the Plan upon the filing in writing with the Trustee of its election to
         do so.

12.3     MERGER OF PLANS. In the case of any merger or consolidation of the Plan
         with,  or  transfer  of the assets or  liabilities  of the Plan to, any
         other plan, the terms of such merger,  consolidation  or transfer shall
         be  such  that  each  Participant   would  receive  (in  the  event  of
         termination  of the Plan or its  successor  immediately  thereafter)  a
         benefit  which is not less than the benefit  would have received in the
         event  of  termination  of the Plan  immediately  before  such  merger,
         consolidation or transfer.

12.4     REPAYMENTS TO THE EMPLOYER.  Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan
         to the contrary, and in the sole discretion of the Employer:

         (a)  Any Plan assets  attributable to any contribution made to the Plan
              by the Employer  because of a mistake of fact shall be returned to
              the Employer within one (1) year after the date of contribution.

         (b)  Any Plan assets attributable to any contributions made to the Plan
              by the  Employer  for any  fiscal  year,  for which  initial  Plan
              qualification  under the Code is denied,  shall be refunded to the
              Employer within one (1) year after the date such  qualification of
              the Plan is denied or within one (1) year of the resolution of any
              judicial   or   administrative   process   with   respect  to  the
              disallowance.

         (c)  All Employer  contributions  hereunder are  expressly  contributed
              based upon such  contributions'  deductibility  under Code Section
              404. Any Plan assets attributable to any contributions made to the
              Plan by the  Employer  shall be refunded to the  Employer,  to the
              extent  the  income  tax  deduction  for  such   contribution   is
              disallowed.  Such amount shall be refunded  within one (1) taxable
              year after the date of such disallowance or within one (1) year of
              the  resolution  of any  judicial or  administrative  process with
              respect to the



                                       46
<PAGE>



              disallowance.

12.5     BENEFITS NOT ASSIGNABLE. Except as provided in Code Section 414(p) with
         respect to  "qualified  domestic  relations  orders," the rights of any
         Participant  or his  Beneficiary  to any  benefit or payment  hereunder
         shall  not  be  subject  to  voluntary  or  involuntary  alienation  or
         assignment.

12.6     DISTRIBUTION  TO  LEGALLY  INCAPACITATED.  In the event any  benefit is
         payable to a minor or to a person deemed to be incompetent or otherwise
         under  legal  disability,  or who is by sole  reason of  advanced  age,
         illness, or other physical or mental incapacity,  incapable of handling
         the  disposition  of his  property,  the  Administrator,  in  its  sole
         discretion,  may direct the Trustee to apply all or any portion of such
         benefits,  directly  to  the  care,  comfort,   maintenance,   support,
         education  or use of such  person  or to pay or  distribute  all or any
         portion  of such  benefit  to (a) the  spouse of such  person,  (b) the
         parent of such person,  (c) the guardian,  Administrator or other legal
         representative, wherever appointed, of such person, (d) the person with
         whom such person shall reside, (e) any other person having the care and
         control of such  person,  or (f) such  person.  The receipt of any such
         payment or distribution  shall be a complete discharge of liability for
         Plan obligations.

12.7     GOVERNING  DOCUMENTS.  A Participant's rights shall be determined under
         the  terms of the Plan as in  effect  at his  date of  separation  from
         eligible Service.

12.8     GOVERNING LAW. The provisions of the Plan shall be construed  under the
         laws of the state of the situs of the Trust,  except to the extent such
         laws are pre-empted by Federal law.

12.9     CONSTRUCTION.  Wherever  appropriate,  the use of the masculine  gender
         shall be extended to include the feminine or neuter or vice versa;  and
         the singular form of words shall be extended to include the plural; and
         the plural shall be restricted to mean the plural.

12.10    HEADINGS.  The Article headings and Section numbers are included solely
         for reason of reference. If there is any conflict between such headings
         or numbers and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.

12.11    COUNTERPARTS.  The Plan may be executed in any number of  counterparts,
         each of which  shall be deemed an  original;  said  counterparts  shall
         constitute but one and the same  instrument,  which may be sufficiently
         evidenced by any one counterpart.

12.12    LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN.  In the event that all
         or any portion of the  distribution  payable to a  Participant  or to a
         Participant's  Beneficiary  hereunder  shall, at the expiration of five
         (5) years after it shall become payable, remain unpaid solely by reason
         of the inability of the  Administrator  to ascertain the whereabouts of
         such  Participant or  Beneficiary,  after sending a registered  letter,
         return receipt requested,  to the last known address, and after further
         diligent  effort,  the amount so  distributable  shall be forfeited and
         used to offset the Employer  contributions  to the Plan. In the event a
         Participant or  Beneficiary is located  subsequent to the forfeiture of
         his Accrued Benefit, such benefit shall be restored.



                                       47
<PAGE>



                 ARTICLE THIRTEEN--MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PROVISIONS


13.1     ADOPTION  OF THE PLAN.  With the  Employer's  consent,  the Plan may be
         adopted by any other  corporation  or entity for its  employees,  which
         adopting  Employer  shall be known as a  "Participating  Employer." All
         assets may either be held within one Trust Fund, or each  Participating
         Employer may maintain a separate trust fund attributable to its portion
         of Plan assets.

13.2     PLAN CONTRIBUTIONS. All contributions made by a Participating Employer,
         as provided  for in the Plan and unless  modified by an  instrument  of
         adoption,   shall  be  determined   separately  by  each  Participating
         Employer,  and  shall  be  paid  to and  held  by the  Trustee  for the
         exclusive benefit of the employees of such  Participating  Employer and
         the  Beneficiaries  of such  employees,  subject  to all the  terms and
         conditions of the Plan.

13.3     TRANSFERRING   EMPLOYEES.   The  Administrator  shall  adopt  equitable
         procedures whereby contributions are equitably allocated in the case of
         employees   transferring  from  the  employment  of  one  Participating
         Employer to another Participating Employer.

13.4     DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY.  Each  Participating  Employer who has adopted
         the  Plan  shall  delegate  to the  Employer  the  right  to  name  the
         Administrator  and  Trustee of the Plan and the right to amend the Plan
         to insure its continued qualified status.

13.5     TERMINATION.   Any  termination  of  the  Plan  or   discontinuance  of
         contributions  by any one  Participating  Employer  shall  operate with
         regard  only  to  the  Participants   employed  by  that  Participating
         Employer.  All  Employees  affected  thereby  shall have a one  hundred
         percent (100%) nonforfeitable interest in their Accrued Benefit.

         In the event any Participating Employer terminates its participation in
         the Plan, or in the event that any such  Participating  Employer  shall
         cease to exist through sale,  reorganization  or bankruptcy,  the Trust
         Fund  shall  be  allocated  by the  Trustee,  in  accordance  with  the
         direction of the  Administrator,  into separate trust funds.  Unless an
         alternate  means of  disposition  of Plan assets was  specified  in the
         instrument of adoption by which the Participating  Employer adopted the
         Plan,  the  amounts  to be  allocated  to the Trust of the  terminating
         Participating Employer shall be the lesser of:

         (a)  the  valuation of that portion of the Trust Fund  attributable  to
              the  Participants  of  such  terminating  Participating  Employer,
              determined by crediting each of its contributions to the Plan with
              its share of Plan  earnings or losses and  deducting  all payments
              made to its Employees; and

         (b)  the  Actuarial  Equivalent  of Accrued  Benefits  of  Participants
              affected as of the date of transaction.







                                       48
<PAGE>



IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Employer and Trustees  have caused this  amendment and
restatement to be executed this day of , 1994.



                                                   FAB INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                                                 By:
                                                            President


                                                  TRUSTEES:



                                                       Samson Bitensky



                                                       Howard Soren

ATTEST:







                                       49




               FAB INDUSTRIES, INC. EMPLOYEES PROFIT SHARING PLAN




<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE

INTRODUCTION.................................................................1

ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS......................................................2

ARTICLE II - ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION...................................9
         Section 2.1       Eligibility Requirements..........................9
         Section 2.2       Participation.....................................9
         Section 2.3       Years of Service for Eligibility Computation......9

ARTICLE III - CONTRIBUTIONS.................................................11
         Section 3.1       Employer Contributions...........................11
         Section 3.2       After-Tax Employee Contributions.................11
         Section 3.3       Rollover Contributions...........................11
         Section 3.4       Trustee-to-Trustee Transfers.....................11
         Section 3.5       Deduction Limitation.............................11

ARTICLE IV - ALLOCATIONS, VALUATION AND VESTING.............................12
         Section 4.2       Participants Who Will Receive an Allocation......12
         Section 4.3       Allocation of Forfeitures........................12
         Section 4.4       Allocation Limitations...........................12
         Section 4.5       Valuation........................................17
         Section 4.6       Vesting and Accrual..............................18

ARTICLE V - DISTRIBUTIONS...................................................21
         Section 5.1       Distributions of Small Account Balances..........21
         Section 5.2       Distributions While In-Service...................21
         Section 5.3       Distributions Upon Separation From Service.......21
         Section 5.4       Distributions Upon Retirement....................21
         Section 5.5       Distributions Upon Death.........................21
         Section 5.6       Distributions Upon Disability....................22
         Section 5.7       Special Beneficiary Provisions...................22
         Section 5.8       Consent of the Participant Required
                           for Distributions if
                           Account Balances Greater Than $3,500.............22
         Section 5.9       Commencement of Benefits.........................23
         Section 5.10      Required Distributions...........................23
         Section 5.11      Annuity Contract.................................23
         Section 5.12      Form of Distribution.............................24
         Section 5.13      Trustee-to-Trustee Transfers.....................24

                                      - i -




<PAGE>


                           TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT'D)

                                                                            PAGE


         Section 5.14      Rollovers to Other Plans or IRAs.................24

ARTICLE VI - LOANS AND LIFE INSURANCE.......................................25
         Section 6.1       Availability of Loans............................25
         Section 6.2       Amount of Loans..................................25
         Section 6.3       Terms of Loans...................................25
         Section 6.4       Purchase of Life Insurance Contracts.............26
         Section 6.5       Distribution of Insurance Contracts..............27

ARTICLE VII - PLAN ADMINISTRATION...........................................28
         Section 7.1       Duties of the Employer...........................28
         Section 7.2       The Committee....................................28
         Section 7.3       Appointment of Advisor...........................28
         Section 7.4       Powers and Duties of the Committee...............28
         Section 7.5       Organization and Operation.......................29
         Section 7.6       Claims Procedure.................................29
         Section 7.7       Records and Reports..............................30
         Section 7.8       Liability........................................30
         Section 7.9       Reliance and Statements..........................31
         Section 7.10      Remuneration and Bonding.........................31
         Section 7.11      Committee Decisions Final........................31

ARTICLE VIII - TRUST AGREEMENT..............................................32
         Section 8.1       Establishment of Trust...........................32
         Section 8.2       Contributions to Trustee.........................32
         Section 8.3       Purpose of Trust.................................32
         Section 8.4       Distributions....................................32
         Section 8.5       Exclusive Benefit................................32
         Section 8.6       Expenses of the Plan and Trust...................33
         Section 8.7       Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee...........33
         Section 8.8       Specific Powers and Duties of Trustee............34
         Section 8.9       Investment Manager...............................36
         Section 8.10      Compensation of Trustee and Agents...............36
         Section 8.11      Reports of Trustee...............................36
         Section 8.12      Resignation, Removal and Substitution of Trustee.36
         Section 8.13      The Committee....................................37
         Section 8.14      Amendment and Termination........................37
         Section 8.15      Irrevocability...................................37

                                     - ii -




<PAGE>


                           TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT'D)

                                                                            PAGE


         Section 8.16      Parties to the Trust Agreement...................37
         Section 8.17      Trustee Action...................................38
         Section 8.18      Participant-Directed Investments.................38

ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGER..............................39
         Section 9.1       Amendment........................................39
         Section 9.2       Termination......................................39
         Section 9.3       Merger, Consolidation or Transfer................39

ARTICLE X - TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS............................................40
         Section 10.1      Applicability....................................40
         Section 10.2      Definitions......................................40
         Section 10.3      Minimum Allocation...............................42
         Section 10.4      Nonforfeitability of Minimum Allocation..........42
         Section 10.5      Allocation Limitations...........................43
         Section 10.6      Minimum Vesting Schedules........................43

ARTICLE XI - GENERAL PROVISIONS.............................................44
         Section 11.1      Governing Law....................................44
         Section 11.2      Power to Enforce.................................44
         Section 11.3      Alienation of Benefits...........................44
         Section 11.4      Not an Employment Contract.......................44
         Section 11.5      Discretionary Acts...............................44
         Section 11.6      Interpretation...................................44

ARTICLE XII - SIGNATURE PAGE................................................46


                                     - iii -




<PAGE>



                                  INTRODUCTION


Purpose.

The primary purpose of the Fab Industries,  Inc.  Employees  Profit Sharing Plan
(the "Plan") is to provide  Employees of Fab  Industries,  Inc. with  retirement
benefits in recognition of the  contribution  of the Employees to the successful
operation  of the  Employer.  The Plan is intended to be a profit  sharing  plan
which is  qualified  under  section  401(a) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code (the
"Code"),  and its  affiliated  Trust is  intended  to be  exempt  from tax under
section 501(a) of the Code.

EFFECTIVE DATE.

The Plan was originally  established  effective  November 27, 1963 and initially
restated  December 1, 1984.  The Plan was formerly  known as the Fab Lace,  Inc.
Employees  Profit  Sharing Plan.  Pursuant to the terms of the Plan which permit
its amendment by the Employer, this document is a restatement,  in its entirety,
of the Plan, generally effective December 1, 1989.

The terms of this document now set forth the controlling  provisions of the Plan
for all persons who are  Employees  on or after the  Effective  Date;  provided,
however,  that to the extent  required under section  411(d)(6) of the Code (and
related Treasury  Regulations),  the applicable provisions of the preceding Plan
documents are incorporated herein by reference.



                                      - 1 -




<PAGE>



                             ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS


The following words and phrases,  wherever capitalized,  shall have the meanings
set forth below, unless the context in which they appear within the Plan clearly
indicates otherwise:

ACCOUNT(S)  means  the  aggregate  (or as  otherwise  specified)  interest  of a
Participant  in the assets of the Trust.  Each  Participant's  interest  will be
segregated into one or more of the following Account(s),  which will reflect, in
addition  to  contributions   allocated  thereto,   appropriate  allocations  of
earnings, gains, losses, and expenses of the Trust:

       o      Employer  Regular  Contribution   Account.  The  separate  Account
              maintained for each Participant to which are credited any Employer
              Regular Contributions allocated to him and made in accordance with
              Section 3.1.

       o      Rollover  Account.   The  separate  Account  maintained  for  each
              applicable  Participant  to which  contributions  are  made  under
              Section 3.3.

The  Administrator  may, in its discretion,  establish  subaccounts  within each
separate Account.

ADMINISTRATOR  means the Committee  designated by the Employer to administer the
Plan.

AFFILIATE  means a member of a  controlled  group of  corporations,  within  the
meaning of section 414(b) of the Code,  which includes the Employer;  a trade or
business  (whether  or not  incorporated)  which is in common  control  with the
Employer as  determined in  accordance  with section  414(c) of the Code; or any
organization  which is a member  of an  affiliated  service  group,  within  the
meaning of section  414(m) of the Code,  which  includes the  Employer;  and any
other  organization  required to be  aggregated  with the  Employer  pursuant to
section 414(o) of the Code.

AFTER-TAX  EMPLOYEE  CONTRIBUTIONS  means  contributions  to the Plan made by an
Employee to the Plan on an after-tax, nondeductible basis.

BENEFICIARY means the person or persons or a trust  affirmatively  designated by
the  Participant to receive all or a portion of such  Participant's  benefits in
the event the Participant dies leaving benefits payable to such a Beneficiary in
accordance with the provisions of Article V.

CODE means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

COMMITTEE means the person or persons described in Section 7.2.

COMPANY  means Fab  Industries,  Inc. or any  successor  corporation  by merger,
consolidation, or purchase which elects to adopt the Plan and Trust.


                                      - 2 -




<PAGE>



For each Plan Year, the Company shall determine the total amount of any Employer
contributions to be made to the Plan by all entities  included in the definition
of  Employer.  Each  such  entity  shall  contribute  to the Plan in the  amount
determined by the Company.

COMPENSATION means all of each Participant's  Compensation as defined in section
415(c)(3) of the Code and Treas. Reg. Sections 1.415-2(d)(2) and (3).

Notwithstanding  the above,  Compensation  shall  include  any  amount  which is
contributed by the Employer  pursuant to a salary reduction  agreement and which
is not  includible  in the gross  income of the  Employee  under  sections  125,
402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.

Notwithstanding  the above,  for  purposes  other than  allocations  pursuant to
provision(s)  providing for permitted  disparity and/or  Top-Heavy  allocations,
Compensation shall be determined by excluding the following:

       o      Overtime pay
       o      Bonuses
       o      Fringe benefits (cash and non-cash)
       o      Reimbursements, or other expense allowances
       o      Moving expenses
       o      Deferred compensation
       o      Welfare benefits
       o      25% of commissions

Compensation  shall include only that Compensation which is actually paid to the
Participant  during the determination  period.  Except as provided  elsewhere in
this Plan, the determination  period shall be the Employer's taxable year ending
within the Plan Year.

Effective  for  Plan  Years  beginning  after  December  31,  1988,  the  annual
Compensation of each Participant  taken into account for purposes of determining
all  benefits  provided  under the Plan for any  determination  period shall not
exceed  $200,000 as adjusted by the  Secretary  at the same time and in the same
manner as under section 415(d) of the Code ("Compensation  Limit"),  except that
the  dollar  increase  in effect  on  January 1 of any  calendar  year  shall be
effective for years beginning in such calendar year. The Compensation  Limit for
a determination  period shall be the Compensation Limit in effect on the January
1 coinciding  with or preceding such  determination  period.  If Compensation is
determined on the basis of a 12-consecutive  month period ending within the Plan
Year, then the applicable Compensation Limit is the Compensation Limit in effect
for the calendar year in which such 12-month  period begins.  If Compensation is
determined  on the  basis of a  period  of less  than 12  calendar  months,  the
Compensation Limit shall be the annual  Compensation Limit which would otherwise
be applicable  multiplied by the ratio  obtained by dividing by 12 the number of
full  months  in  the  short  period.  In  determining  the  Compensation  of  a
Participant  for  purposes  of the  dollar  limitation,  the  rules  of  section
414(q)(6) of the Code shall apply except that, in applying such rules,  the term
"family"  shall  include  only the  Spouse  of the  Participant  and any  lineal
descendants of the  Participant who have not attained age 19 before the close of
the Plan Year.  If as a result of the  application  of such  rules the  adjusted
limitation is exceeded, then (except for purposes of determining the portion

                                      - 3 -




<PAGE>



of  Compensation  up to the  integration  level as defined in  Section  4.1,  if
applicable),  the limitation shall be prorated among the affected individuals in
proportion to each such  individual's  Compensation  as determined  prior to the
application of this limitation.  Notwithstanding  the above,  effective for Plan
Years beginning after December 31, 1993, the annual Compensation Limit shall not
exceed  $150,000,  adjusted for calendar years  beginning after 1994 at the same
time and in the same manner as under section 415(d) of the Code, but only if and
when the aggregate of such potential  adjustments  totals at least $10,000,  and
then only in amounts of $10,000, in the manner described in section 401(a)(17).

If  Compensation  for any prior  determination  period is taken into  account in
determining an Employee's  allocations or benefits for the current determination
period,  the  Compensation  for such prior  period is subject to the  applicable
annual Compensation Limit in effect for that prior period. For this purpose, for
years beginning before January 1, 1990, the applicable annual Compensation Limit
is $200,000.

DEFINED  BENEFIT PLAN means a pension plan  maintained by the Employer  which is
qualified  under  section  401(a)  of  the  Code  and  which  is  not a  Defined
Contribution Plan, except to the extent that it maintains separate accounts with
respect to which it is treated as a Defined Contribution Plan.

DEFINED  CONTRIBUTION  PLAN means a plan  qualified  under section 401(a) of the
Code and  maintained  by the  Employer  which  provides  for an account for each
individual  who  participates  in the plan,  from  which  account  all  benefits
attributable to amounts  allocated to each such  Participant's  account (and any
income  and  expenses  or gains or losses  attributable  to such  accounts  both
realized and unrealized) are paid.

DISABILITY means any medically  determinable physical or mental impairment which
results in an inability to engage in any substantial  gainful activity by reason
thereof  and which may be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can
be  expected  to last for a  continuous  period of not less than 12 months.  The
permanence and degree of such impairment must be supported by medical  evidence.
Disability will be determined by a physician appointed by the Administrator.

EARLY RETIREMENT DATE means the date,  ocurring before Normal Retirement Age, on
which an  employee  who is at least age 55 with no less than 10 Years of Service
actually retires from employment with the Employee.

EFFECTIVE  DATE means the  provisions  of this  amendment  and  restatement  are
generally effective December 1, 1989, except for the retroactive effective dates
required by the Tax Reform Act of 1986, the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of
1986,  the  Omnibus  Budget  Reconciliation  Act  of  1987,  the  Technical  and
Miscellaneous  Revenue Act of 1988,  the Omnibus  Budget  Reconciliation  Act of
1989, or any final  Regulations  published  and effective  since the most recent
effective  date of this Plan.  Further,  to the extent the Plan was  operated in
accordance  with the  provisions  of this  amendment  and  restatement  as of an
effective  date  earlier  than that  required  by law,  such  date  shall be the
Effective Date.


                                      - 4 -




<PAGE>



EMPLOYEE  means any common law  Employee of the Employer or any  Affiliate.  The
term Employee shall also include any Leased Employee deemed to be an Employee of
the Employer or any Affiliate  described in the previous sentence as provided in
section 414(n) or (o) of the Code.

EMPLOYER means Fab Industries, Inc.; any successor through merger, consolidation
or purchase of  substantially  all of the assets or business of the entity which
is the Employer immediately prior to such succession which successor,  within 90
days after such  succession,  agrees to continue  this Plan;  and any  Affiliate
which adopts the Plan.

EMPLOYER  REGULAR  CONTRIBUTIONS  means those  contributions  by the Employer as
described  under  Section  3.1 which are  allocated  to  Participants'  Employer
Regular  Contribution  Accounts,  and does not  include  Qualified  Matching  or
Qualified Non-Elective Contributions (if any are made under the Plan).

ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from
time to time.

FORFEITURES  means the nonvested  portion,  if any, of a  Participant's  Account
created as a result of termination of employment by the Participant prior to the
time he becomes 100 percent  Vested in his Account.  A Forfeiture  occurs on the
last day of the Plan Year in which the  Participant's  5th consecutive  One-Year
Break in Service occurs.

HIGHLY  COMPENSATED  EMPLOYEE  means  and  includes  active  highly  compensated
Employees and former highly compensated Employees.

An active  highly  compensated  Employee  includes any  Employee  who  performed
service  for the  Employer  during the  determination  year and who,  during the
look-back year: (1) received Compensation from the Employer in excess of $75,000
(as adjusted pursuant to section 415(d) of the Code); (2) received  Compensation
from the Employer in excess of $50,000 (as adjusted  pursuant to section  415(d)
of the Code) and was a member of the top-paid group for such year; or (3) was an
officer of the Employer and received  Compensation during such year in an amount
greater  than 50  percent  of the  dollar  limitation  in effect  under  section
415(b)(1)(A)  of the Code. The term Highly  Compensated  Employee also includes:
(4) Each Employee who is: (i)  described in the  preceding  sentence if the term
"determination  year" is substituted for the term "look-back  year" and (ii) who
is one of the 100 Employees who received the most Compensation from the Employer
during the  determination  year; and (5) Employees who are owners of more than 5
percent of the Employer at any time during the look-back  year or  determination
year.  If no officer has  satisfied the  Compensation  requirement  of (6) above
during either a  determination  year or look-back year, the highest paid officer
for such  year  shall be  treated  as a Highly  Compensated  Employee.  For this
purpose, the determination year shall be the Plan Year. The look-back year shall
be the twelve-month period immediately preceding the determination year.

A former highly compensated Employee includes any Employee who separated (or was
deemed to have separated) from service prior to the determination  year, who has
performed no service

                                      - 5 -




<PAGE>



for the Employer during the determination year, and who was a highly compensated
active  Employee  for  either  the year of his  separation  from  service or any
determination year ending on or after the Employee's 55th birthday.

If any Employee is, during a  determination  year or look-back year, a member of
the family of either (i) an owner of more than 5 percent of the  Employer who is
an active or former Employee or (ii) a Highly Compensated Employee who is one of
the 10 most Highly  Compensated  Employees  ranked on the basis of  Compensation
paid by the Employer  during such year, then the family member and such owner or
Highly Compensated Employee shall be aggregated. In such case, the family member
and owner or Highly  Compensated  Employee shall be treated as a single Employee
receiving  Compensation  and Plan  contributions or benefits equal to the sum of
such  Compensation and  contributions or benefits of the family member and owner
or Highly  Compensated  Employee.  For purposes of this Section,  family members
include the Spouse,  lineal ascendants and descendants of the Employee or former
Employee and the Spouses of such lineal ascendants and descendants.

The  determination  of who  is a  Highly  Compensated  Employee  (including  the
determination of the number and identity of Employees in the top-paid group, the
top 100  Employees,  the  number  of  Employees  treated  as  officers,  and the
Compensation  that is considered) will be made in accordance with section 414(q)
of the Code and the  Regulations  promulgated  thereunder.  For purposes of this
definition, the Employer shall include any Affiliate.

HOUR OF SERVICE means:

              (1) Each  hour for  which an  Employee  is paid,  or  entitled  to
              payment,  for the  performance  of duties for the Employer.  These
              hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation  period
              in which the duties are performed;

              (2) Each  hour for  which an  Employee  is paid,  or  entitled  to
              payment,  by the  Employer  on account of a period of time  during
              which  no  duties  are  performed  (irrespective  of  whether  the
              employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation,  holiday,
              illness,  incapacity  (including  Disability),  layoff, jury duty,
              military  duty or  leave of  absence.  No more  than 501  hours of
              service  will be  credited  under  this  paragraph  for any single
              continuous  period  (whether or not such period occurs in a single
              computation period). Hours under this paragraph will be calculated
              and credited pursuant to section  2530.200b-2 of the Department of
              Labor  regulations,  which section is incorporated  herein by this
              reference; and

              (3) Each hour for which back pay,  irrespective  of  mitigation of
              damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer.  The same
              hours of service will not be credited both under  paragraph (1) or
              paragraph  (2), as the case may be, and under this  paragraph (3).
              These hours will be credited to the Employee  for the  computation
              period or periods to which the award or agreement  pertains rather
              than the  computation  period in which  the  award,  agreement  or
              payment is made.


                                      - 6 -




<PAGE>



For  purposes of this  definition,  Employer  includes any  Affiliate.  Hours of
Service will be credited for  employment  with other  members of any  affiliated
service group (under section 414(m)),  controlled  group of corporations  (under
section  414(b)),  or group of trades or businesses  under common control (under
section 414(c)) of which the adopting Employer is a member, and any other entity
required to be aggregated  with the Employer  pursuant to section  414(o) of the
Code and the Regulations promulgated thereunder.

Hours of Service will also be credited with respect to any individual considered
an Employee for purposes of this Plan under  section  414(n) of the Code and the
Regulations promulgated thereunder.

Hours  of  Service  will  be  credited  for all  employment  with  the  Employer
regardless of whether the Employee was at the time an eligible Employee.

Service  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  actual  hours  for  which an
Employee is paid or entitled to payment.

LATE RETIREMENT DATE means the date,  occurring after Normal  Retirement Age, on
which an Employee actually retires from employment with the Employer.

LEASED  EMPLOYEE  means any person  (other than an Employee of the Employer) who
pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and any other person (the "leasing
organization")  has performed services for the Employer (or for the Employer and
related persons  determined in accordance with section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on
a  substantially  full-time  basis for a period  of at least one year,  and such
services are of a type historically performed by Employees in the business field
of the Employer.  Contributions or benefits provided to a Leased Employee by the
leasing  organization  which are  attributable  to  services  performed  for the
Employer shall be treated as provided by the Employer.

A leased  employee  shall not be  considered  an Employee of the Employer if (i)
such  Employee is covered by a money  purchase  pension plan  maintained  by the
leasing organization providing:  (a) a non-integrated employer contribution rate
of at least 10 percent of Compensation,  as defined in section  415(c)(3) of the
Code, but including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
which are excludable from the Employee's gross income under section 125, section
402(e)(3),  section  402(h)  or  section  403(b)  of  the  Code,  (b)  immediate
participation,  and (c) full and immediate vesting; and (ii) Leased Employees do
not  constitute  more than 20 percent of the Employer's  non-highly  compensated
workforce.

NON-HIGHLY   COMPENSATED  EMPLOYEE  means  an  Employee  who  is  not  a  Highly
Compensated Employee.

NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE means age 65.

ONE-YEAR BREAK IN SERVICE means a  12-consecutive  month period during which the
Participant does not complete more than 500 Hours of Service.


                                      - 7 -




<PAGE>



Solely for  purposes  of  determining  whether a One-Year  Break in Service  has
occurred for  participation  and vesting  purposes,  an individual who is absent
from work for maternity or paternity  reasons shall receive credit for the Hours
of Service which would  otherwise have been credited to such  individual but for
such  absence,  or in any case in which such hours cannot be  determined,  eight
Hours of Service per day of such  absence,  to a maximum of 501 Hours of Service
for any one child-related  absence.  For purposes of this paragraph,  an absence
from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence:  (1) by reason of
the  pregnancy  of the  individual;  (2) by  reason of a birth of a child of the
individual;  (3) by reason of the  placement of a child with the  individual  in
connection  with  the  adoption  of such  child by such  individual;  or (4) for
purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning  immediately  following
such birth or  placement.  The Hours of Service  credited  under this  paragraph
shall be  credited  in the  computation  period in which the  absence  begins if
necessary to prevent a OneYear  Break in Service in that period or, in all other
cases, in the following computation period.

PARTICIPANT  means an  Employee of the  Employer  who  participates  in the Plan
pursuant to Article II; a former  Employee  who  participated  in the Plan under
Article II and who continues to be entitled to a Vested  benefit under the Plan;
or a former Employee who  participated in the Plan under Article II, and who has
not yet  incurred a One-Year  Break in Service.  For  purposes of Section  5.14,
"Participant"  shall  include  a  former  Participant,   as  well  as  a  former
Participant's  Surviving Spouse and Participant's or former Participant's Spouse
or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations
order as defined in section 414(p) of the Code (who shall be deemed Participants
with respect to such Spouse's interest under the Plan).

PLAN means the Fab Industries,  Inc. Employees Profit Sharing Plan, as set forth
herein.

PLAN YEAR means the  12-consecutive  month period which begins on December 1 and
on each anniversary thereof.

REGULATIONS  means the Treasury  regulations  pertaining to the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS shall be made as described in Section 5.10 of the Plan.

SPOUSE means the Spouse or Surviving Spouse of the Participant,  provided that a
former  Spouse shall be treated as the Spouse or Surviving  Spouse to the extent
provided  under a  "qualified  domestic  relations  order" as defined in section
414(p) of the Code.

TOP-HEAVY shall have the meaning and effect described in Article X of the Plan.

TRUST means the Trust as  established  under  Article  VIII and  maintained  for
purposes of the Plan which is administered by the Trustee in accordance with the
provisions of the  agreement of Trust  between the Employer and the Trustee.  If
the Trust is governed by a separate  agreement entered into between the Employer
and the Trustee (which shall be incorporated by reference herein and become part
of the Plan), to the extent the terms of such Trust agreement  conflict with the
Plan, the terms of the Trust agreement will control except to the extent that it
is necessary to follow

                                      - 8 -




<PAGE>



the  terms of the Plan in order to  maintain  the  qualified  status of the Plan
under section 401(a) of the Code.

TRUSTEE  means  the party or  parties  named  under  the  Trust  who shall  have
exclusive authority and discretion to manage and control the assets of the Plan.
Notwithstanding  the  above,  to the  extent the Plan  expressly  provides,  the
Trustee shall be subject to the direction of the Committee  and/or an Investment
Manager.

TRUST FUND means all money and other  property  received  or held by the Trustee
under the trust,  plus all income and gains and less all losses,  expenses,  and
distributions chargeable to the Trust assets.

VALUATION  DATE means the last day of the Plan Year,  in  addition  to any other
date  specifically  designated by the  Committee,  on which date the fair market
value of Trust assets shall be determined.

VESTED means nonforfeitable.

YEAR OF SERVICE means a 12-consecutive-month  period during which an Employee is
credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service.  If a fractional  Year of Service
is used in the Plan, there will be no Hours of Service requirement.

                                      - 9 -




<PAGE>



                   ARTICLE II - ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION


SECTION 2.1                ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS.

(a)    Only  Employees  of an Employer  will be eligible to  participate  in the
       Plan.

(b)    Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Article,  for the first Plan
       Year  only,  nonexcluded  Employees  employed  on the  date  the  Plan is
       restated will participate as of the restatement date.

(c)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article II, all Employees and
       former  Employees  who  are  Participants  in the  Plan  as of  the  date
       immediately   preceding  the  Effective   Date  of  this   amendment  and
       restatement  and  who  then  have  an  Account  balance  (whether  or not
       nonforfeitable)  shall  continue  their  participation  in  the  Plan  as
       restated.  A former  Employee who was a  Participant  in the Plan and who
       received a distribution of his entire  nonforfeitable  Account balance on
       account  of  termination  of  employment  may again  become  eligible  to
       participate  in the  Plan  upon  reemployment  either  as a  newly  hired
       Employee or by satisfaction of the eligibility provisions below.

(d)    Employees  become  eligible to participate in the Plan upon attainment of
       age 18 and completion of one Year of Service.

(e)    Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of the Plan,  Employees  included
       within  the  following  described  classification(s)  are  excluded  from
       participation in this Plan:

       o      Employees  in  a  unit  of  employees   covered  by  a  collective
              bargaining   agreement   between   the   Employer   and   employee
              representatives,  if retirement  benefits were the subject of good
              faith  bargaining  and if two percent or less of the  Employees of
              the  Employer  who are  covered  pursuant  to that  agreement  are
              professionals   as  defined  in  section   1.410(b)-9(g)   of  the
              Regulations. For this purpose, the term "employee representatives"
              does not include any organization  more than half of whose members
              are  Employees  who are owners,  officers,  or  executives  of the
              Employer.

       o      Hourly Employees

       o      Employees   participating  in  Fab  Industries,   Inc.   Executive
              Retirement Plan.

       o      Leased Employees.

SECTION 2.2                PARTICIPATION.

An Employee  will begin  participation  in the Plan on the first day of the Plan
Year in which the  eligibility  requirements  set forth in Section 2.1 above are
satisfied.


                                     - 10 -




<PAGE>



SECTION 2.3                YEARS OF SERVICE FOR ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION.
- -----------                -------------------------------------------- 

(a)    For  purposes  of  determining  Years of Service and  One-Year  Breaks in
       Service for  purposes of  eligibility  to  participate  in the Plan,  the
       initial eligibility  computation period shall be the 12-consecutive month
       period beginning on the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour
       of Service for the  Employer or an  Affiliate  ("employment  commencement
       date").

(b)    Succeeding  12-consecutive  month eligibility  computation  periods shall
       commence with the first Plan Year which includes the first anniversary of
       the Employee's  employment  commencement date,  regardless of whether the
       Employee is entitled  to be credited  with 1,000 Hours of Service  during
       the initial eligibility  compensation period. An Employee who is credited
       with 1,000 Hours of Service in both the initial  eligibility  computation
       period (described above) and the first Plan Year which commences prior to
       the first anniversary of the Employee's initial  eligibility  computation
       period  will be  credited  with two  Years of  Service  for  purposes  of
       eligibility to participate.

(c)    Years of Service and  One-Year  Breaks in Service will be measured by the
       same eligibility computation period.

(d)    All Years of Service with the  Employer or an Affiliate  will be credited
       for purposes of determining eligibility except the following:

       (1)    If an Employee has a One-Year Break in Service  before  satisfying
              the  eligibility  requirements  of the Plan,  service  before such
              Break will not be taken into account.

       (2)    In the case of a Participant  who has no  nonforfeitable  right to
              any  portion  of  an  Account   balance   derived  from   Employer
              Contributions,  Years of  Service  before a period of  consecutive
              One-Year  Breaks in  Service  will not be taken  into  account  in
              computing  service for  purposes of  eligibility  if the number of
              such Participant's  consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service in such
              period equals or exceeds the greater of five or the  Participant's
              aggregate  number of Years of Service.  Such  aggregate  number of
              Years of Service will not include any Years of Service disregarded
              under the preceding sentence by reason of prior breaks in service.

              If a Participant's  Years of Service are  disregarded  pursuant to
              the preceding paragraph, such Participant will be treated as a new
              Employee for eligibility  purposes.  If a  Participant's  Years of
              Service  may  not  be   disregarded   pursuant  to  the  preceding
              paragraph,  such Participant  shall continue to participate in the
              Plan  or,  if  terminated,   shall  participate  immediately  upon
              reemployment.

       (3)    In the  case  of any  Participant  who  has a  One-Year  Break  in
              Service, Years of Service before such break will not be taken into
              account  for  purposes  of  eligibility  until  the  Employee  has
              completed a Year of Service after returning to employment.

              Such Year of Service will be measured by the 12-consecutive  month
              period  beginning  on the date an  Employee's  employment  and, if
              necessary, Plan Years beginning with

                                     - 11 -




<PAGE>



              the  Plan  Year  which  includes  the  first  anniversary  of  the
              reemployment commencement date. The reemployment commencement date
              is the first day on which the Employee is credited with an Hour of
              Service for the performance of duties after the first  eligibility
              computation  period in which the Employee  incurs a One-Year Break
              in Service.

(e)    In the event a Participant  is no longer a member of an eligible class of
       Employees and therefore  becomes  ineligible to  participate  but has not
       incurred a One-Year  Break in Service,  such  Employee  will  participate
       immediately  upon  again  becoming  a  member  of an  eligible  class  of
       Employees.  If such  Participant  incurs a  One-Year  Break  in  Service,
       eligibility will be determined according to the break in service rules of
       the Plan otherwise described in this Section 2.3.

       An Employee who has not been,  but who  becomes,  a member of an eligible
       class  of  Employees  shall  participate  in the  Plan  immediately  upon
       becoming  a member  of such  class if such  Employee  has  satisfied  the
       minimum age and service  requirements  necessary to become a  Participant
       under this Article II.


                                     - 12 -




<PAGE>



                           ARTICLE III - CONTRIBUTIONS


SECTION 3.1                EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.

Employer Regular Contributions:

Employer Regular  Contributions  will be limited to profits as determined by the
Committee.  For  each  Plan  Year the  Employer  may  make an  Employer  Regular
Contribution to the Trust based on the total  Compensation  of all  Participants
eligible  to  receive  an  allocation.   The  amount  of  the  Employer  Regular
Contribution shall be determined for each Plan Year by the Employer.

SECTION 3.2                AFTER-TAX EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS.

After-Tax Employee Contributions are not permitted under the Plan.

SECTION 3.3                ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.

(a)    An Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan under Section 2.1,
       regardless of whether he has satisfied the participation  requirements of
       Section  2.2,   may  roll  over  into  the  Plan  an  eligible   rollover
       distribution  (as  defined  in section  402(c) of the Code) from  another
       qualified  plan, or from an individual  retirement  account in the manner
       described in section  408(d)(3)(A)(ii)  of the Code.  If such rollover is
       not a direct transfer as described in section  401(a)(31) of the Code, it
       must be received  by the Plan within 60 days of the date it was  received
       by the  Participant  from the  distributing  qualified plan or individual
       retirement account.

(b)    The  Trustee  shall  develop  such  procedures,   and  may  require  such
       information  from an Employee  desiring  to make such a  rollover,  as he
       deems necessary or desirable to determine that the proposed rollover will
       meet the requirements of this Section.  Upon approval by the Trustee, the
       amount  rolled over shall be deposited in the Trust and shall be credited
       to  the  Employee's  Rollover  Account.   Such  Account  shall  share  in
       allocations of earnings, losses and expenses of the Trust Fund, but shall
       not  share in  allocations  of  Employer  contributions.  The  Employee's
       Rollover Account shall be distributed in accordance with Article V.

(c)    In the event of a rollover  contribution  on behalf of an Employee who is
       otherwise  eligible  to  participate  in the  Plan  but  who  has not yet
       satisfied the participation  requirements of Section 2.2, such Employee's
       Rollover  Account shall  represent his sole interest in the Plan until he
       becomes a Participant.

SECTION 3.4                TRUSTEE-TO-TRUSTEE TRANSFERS.

(a)    An  Employee  may not cause  assets  from the  qualified  plan of a prior
       employer  to be  transferred  directly by the trustee of such plan to the
       Trustee of this Plan.


                                     - 13 -




<PAGE>



(b)    A direct  rollover as described  in Section  5.13 shall not  constitute a
       trustee-to-trustee transfer for purposes of the Plan.

SECTION 3.5                DEDUCTION LIMITATION.

Employer contributions made with respect to any Plan Year under this Article III
are conditioned  upon such  contributions  being  deductible by the Employer for
such Plan Year under section 404 of the Code.

                                     - 14 -




<PAGE>



                 ARTICLE IV - ALLOCATIONS, VALUATION AND VESTING


As of the Valuation Date, Employer Regular Contributions made under Section 3.1,
if any,  shall be  allocated  to the Account of each  Participant  described  in
Section 4.2 according to the ratio that such Participant's  Compensation for the
Plan Year bears to the Compensation of all Participants for such Plan Year.

SECTION 4.2                PARTICIPANTS WHO WILL RECEIVE AN ALLOCATION.
- -----------                ------------------------------------------- 

(a)    An allocation of Employer Regular  Contributions  shall only be made with
       respect to those  Participants  who are  employed  on the last day of the
       Plan Year and have  performed at least 1,000 Hours of Service  during the
       Plan Year.

(b)    No   Participant   will  receive  an  allocation  of  Employer   Matching
       Contributions as none are provided under this Plan.

A  Participant  will not be denied  an  allocation  on the  basis of his  having
attained Normal Retirement Age.

SECTION 4.3                ALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES.

Forfeitures,  if any, will be added to Employer Regular  Contributions,  if any,
and the aggregate  amount  allocated to Participants  based on the ratio of each
Participant's  Compensation to all  Participants'  Compensation  for the current
year.

SECTION 4.4                ALLOCATION LIMITATIONS.

(a)    If a Participant does not participate in, and has never  participated in,
       another  qualified plan maintained by the Employer,  or a welfare benefit
       fund,  as  defined  in  section  419(e)  of the Code,  maintained  by the
       Employer,  or an  individual  medical  account,  as  defined  in  section
       415(l)(2) of the Code,  maintained  by the  Employer,  which  provides an
       Annual Addition as defined in subsection (d)(1), the following provisions
       shall apply:

       (1)    The  amount  of Annual  Additions  which  may be  credited  to the
              Participant's Account for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the
              lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount, as defined in subsection
              (d)(9),  or any  other  limitation  contained  in  this  Plan.  If
              contributions  that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to
              the Participant's Account would cause the Annual Additions for the
              Limitation  Year to exceed the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount,  the
              amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual
              Additions  for  the   Limitation   Year  will  equal  the  Maximum
              Permissible Amount.

       (2)    As  soon  as is  administratively  feasible  after  the end of the
              Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation
              Year will be determined on the basis of the  Participant's  actual
              Section 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year.

                                     - 15 -




<PAGE>




       (3)    If there is an excess Annual Addition due to a reasonable error in
              estimating a  Participant's  Compensation or due to the allocation
              of Forfeitures (if any), or any other facts and  circumstances  as
              determined   by  the   Committee   and  which  are  found  by  the
              Commissioner  of Internal  Revenue to justify the  availability of
              the  procedures  for  correcting  the  excess as set forth in this
              subsection, the excess will be corrected as follows:

              (A)   Any After-Tax  Employee  Contributions,  to the extent their
                    return  would  reduce the  excess,  will be  returned to the
                    Participant;

              (B)   If after the  application  of paragraph  (A) an excess still
                    exists,  and the  Participant  is covered by the Plan at the
                    end  of  the  Limitation  Year,  the  excess  amount  in the
                    Participant's  Account  will  be  used  to  reduce  Employer
                    contributions  (including any allocation of Forfeitures  for
                    such  Participant)  for the next  Limitation  Year, and each
                    succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;

              (C)   If after the  application  of paragraph  (A) an excess still
                    exists,  and the  Participant  is not covered by the Plan at
                    the end of a Limitation Year, the excess amount will be held
                    unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense account will
                    be applied to reduce future Employer  contributions  for all
                    remaining  Participants  for the next  Limitation  Year, and
                    each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;

              (D)   If a suspense  account is in  existence at any time during a
                    Limitation  Year  pursuant  to this  Section,  it  will  not
                    receive any allocation of the investment gains and losses of
                    the Trust. If a suspense account is in existence at any time
                    during a  particular  Limitation  Year,  all  amounts in the
                    suspense  account  must  be  allocated  and  reallocated  to
                    Participants'  Accounts  before any  Employer  or  After-Tax
                    Employee  Contributions  may be made to the  Plan  for  that
                    Limitation Year. The excess amount may not be distributed to
                    Participants or former Participants.

(b)    If, in addition to this Plan,  a  Participant  is covered  under  another
       qualified Defined Contribution Plan maintained by the Employer, a welfare
       benefit fund (as defined in section 419(e) of the Code) maintained by the
       Employer,  or an  individual  medical  account  (as  defined  in  section
       415(l)(2) of the Code)  maintained  by the  Employer,  which  provides an
       Annual  Addition as defined in subsection  (d)(1),  during any Limitation
       Year, the following provisions shall apply:

       (1)    The Annual  Additions  which may be  credited  to a  Participant's
              Account  under  this  Plan  for any such  Limitation  Year may not
              exceed  the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount  reduced  by the  Annual
              Additions credited to such Participant's  account under such other
              plans and/or welfare benefit funds for the same  Limitation  Year.
              If the Annual  Additions  with  respect to the  Participant  under
              other  Defined   Contribution  Plans  and  welfare  benefit  funds
              maintained  by the Employer are less than the Maximum  Permissible
              Amount and the Employer contribution that would otherwise be

                                     - 16 -




<PAGE>



              contributed or allocated to the  Participant's  Account under this
              Plan  would  cause such  Participant's  Annual  Additions  for the
              Limitation Year to exceed this limitation,  the amount contributed
              or allocated  will be reduced so that the Annual  Additions  under
              all such  plans and funds for the  Limitation  Year will equal the
              Maximum  Permissible  Amount. If the Annual Additions with respect
              to the Participant under such other Defined Contribution Plans and
              welfare  benefit  funds in the  aggregate  are equal to or greater
              than the Maximum Permissible Amount, no amount will be contributed
              or allocated to the Participant's  Account under this Plan for the
              Limitation Year.

       (2)    As  soon  as is  administratively  feasible  after  the end of the
              Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation
              Year will be determined on the basis of the  Participant's  actual
              Section 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year.

       (3)    If, as a result of a reasonable error in estimating  compensation,
              Employee  contributions,  the allocation of Forfeitures,  or other
              facts  and  circumstances  as  determined  by  the  Committee,   a
              Participant's  Annual  Additions  under  this Plan and such  other
              plans would include an amount in excess of the Maximum Permissible
              Amount for a Limitation Year, the excess will be deemed to consist
              of  the  Annual  Additions  last  allocated,  except  that  Annual
              Additions  attributable  to a welfare  benefit fund or  individual
              medical  account  will be  deemed  to have  been  allocated  first
              regardless of the actual allocation date.

       (4)    If an  amount  in excess of the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount  was
              allocated  to a  Participant  on an  allocation  date of this Plan
              which  coincides  with an  allocation  date of another  plan,  the
              excess attributed to this Plan will be the product of

              (A)   the total excess allocated as of such date and

              (B)   the  ratio  of (i) the  Annual  Additions  allocated  to the
                    Participant  for the  Limitation  Year as of such date under
                    this Plan to (ii) the total  Annual  Additions  allocated to
                    the  Participant  for the  Limitation  Year as of such  date
                    under  this and all  other  qualified  Defined  Contribution
                    Plans maintained by the Employer.

       (5)    Any  excess  Annual  Addition  attributed  to  this  Plan  will be
              disposed of in the manner described in subsection (a)(3).

(c)    If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a qualified Defined
       Benefit  Plan  covering  any  Participant  in  this  Plan,  the  sum of a
       Participant's  Defined Benefit Fraction and Defined Contribution Fraction
       shall not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation  Year. If the sum of the fractions
       exceeds 1.0, the annual benefit  provided under the Defined  Benefit Plan
       will be reduced until the sum of the fractions equals 1.0.
(d)    Definitions:

       (1)    Annual  Additions:  The sum of the  following  amounts  which  are
              credited to a Participant's Account for the Limitation Year:

                                     - 17 -




<PAGE>




              (A)   Employer contributions,

              (B)   After-Tax Employee Contributions (if any),

              (C)   Forfeitures, and

              (D)   Amounts  allocated,  after March 31, 1984,  to an individual
                    medical  account,  as defined in  section  415(1)(2)  of the
                    Code,  which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained
                    by  the   Employer,   as  well  as  amounts   derived   from
                    contributions  paid or accrued  after  December 31, 1985, in
                    taxable  years  ending  after  such  date,  attributable  to
                    post-retirement   medical  benefits  and  allocated  to  the
                    separate  account of a Key  Employee,  as defined in section
                    419(d)(3)  of the Code,  under a welfare  benefit  fund,  as
                    defined in  section  419(e) of the Code,  maintained  by the
                    Employer.

              For this  purpose,  any excess  applied under  Sections  (a)(3) or
              (b)(5) in the  Limitation  Year to reduce  Employer  contributions
              will be considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year.

       (2)    Section  415  Compensation:   For  purposes  of  this  Section,  a
              Participant's  Earned Income (if any), wages,  salaries,  and fees
              for professional  services and other amounts received for personal
              services  actually  rendered in the course of employment  with the
              Employer  maintaining  the Plan  (including,  but not  limited to,
              commissions  paid to  salesmen,  compensation  for services on the
              basis  of  a  percentage  of  profits,  commissions  on  insurance
              premiums,  tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements,  or
              other expense allowances under a nonaccountable  plan as described
              in Regulation Section 1.62-2(c)), and excluding the following:

              (A)   Employer  contributions  to a plan of deferred  compensation
                    which are not includible in the Employee's  gross income for
                    the  taxable   year  in  which   contributed,   or  Employer
                    contributions  under a simplified  employee  pension plan to
                    the  extent  such   contributions   are  deductible  by  the
                    Employee,  or any  distributions  from a  plan  of  deferred
                    compensation;

              (B)   Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified  stock
                    option,  or when restricted  stock (or property) held by the
                    Employee either becomes freely  transferable or is no longer
                    subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

              (C)   Amounts   realized   from  the  sale,   exchange   or  other
                    disposition  of  stock  acquired  under  a  qualified  stock
                    option; and

              (D)   Other  amounts  which  received  special  tax  benefits,  or
                    contributions  made by the Employer  (whether or not under a
                    salary  reduction  agreement)  toward  the  purchase  of  an
                    annuity  contract  described  in section  403(b) of the Code
                    (whether or not the  contributions  are actually  excludable
                    from the gross income of the Employee).

                                     - 18 -




<PAGE>




              For  Limitation  Years  beginning  after  December 31,  1991,  for
              purposes of applying the limitations of this Article,  Section 415
              Compensation  for a Limitation Year is the  compensation  actually
              paid or made available  during such Limitation  Year.  Section 415
              Compensation  does not include accrued  compensation  unless it is
              uniform and consistent and paid within two weeks.

              Notwithstanding the preceding  sentence,  section 415 compensation
              for  a  Participant  in  a  Defined   Contribution   Plan  who  is
              permanently and totally  disabled (as defined in section  22(e)(3)
              of the  Code) is the  compensation  such  Participant  would  have
              received for the Limitation  Year if the Participant had been paid
              at the rate of  compensation  at  which  he was  paid  immediately
              before  becoming  permanently and totally  disabled;  such imputed
              compensation  for  the  disabled  Participant  may be  taken  into
              account  only  if  the  Participant  is not a  Highly  Compensated
              Employee  (as  defined  in  section  414(q)  of the  Code)  and if
              contributions   made   on   behalf   of   such   Participant   are
              nonforfeitable when made.

       (3)    Defined Benefit  Fraction:  A fraction,  the numerator of which is
              the sum of the  Participant's  Projected  Annual Benefit under all
              Defined  Benefit Plans (whether or not  terminated)  maintained by
              the Employer,  and the  denominator  of which is the lesser of 125
              percent of the dollar  limitation  determined  for the  Limitation
              Year under  sections  415(b) and (d) of the Code or 140 percent of
              the  highest  average  section  415  compensation,  including  any
              adjustments under section 415(b) of the Code.

              Notwithstanding  the above,  if the Participant was a Participant,
              as of the first day of the first  Limitation  Year beginning after
              December 31, 1986, in one or more Defined Benefit Plans maintained
              by the  Employer  which  were in  existence  on May 6,  1986,  the
              denominator  of this fraction will not be less than 125 percent of
              the  sum of  the  annual  benefits  under  such  plans  which  the
              Participant  had  accrued  as of the close of the last  Limitation
              Year beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in
              the terms and  conditions  of the plan(s)  after May 5, 1986.  The
              preceding  sentence  applies  only if the  Defined  Benefit  Plans
              individually  and in the aggregate  satisfied the  requirements of
              section 415 of the Code for all Limitation  Years beginning before
              January 1, 1987.

       (4)    Defined  Contribution  Dollar Limitation:  $30,000 or, if greater,
              one-fourth of the defined  benefit dollar  limitation set forth in
              section  415(b)(1) of the Code,  as indexed,  as in effect for the
              applicable Limitation Year.

       (5)    Defined Contribution  Fraction: A fraction, the numerator of which
              is the sum of the Annual  Additions to the  Participant's  Account
              under this and all other Defined  Contribution  Plans  (whether or
              not terminated) maintained by the Employer for the current and all
              prior   Limitation   Years   (including   the   annual   additions
              attributable   to   the   Participant's   nondeductible   Employee
              contributions  to  all  Defined  Benefit  Plans,  whether  or  not
              terminated,  maintained by the Employer,  and the annual additions
              attributable  to all welfare  benefit funds, as defined in section
              419(e) of the Code, and

                                     - 19 -




<PAGE>



              individual  medical  accounts,  as defined in section 415(1)(2) of
              the Code,  maintained by the  Employer),  and the  denominator  of
              which is the sum of the maximum  aggregate amounts for the current
              and all prior  Limitation  Years which also  constituted  Years of
              Service  with  the  Employer  (regardless  of  whether  a  Defined
              Contribution  Plan was  maintained by the  Employer).  The maximum
              aggregate  amount for any Limitation Year is the lesser of (A) 125
              percent of the dollar limitation  determined under sections 415(b)
              and (d) of the Code in effect under  section  415(c)(1)(A)  of the
              Code  or  (B)  35  percent  of  the   Participant's   Section  415
              Compensation for such year.

              If the Employee was a  Participant  as of the end of the first day
              of the first  Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986 in
              one or more Defined  Contribution Plans maintained by the Employer
              which were in  existence  on May 6, 1986,  the  numerator  of this
              fraction  will be  adjusted  if the sum of this  fraction  and the
              Defined  Benefit  Fraction  would  otherwise  exceed 1.0 under the
              terms of this Plan.  Under the adjustment,  an amount equal to the
              product  of (1) the excess of the sum of the  fractions  over 1.0,
              multiplied  by (2)  the  denominator  of  this  fraction,  will be
              permanently  subtracted  from the numerator of this fraction.  The
              adjustment  is  calculated  using the  fractions  as they would be
              computed  as of the  end of the  last  Limitation  Year  beginning
              before January 1, 1987, and  disregarding any changes in the terms
              and  conditions of the Plan made after May 5, 1986,  but using the
              section 415  limitation  applicable to the first  Limitation  Year
              beginning on or after January 1, 1987.

              The Annual  Addition  for any  Limitation  Year  beginning  before
              January 1, 1987,  shall not be  recomputed  to treat all  Employee
              contributions as Annual Additions.

              In  determining  the Defined  Contribution  Fraction under section
              415(e)(3)(B) of the Code and pursuant to this Section of the Plan,
              "100 percent"  shall be substituted  for "125 percent"  unless the
              minimum  allocation  percentage under section  416(c)(2)(A) of the
              Code and  Section  9.3.(a) of the Plan is  increased  from  "three
              percent" to "four  percent"  and the Plan would not be a Top-Heavy
              Plan if "90 percent" were  substituted  for each  reference to "60
              percent" 9.2(b) of the Plan.

       (6)    Employer:  For  purposes of this  Article,  any entity that adopts
              this Plan, and all members of a controlled  group of  corporations
              (as  defined in section  414(b) of the Code as modified by section
              415(h)),  all commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined
              in section  414(c) as  modified by section  415(h)) or  affiliated
              service  groups  (as  defined  in  section  414(m))  of which  the
              adopting  Employer is part,  and any other  entity  required to be
              aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Regulations under section
              414(o) of the Code.

       (7)    Highest Average Compensation: The average Section 415 Compensation
              for the three consecutive Years of Service with the Employer which
              produces the highest average.  A Year of Service with the Employer
              is the  12-consecutive  month  period  defined in Article I of the
              Plan.

                                     - 20 -




<PAGE>




       (8)    Limitation  Year:  The  Limitation  Year  is the  Plan  Year.  All
              qualified  plans  maintained  by the  Employer  shall use the same
              Limitation  Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different
              12-consecutive  month period,  the new Limitation Year shall begin
              on a date within the  Limitation  Year in which the  amendment  is
              made.

       (9)    Maximum  Permissible  Amount: The maximum Annual Addition that may
              be contributed or allocated to a  Participant's  Account under the
              Plan for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of:

              (A)   the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, or

              (B)   25 percent of the Participant's Section 415 Compensation for
                    the Limitation Year.

                    The Section 415 Compensation  limitation  referred to in (B)
                    shall not apply to any  contribution  for  medical  benefits
                    (within the meaning of section 401(h) or section  419A(f)(2)
                    of  the  Code)  which  is  otherwise  treated  as an  Annual
                    Addition under sections 415(1)(1) or 419A(d)(2) of the Code.

                    If a short  Limitation  Year is created because an amendment
                    changes the  Limitation  Year to a different  12-consecutive
                    month  period,  the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount  shall not
                    exceed the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation multiplied
                    by the following fraction:

                    Number of months in the short Limitation Year
                                                12

       (10)   Projected Annual Benefit:  The annual retirement benefit (adjusted
              to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if such benefit
              is  expressed  in a form  other than a  straight  life  annuity or
              qualified  joint and  survivor  annuity) to which the  Participant
              would be entitled under the terms of the Plan assuming:

              (A)   The  Participant  will  continue   employment  until  Normal
                    Retirement  Age under the Plan (or  current  age, if later),
                    and

              (B)   The  Participant's  Section 415 Compensation for the current
                    Limitation  Year  and all  other  relevant  factors  used to
                    determine  benefits under the Plan will remain  constant for
                    all future Limitation Years.

SECTION 4.5                VALUATION.

The assets of the Trust  will be valued on each  Valuation  Date at fair  market
value.  On such date,  the earnings and losses of the Trust will be allocated to
each Participant's Account according to the ratio of such Account balance to all
Account balances, or by utilizing any such other formula as is appropriate under
the circumstances.


                                     - 21 -




<PAGE>



SECTION 4.6                VESTING AND ACCRUAL.

(a)    Employer Regular Contributions:

       The nonforfeitable  percentage of a Participant's Account attributable to
       Employer Regular Contributions is determined as follows:

                                                     The nonforfeitable
              Year(s) of Service:                      percentage is:

                    1                                        10
                    2                                        20
                    3                                        30
                    4                                        40
                    5                                        60
                    6                                        80
                    7                                        100

(b)    Employer Matching Contributions:

       No Employer Matching Contributions are provided under this Plan.

(c)    Notwithstanding  the vesting  schedule(s)  specified above, an Employee's
       right to his or her Accounts will be  nonforfeitable  upon  attainment of
       Normal Retirement Age, death, or Disability.

(d)    For  purposes of  computing  an  Employee's  nonforfeitable  right to his
       Account balance derived from Employer contributions, Years of Service and
       One-Year Breaks in Service will be measured by the Plan Year.

(e)    Years of Service before a One-Year Break in Service:

       (1)    In the case of a Participant  who has incurred a One-Year Break in
              Service, Years of Service before such break will not be taken into
              account  until the  Participant  has  completed  a Year of Service
              after such One-Year Break in Service.

       (2)    In  the  case  of a  Participant  who  has 5 or  more  consecutive
              One-Year Breaks in Service, all service after such One-Year Breaks
              in Service  will be  disregarded  for the  purposes of vesting the
              Employer-derived Account balance that accrued before such One-Year
              Breaks in Service. Such Participant's pre-break service will count
              in vesting the post-break Employer-derived Account balance only if
              either:

              (A)   such  Participant  has any  nonforfeitable  interest  in the
                    Account balance  attributable to Employer  contributions  at
                    the time of separation from service, or


                                     - 22 -




<PAGE>



              (B)   upon returning to service the number of consecutive One-Year
                    Breaks  in  Service  is less  than  the  number  of Years of
                    Service.

              Separate   Accounts  will  be  maintained  for  the  Participant's
              pre-break and post-break  Employer-derived  Account balance.  Both
              Accounts will share in the earnings and losses of the Trust Fund.

              If a Participant  ceases to be employed but is then  reemployed by
              the Employer before a One-Year Break in Service  occurs,  he shall
              continue to  participate in the Plan in the same manner as if such
              termination had not occurred.

(f)    If a  Participant  ceases to be employed  but is then  reemployed  by the
       Employer  after he has  incurred a One-Year  Break in  Service,  and such
       individual  had received a  distribution  of his entire  Vested  interest
       (including  where the  Participant  had no Vested  amount in his Account)
       prior to reemployment, his forfeited Account shall be restored only if he
       repays the full  amount  distributed  to him  before the  earlier of five
       years  after the  first  date on which the  Participant  is  subsequently
       reemployed  by the  Employer  or the  close of the  first  period of five
       consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service commencing after the distribution.
       If a  distribution  occurs for any reason  other than a  separation  from
       service, the time for repayment may not end earlier than five years after
       the date of the distribution.  In the event the former Participant repays
       the full amount  distributed  to him,  the  undistributed  portion of the
       Participant's  Account must be restored in full,  unadjusted  by gains or
       losses occurring after the Valuation Date preceding the distribution.

(g)    If the Plan's  vesting  schedule  is changed or  amended,  or the Plan is
       amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of
       the  Participant's  nonforfeitable  percentage,  each Participant with at
       least  three  Years of Service  with the  Employer  may  elect,  within a
       reasonable  period after the adoption of the amendment or change, to have
       the nonforfeitable  percentage  computed under the Plan without regard to
       such amendment or change.  For  Participants who do not have at least one
       Hour of Service in any Plan Year  beginning  after December 31, 1988, the
       preceding  sentence  shall be  applied  by  substituting  "five  Years of
       Service" for "three Years of Service" where such language appears.

       The period during which the election may be made shall  commence with the
       date the  amendment  is adopted or deemed to be made and shall end on the
       latest of:

       (1)    60 days after the amendment is adopted;

       (2)    60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or

       (3)    60  days  after  the  Participant  is  issued  written  notice  of
              amendment by the Employer or Plan Administrator.

       Furthermore, if the vesting schedule of a Plan is amended, in the case of
       an  Employee  who is a  Participant  as of the  later  of the  date  such
       amendment is adopted or the date it becomes

                                     - 23 -




<PAGE>



       effective, the nonforfeitable  percentage (determined as of such date) of
       such Employee's right to his Employer-derived accrued benefit will not be
       less than the  percentage  computed under the Plan without regard to such
       amendment.

(h)    If  a  distribution   is  made  at  a  time  when  a  Participant  has  a
       nonforfeitable  right to less than 100  percent  of the  Account  balance
       derived from Employer  contributions and the Participant may increase the
       nonforfeitable percentage in the Account:

       (1)    A  separate  Account  will be  established  for the  Participant's
              interest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and

       (2)    At any relevant time the Participant's  nonforfeitable  portion of
              the separate  Account will be equal to an amount ("X")  determined
              by the formula:

              X = P(AB + (R x D)) - (R x D)

              For   purposes  of   applying   the  above   formula:   P  is  the
              nonforfeitable  percentage at the relevant time, AB is the Account
              balance at the relevant time, D is the amount of the distribution,
              and R is the ratio of the Account  balance at the relevant time to
              the Account balance after distribution.  "Relevant time" means the
              time at which,  under  the  plan,  the  Vested  percentage  in the
              Account can not increase.

                                     - 24 -




<PAGE>



                            ARTICLE V - DISTRIBUTIONS


SECTION 5.1                DISTRIBUTIONS OF SMALL ACCOUNT BALANCES.
- -----------                --------------------------------------- 

If a Participant  terminates service,  and the value of the Participant's Vested
Account balance derived from Employer and Employee  contributions is not greater
than $3,500,  the  Participant  will receive a distribution  of the value of the
entire Vested portion of such Account balance and the nonvested  portion will be
treated as a Forfeiture.  If the value of a Participant's Vested Account balance
is zero, the Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such
Vested Account balance.

SECTION 5.2                DISTRIBUTIONS WHILE IN-SERVICE.

In-service distributions shall not be permitted.

SECTION 5.3                DISTRIBUTIONS UPON SEPARATION FROM SERVICE.
- -----------                ------------------------------------------ 

The  Trustee  shall  distribute  to  Participant  in one  lump  sum,  as soon as
administratively  feasible,  the  value  of  the  Participant's  Vested  Account
balance.  The Trustee shall  distribute  the value of the  Participant's  Vested
Account balance immediately following separation from service.

SECTION 5.4                DISTRIBUTIONS UPON RETIREMENT.

In the event that an applicable  retirement  date has been  reached,  all Vested
amounts   credited  to  the   Participant's   Account   balance   shall   become
distributable.  The distribution  will be made in one lump sum. The distribution
will be made, as soon as  administratively  feasible,  following the  applicable
retirement  date which will include the  attainment  of Normal  Retirement  Age,
Early Retirement Date or the Late Retirement Date.

SECTION 5.5                DISTRIBUTIONS UPON DEATH.

(a)    Upon  the  death of a  Participant,  the  Committee  shall  instruct  the
       Trustee,  in accordance with this Article, to distribute the Account of a
       deceased Participant to that Participant's  Beneficiary.  The Participant
       shall not name as his  Beneficiary  someone  other than his Spouse unless
       and until the  Participant  and Spouse  designate,  in writing on a valid
       waiver form  provided by the  Committee  for such  purpose,  an alternate
       Beneficiary,  which designation shall be witnessed by a notary public. In
       addition,  the  Participant  may designate a  Beneficiary  other than his
       Spouse if: (1) the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned
       and the  Participant  has a court  order to such  effect (and there is no
       "qualified  domestic relations order" as defined in section 414(p) of the
       Code), or (2) the Participant has no Spouse,  or (3) the Spouse cannot be
       located.  Where the  Participant  makes no  designation,  the Beneficiary
       shall be the Spouse,  and if there is no Spouse, the Beneficiary shall be
       the Participant's  estate.  The Committee may require such proof of death
       and such evidence of the right of other persons to be Beneficiaries as it
       shall deem

                                     - 25 -




<PAGE>



       proper under the  circumstances.  The Committee's  determination of death
       and  of the  right  of any  Beneficiary  to  receive  payments  shall  be
       conclusive.

(b)    The designation of a Beneficiary  shall be made on a form approved by the
       Committee.  A Participant may revoke or change his  designation  with the
       Committee by filing a new  designation  form with the  Committee.  In the
       event that no valid  designation  exists at the time of the Participant's
       death, the death benefit shall be payable to the Participant's estate.

(c)    If the  Participant  was  eligible,  but had not yet  received a lump sum
       distribution  prior to his  death,  the  Trustee  will  make the lump sum
       distribution to the Beneficiary as if the Participant had not died.

(d)    If the Participant dies before  distribution of his interest has begun or
       before age 70E1/2,  his interest shall be made as a lump sum distribution
       within one year of the death of the Participant.

SECTION 5.6                DISTRIBUTIONS UPON DISABILITY.

In the event of a  Participant's  total and  permanent  Disability,  the Trustee
shall  distribute,  as soon  as  administratively  possible,  the  value  of the
Participant's  Vested Account balance. The distribution will be made in one lump
sum  as  soon  as  administratively  feasible  following  the  determination  of
Disability.

SECTION 5.7                SPECIAL BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS.

(a)    Lost Beneficiary.  If, after five years have expired following reasonable
       efforts by the  Committee  to locate a  Participant  or his  Beneficiary,
       including  sending a registered  letter,  return receipt requested to the
       last known address,  the Committee is unable to locate the Participant or
       Beneficiary,  then  the  amounts  distributable  to such  Participant  or
       Beneficiary  shall,  pursuant to  applicable  state and Federal  laws, be
       treated  as  a  Forfeiture   under  the  Plan.  Where  a  Participant  or
       Beneficiary is located subsequent to the Forfeiture,  such benefits shall
       be reinstated by the Committee, and shall not count as an Annual Addition
       under section 415 of the Code.

(b)    Minor Beneficiary. The Committee may instruct the Trustee to distribute a
       sum payable to a minor instead to his or her legal guardian,  or if there
       is no guardian,  to a parent or other responsible adult who maintains the
       residence of the minor. In the  alternative  such  distribution  could be
       made to the  appropriate  custodian under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
       or Gift to Minors Act if applicable  under the state laws of the state in
       which the minor resides.  Any payment in this format shall  discharge all
       fiduciaries involved in the distribution including the Trustee, Employer,
       and Plan from liability in regard to the transaction.

(c)    Alternate Payee. A Participant's  rights and benefits shall be subject to
       the rights  afforded to an  alternate  payee  under a qualified  domestic
       relations order. In connection with a proper qualified domestic relations
       order under section 414(p) of the Code, a distribution

                                     - 26 -




<PAGE>



       shall be permitted if such  distribution  is  authorized by the qualified
       domestic  relations  order  even if the  Participant  has not  achieved a
       distributable event under the Plan.

SECTION 5.8    CONSENT OF THE PARTICIPANT REQUIRED FOR DISTRIBUTIONS IF ACCOUNT
- -----------    ----------------------------------------------------------------
               BALANCES GREATER THAN $3,500.
               ---------------------------- 

If the value of a Participant's Vested Account balance derived from Employer and
Employee  contributions  exceeds  (or at the  time  of  any  prior  distribution
exceeded)  $3,500,  and the Account  balance is immediately  distributable,  the
Participant (or where the  Participant has died and the Surviving  Spouse is the
Beneficiary,  the  Surviving  Spouse) must consent to any  distribution  of such
Account balance. An Account balance is immediately  distributable if any part of
the Account  balance  could be  distributed  to the  Participant  (or  Surviving
Spouse) before the Participant  attains, or would have attained if not deceased,
the later of Normal Retirement Age or age 62.

The  consent of the  Participant  shall not be  required  to the  extent  that a
distribution  is required  to satisfy  section  401(a)(9)  or section 415 of the
Code. In addition,  upon termination of this Plan, if the Plan does not offer an
annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider) and if the Employer or any
entity  within  the same  controlled  group as the  Employer  does not  maintain
another Defined  Contribution  Plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan
as defined in section  4975(e)(7)  or 409 of the Code or a  simplified  employee
pension  plan as  defined  in section  408(k) of the  Code),  the  Participant's
Account balance may, without the  Participant's  consent,  be distributed to the
Participant.  However,  if any entity  within the same  controlled  group as the
Employer  maintains  another Defined  Contribution  Plan (other than an employee
stock ownership plan as defined as in section 4975(e)(7) or 409 of the Code or a
simplified employee pension plan as defined in section 408(k) of the Code), then
the Participant's Account balance will be transferred, without the Participant's
consent,  to the  plan if the  Participant  does  not  consent  to an  immediate
distribution.

SECTION 5.9                COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS.

Unless the Participant elects otherwise,  distribution of benefits will begin no
later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:

       (1)    the  Participant  attains  age 65 (or Normal  Retirement  Age,  if
              earlier);

       (2)    occurs the 10th  anniversary of the year in which the  Participant
              commenced participation in the Plan; or

       (3)    the Participant terminates service with the Employer.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  failure  of  a  Participant,   Spouse  or
Beneficiary  to  consent  to a  distribution  while  a  benefit  is  immediately
distributable, within the meaning of Section 5.8 of the Plan, shall be deemed to
be an election to defer  commencement  of payment of any benefit  sufficient  to
satisfy this Section.


                                     - 27 -




<PAGE>



SECTION 5.10               REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS.

(a)    Because the Plan requires lump sum  distributions  for  Participants  who
       separate  before age 70 1/2,  it  generally  complies  with the  required
       distribution rules of section 401(a)(9). Any participant who participates
       in the Plan after  attaining age 70 1/2 must receive a distribution  each
       year equal to his Account  balance divided by the Life Expectancy of such
       Participant   and  his   Beneficiary  in  accordance  with  the  proposed
       Regulations   promulgated   under   section   401(a)(9)   of  the   Code.
       Distributions  being made pursuant to an election under section 242(b)(2)
       of the Tax Equity  and Fiscal  Responsibility  Act of 1982  (TEFRA)  will
       continue  to be made in such  manner  until such  election  is revoked as
       provided by the proposed Regulations  promulgated under section 401(a)(9)
       of the Code.

SECTION 5.11               ANNUITY CONTRACT.

(a)    Nontransferability  of annuities.  Any annuity contract  distributed from
       the Plan must be nontransferable.

(b)    Conflicts  with  annuity  contracts.  The terms of any  annuity  contract
       purchased and  distributed  by the Plan to a Participant  or Spouse shall
       comply with the requirements of this Plan.

SECTION 5.12               FORM OF DISTRIBUTION.

Distributions  will be  made in cash  only  except  for the  distribution  of an
insurance policy or an annuity contract.

SECTION 5.13               TRUSTEE-TO-TRUSTEE TRANSFERS.

The  Trustee  of this  Plan  will  not  make a  transfer  of such  Participant's
applicable Account balance to the trustee of another plan.

SECTION 5.14               ROLLOVERS TO OTHER PLANS OR IRAS.
- ------------               -------------------------------- 

Effective with respect to any distribution  made on or after January 1, 1993 and
notwithstanding  any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would  otherwise
limit a Participant's  election under this Section,  a Participant may elect, at
the time and in the manner prescribed by the Administrator,  to have any portion
of an eligible rollover  distribution paid, in a direct rollover, to an eligible
retirement plan specified by the Participant.

Definitions:

(1)    Eligible rollover distribution.  An eligible rollover distribution is any
       distribution  of all or any  portion of the  balance to the credit of the
       Participant, except:

       (A)    any distribution  that is one of a series of  substantially  equal
              periodic  payments (made not less  frequently  than annually) made
              over the life (or life expectancy) of the

                                     - 28 -




<PAGE>



              distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the
              Participant and the Participant's designated Beneficiary,  or over
              a specified period of ten years or more;

       (B)    any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under
              section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and

       (C)    the portion of any  distribution  that is not  includible in gross
              income  (determined  without  regard  to  the  exclusion  for  net
              unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities).

(2)    Eligible  retirement  plan. An eligible  retirement plan is an individual
       retirement account described in section 408(a) of the Code, an individual
       retirement  annuity  described in section  408(b) of the Code, an annuity
       plan  described  in  section  403(a) of the Code,  or a  qualified  trust
       described in section  401(a) of the Code that  accepts the  distributee's
       eligible  rollover  distribution.  However,  in the  case of an  eligible
       rollover  distribution to the Surviving  Spouse,  an eligible  retirement
       plan  is  an  individual  retirement  account  or  individual  retirement
       annuity.

(3)    Direct  rollover.  A  direct  rollover  is a  payment  by the Plan to the
       eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant.

                                     - 29 -




<PAGE>



                      ARTICLE VI - LOANS AND LIFE INSURANCE


SECTION 6.1                AVAILABILITY OF LOANS.

Loans shall not be permitted  under this Plan and the provisions of this Article
shall not be  implemented  unless and until the  Committee  shall  otherwise  so
determine  in its  discretion.  In the event  loans are in the future  permitted
under  the  Plan,  any  such  loan  shall  be  subject  to such  conditions  and
limitations as the Committee deems necessary for administrative  convenience and
to preserve the tax-qualified status of the Plan.

SECTION 6.2                AMOUNT OF LOANS.

No loan to any  Participant or  Beneficiary  can be made to the extent that such
loan when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans to the Participant
or Beneficiary  would exceed the lesser of (a) $50,000 reduced by the excess (if
any) of the highest  outstanding  balance of loans  during the  one-year  period
ending on the day before the loan is made, over the outstanding balance of loans
from the Plan on the date the loan is made, or (b) one-half the present value of
the  nonforfeitable  accrued benefit of the Participant.  For the purpose of the
above limitation,  all loans from all plans of the Employer and other members of
a group of employers described in sections 414(b), 414(c), 414(m), and 414(o) of
the Code are aggregated.  Furthermore,  any loan shall by its terms require that
repayment  (principal  and  interest) be amortized in level  payments,  not less
frequently  than quarterly,  over a period not extending  beyond five years from
the date of the loan,  unless such loan is used to acquire a dwelling unit which
within a reasonable time  (determined at the time the loan is made) will be used
as the principal  residence of the  Participant.  An assignment or pledge of any
portion  of the  Participant's  interest  in the  Plan  and a loan,  pledge,  or
assignment with respect to any insurance contract purchased under the Plan, will
be treated as a loan under this paragraph.

SECTION 6.3                TERMS OF LOANS.

(a)    Loans shall be made available to all Participants and  Beneficiaries on a
       reasonably equivalent basis.

(b)    Loans shall not be made  available to Highly  Compensated  Employees  (as
       defined  in  section  414(q) of the Code) in an amount  greater  than the
       amount made available to other Employees.

(c)    Loans must be  adequately  secured  using not more than 50 percent of the
       Participant's Vested Account balance, and must bear a reasonable interest
       rate.

(d)    No Participant  loan shall exceed the present value of the  Participant's
       Vested accrued benefit.

(e)    In the  event of  default,  foreclosure  on the note  and  attachment  of
       security will not occur until a distributable event occurs in the Plan.

                                     - 30 -




<PAGE>




(f)    No loans will be made to any  shareholder-employee.  For purposes of this
       requirement,  a  shareholder-employee  means an Employee or officer of an
       electing  small  business  corporation  (S  corporation)  who owns (or is
       considered as owning within the meaning of section 318(a)(1) of the Code)
       on any day  during  the  taxable  year of such  corporation,  more than 5
       percent of the outstanding stock of the corporation.

(g)    Loans  granted or renewed on or after the last day of the first Plan Year
       beginning  after  December  31, 1988 shall be made  pursuant to a written
       Participant  loan program  incorporated  herein by  reference  which will
       include the following:

       (1)    the basis on which loans will be approved or denied;

       (2)    procedures for applying for the loans;

       (3)    person(s) or position(s)  authorized to administer the Participant
              loan program;

       (4)    limitations, if any, on the types and amounts of loans offered;

       (5)    procedures   under  the  program  for  determining  the  rates  of
              interest;

       (6)    the types of collateral which may secure a Participant loan; and

       (7)    the events  constituting  default and the steps that will be taken
              to preserve Plan assets.

SECTION 6.4                PURCHASE OF LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS.
- -----------                ------------------------------------ 

(a)    The  Trustee  shall  apply  for and will be the  owner  of any  insurance
       contract(s)  purchased  under  the  terms  of this  Plan.  The  insurance
       contract(s)  must provide that  proceeds  will be payable to the Trustee,
       however  the Trustee  shall be  required to pay over all  proceeds of the
       contract(s) to the Participant's  designated Beneficiary if the insurance
       was not purchased as a general  investment of the Plan in accordance with
       the distribution  provisions of this Plan.  Under no circumstances  shall
       the  Trust  retain  any part of the  proceeds  if the  insurance  was not
       purchased  as a  general  investment  of the  Plan.  In the  event of any
       conflict  between  the terms of this Plan and the terms of any  insurance
       contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

(b)    Any dividends or credits  earned on insurance  contracts will be applied,
       within the taxable year of the  Employer in which  received or within the
       next  succeeding  taxable  year,  toward the next premiums due before any
       further Employer contributions are so applied.

       Any dividends or credits earned on insurance  contracts will be allocated
       to the  Participant's  Account  derived from Employer  contributions  for
       whose benefit the contract is held.

(c)    Contributions  may be used to purchase life insurance on the  Participant
       subject to the following limitations:


                                     - 31 -




<PAGE>



       (1)    Ordinary  life  -  For  purposes  of  these  incidental  insurance
              provisions,  ordinary life insurance  contracts are contracts with
              both non-decreasing death benefits and nonincreasing  premiums. If
              such  contracts  are  purchased,  less  than 1/2 of the  aggregate
              Employer  contributions  allocated to any Participant will be used
              to pay the premiums attributable to them.

       (2)    Term  and  universal  life - No  more  than  1/4 of the  aggregate
              Employer  contributions  allocated to any Participant will be used
              to pay the premiums on term life  insurance  contracts,  universal
              life insurance  contracts,  and all other life insurance contracts
              which are not ordinary life.

       (3)    Both  ordinary and term or universal  life  insurance - The sum of
              1/2 of the  ordinary  life  insurance  premiums and all other life
              insurance  premiums will not exceed 1/4 of the aggregate  Employer
              contributions allocated to any Participant.

SECTION 6.5                DISTRIBUTION OF INSURANCE CONTRACTS.

Insurance  contracts  on a  Participant's  life will be  converted to cash or an
annuity  or  distributed  to  the  Participant  upon  the  commencement  of  the
distribution of benefits under this Plan.

                                     - 32 -




<PAGE>



                        ARTICLE VII - PLAN ADMINISTRATION


SECTION 7.1                DUTIES OF THE EMPLOYER.

The Employer shall have overall responsibility for the establishment, amendment,
termination,  administration,  and  operation of the Plan.  The  Employer  shall
discharge  this  responsibility  by  appointing a  Committee,  to which shall be
delegated overall responsibility for administering and operating the Plan.

SECTION 7.2         THE COMMITTEE.

(a)    The  Committee  shall be the  "named  fiduciary"  (as  defined in section
       402(a)(2) of ERISA), the  "Administrator" (as defined in section 3(16) of
       ERISA and  section  414(g) of the  Code),  and the agent for  service  of
       process of the Plan.

(b)    The  Committee  shall  consist  of  officers  or other  Employees  of the
       Employer,  or any other person(s) who shall be appointed by the Employer.
       The  members  of  the  Committee  shall  serve  at the  direction  of the
       Employer. In the absence of such appointment, the Employer shall serve as
       the  Committee.  Any member of the Committee may resign by delivering his
       written  resignation  to the Employer and to the  Committee,  which shall
       become  effective  upon the date  specified  therein.  In the  event of a
       vacancy on the  Committee,  the remaining  members shall  constitute  the
       Committee  with  full  power to act  until the  Employer  appoints  a new
       Committee member. The Employer may from time to time remove any Committee
       member with or without cause and appoint a successor thereto.

SECTION 7.3                APPOINTMENT OF ADVISOR.

The  Committee  may employ any such  person or entity as it deems  necessary  to
assist in the  administration of the Plan and provide services including but not
limited to tax advice,  amendment,  termination  and operation of the Plan,  and
advice  concerning  reports filed with the Internal  Revenue  Service.  Any such
advisor shall not be the  Administrator of the Plan (as defined in section 3(16)
of ERISA and section 414(g) of the Code).

SECTION 7.4                POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE COMMITTEE.
- -----------                ---------------------------------- 

(a)    The Committee,  on behalf of the  Participants  and  Beneficiaries of the
       Plan,  shall  enforce  the Plan and  Trust in  accordance  with the terms
       thereof,   and  shall  have  all  powers  necessary  to  carry  out  such
       provisions.  The Committee  shall  interpret the Plan and Trust and shall
       determine all questions arising in the  administration and application of
       the Plan and  Trust.  Any such  interpretation  or  determination  by the
       Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

       The Committee shall  establish  rules and  regulations  necessary for the
       proper  conduct and  administration  of the Plan,  and from time to time,
       shall change or amend these rules and

                                     - 33 -




<PAGE>



       regulations.  The  Committee  shall also have the power to authorize  all
       disbursements by the Trustee from the Trust in accordance with the Plan's
       terms.

(b)    At the  direction of the  Committee,  distributions  to minors or persons
       declared  incompetent may be made by the Trustee directly to such persons
       or to the legal guardians or conservators of such persons.  The Employer,
       the Committee, and the Trustee shall not be required to see to the proper
       application of such distributions made to any of such persons, but his or
       their  receipt  thereof shall be a full  discharge of the  Employer,  the
       Committee, and the Trustee of any obligation under the Plan or the Trust.

SECTION 7.5                ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION.

(a)    The Committee shall act by a majority of its members then in office,  and
       such  action  may be taken  either by a vote at a meeting  or by  written
       consent without a meeting. The Committee may authorize any one or more of
       its  members  to  execute  any  document  or  documents  on behalf of the
       Committee,  in which event the Committee  shall notify the  Employer,  in
       writing,  of such  authorization  and the name or names of its  member or
       members so designated.  The Employer  thereafter shall accept and rely on
       any  documents  executed  by said member of the  Committee  or members as
       representing  action by the Committee until the Committee shall file with
       the Employer a written revocation of such designation.

(b)    The Committee may adopt such bylaws and regulations as it deems desirable
       for  the  conduct  of  its  affairs  and  may  employ  and  appropriately
       compensate such accountants,  counsel, specialists,  actuaries, and other
       persons  as it  deems  necessary  or  desirable  in  connection  with the
       administration  and maintenance of the Plan. The Committee shall have the
       authority to control and manage the operation and  administration  of the
       Plan.

SECTION 7.6                CLAIMS PROCEDURE.

(a)    A claim for  benefits  under the Trust  shall be filed on an  application
       form supplied by the Committee.  Written notice of the disposition of the
       claim  shall  be  furnished  to the  claimant  within  90 days  after  an
       application   form  is  received  by  the   Committee,   unless   special
       circumstances  (as determined by the Committee)  require an extension for
       processing  the claim.  If such an extension is required,  the  Committee
       shall  render a decision  as soon as  possible  subsequent  to the 90-day
       period, but such decision shall not be rendered later than 180 days after
       the application form is received by the Committee. Written notice of such
       extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the commencement of
       the  extension  indicating  the  special  circumstances   requiring  such
       extension  and the date by which the  Committee  expects  to  render  the
       decision on the claim.  In the event the claim is denied,  the  Committee
       shall set forth in  writing  the  reasons  for the  denial and shall cite
       pertinent  provisions  of the Plan and Trust upon which the  decision  is
       based.  In addition,  the Committee  shall  provide a description  of any
       additional material or information  necessary for the claimant to perfect
       the claim,  an  explanation  of why such  information  is necessary,  and
       appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Participant or
       Beneficiary  wish to submit  such  claim for  review as  provided  in (b)
       below.

                                     - 34 -




<PAGE>




(b)    A Participant or Beneficiary  whose claim described in (a) above has been
       denied in whole or in part shall be entitled to the  following  rights if
       exercised within 60 days after written denial of a claim is received:

       (1)    to request a review of the claim upon written  application  to the
              Committee;

       (2)    to review documents associated with the claim; and

       (3)    to submit issues and comments in writing to the Committee.

(c)    If a Participant  or a  Beneficiary  requests a review of the claim under
       (b) above, the Committee shall conduct a full review  (including a formal
       hearing if desired) of such request, and a decision on such request shall
       be made  within 60 days after the  Committee  has  received  the  written
       request  for review  from the  Participant  or the  Beneficiary.  Special
       circumstances  (such as a need for full hearing on request) can allow the
       Committee to extend the decision on such request,  but the decision shall
       be  rendered  no later than 120 days after  receipt  of the  request  for
       review.  Written  notice of such an  extension  shall be furnished to the
       Participant  or  the  Beneficiary   prior  to  the  commencement  of  the
       extension.  The decision of the Committee on review shall be set forth in
       writing and shall  include  specific  reasons for the decision as well as
       specific  references to the pertinent  provisions of the Plan or Trust on
       which the decision is based.

SECTION 7.7                RECORDS AND REPORTS.

(a)    The Committee shall be entitled to rely upon certificates,  reports,  and
       opinions  provided by an accountant,  tax or pension advisor,  actuary or
       legal counsel employed by the Employer or Committee.  The Committee shall
       keep a record of all its  proceedings  and acts,  and shall keep all such
       books of account,  records,  and other data as may be  necessary  for the
       proper  administration  of the Plan.  The  regularly  kept records of the
       Committee,  the Employer, and the Trustee shall be conclusive evidence of
       a Participant's  service, his Compensation,  his age, his marital status,
       his status as an Employee,  and all other matters  contained  therein and
       relevant to this Plan; provided,  however, that a Participant may request
       a correction in the record of his age at any time prior to his retirement
       and such correction shall be made if within 90 days after such request he
       furnishes  a  birth   certificate,   baptismal   certificate,   or  other
       documentary proof of age satisfactory to the Committee in support of this
       correction.

(b)    Each  Participant  and each  Participant's  designated  Beneficiary  must
       notify the  Committee  in writing of his mailing  address and each change
       thereof.   Any   communication,   statement  or  notice  addressed  to  a
       Participant  or  Beneficiary  at the last mailing  address filed with the
       Committee, or if no address is filed with the Committee, the last mailing
       address  as shown  on the  Employer's  records,  will be  binding  on the
       Participant and his Beneficiary for all purposes of the Plan. Neither the
       Committee  nor the  Trustee  shall be  required to search for or locate a
       Participant or a Beneficiary.


                                     - 35 -




<PAGE>



SECTION 7.8                LIABILITY.

(a)    A member of the Committee  shall not be liable for any act, or failure to
       act, of any other member of the Committee, except to the extent that such
       member:

       (1)    Knowingly  participates  in, or undertakes  to conceal,  an act or
              omission of another  Committee  member,  knowing  that such act or
              omission is a breach of fiduciary duty to the Plan;

       (2)    Fails to comply with the specific  responsibilities given him as a
              member of the Committee,  and such failure  enables another member
              of the Committee to commit a breach of fiduciary duty to the Plan;
              or

       (3)    Has knowledge of a breach of fiduciary duty to the Plan by another
              member of the  Committee,  unless  such  member  makes  reasonable
              effort under the circumstances to remedy such breach.

(b)    Each member of the Committee shall be liable with respect to his own acts
       of  willful  misconduct  or gross  negligence  concerning  the Plan.  The
       Employer may  indemnify  the Committee or each of its members for part or
       all expenses,  costs,  or liabilities  arising out of the  performance of
       duties  required  by the  terms of the Plan or  Trust,  except  for those
       expenses,  costs,  or  liabilities  arising  out  of a  member's  willful
       misconduct or gross negligence.

SECTION 7.9                RELIANCE AND STATEMENTS.

The  Committee,  in  any  of  its  dealings  with  Participants  hereunder,  may
conclusively rely on any written statement, representation, or documents made or
provided by such Participants.

SECTION 7.10               REMUNERATION AND BONDING.

(a)    Unless  otherwise  determined  by  the  Committee,  the  members  of  the
       Committee shall serve without  remuneration  for services to the Plan and
       Trust.  However, all expenses of the Committee shall be paid by the Trust
       except to the extent paid by the Employer.  Such  expenses  shall include
       any expenses  incidental to the  functioning of the Committee,  including
       but  not  limited  to fees  of  accountants,  legal  counsel,  and  other
       specialists, or any other costs entailed in administering the Plan.

(b)    Except as  required  by ERISA or other  federal  law,  the members of the
       Committee shall serve without bond.

SECTION 7.11               COMMITTEE DECISIONS FINAL.

The decision of the Committee in matters within its jurisdiction shall be final,
binding,  and  conclusive  upon the  Employer  and the  Trustee  and  upon  each
Employee, Participant,  former Participant,  Beneficiary, and every other person
or party interested or concerned.

                                     - 36 -




<PAGE>





                                     - 37 -




<PAGE>



                         ARTICLE VIII - TRUST AGREEMENT


SECTION 8.1                ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST.

The Employer and the Trustee hereby enter into a Trust agreement  which,  except
to the extent such trust agreement is set forth in a valid separate and distinct
document,  is incorporated  herein and which  establishes a Trust  consisting of
such sums of money and other property as may from time to time be contributed or
transferred to the Trustee under the terms of the Plan,  along with any property
to which any portion of the Trust Fund may from time to time be  converted,  and
which provides for the investment of Plan assets and the operation of the Trust.
This trust agreement,  as amended from time to time, shall be deemed part of the
Plan,  and all rights and benefits  provided to persons  under the Plan shall be
subject  to the terms of the Trust  agreement.  In the  event the  Employer  has
entered into a separate and distinct trust agreement  which is not  incorporated
in the  terms  of  this  Plan,  and  such  trust  agreement,  subsequent  to its
establishment, becomes void or ceases to operate, the terms of this Article VIII
shall become effective with respect to the Employer.

SECTION 8.2                CONTRIBUTIONS TO TRUSTEE.

The Trustee shall accept any cash, and may accept any other property tendered to
it as  contributions  hereunder,  but  shall  not be under any duty nor have any
right to require the  Employer or any other  person to  contribute  to the Trust
Fund or to determine  whether the amount of any  contribution has been correctly
computed under the terms of the Plan.

SECTION 8.3                PURPOSE OF TRUST.

The  purpose of the Trust is to invest in and hold  property  for the  exclusive
benefit of Participants and their  Beneficiaries.  At no time shall the Trust be
operated or construed in a manner contrary to this purpose. The Trust shall be a
separate  entity from the Employer  and its assets.  In no event shall the Trust
Fund ever be subject to the rights or claims of any creditor of the Employer. It
is expressly  understood that the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be
only those expressly stated in this Article.

SECTION 8.4                DISTRIBUTIONS.

The Trustee  shall from time to time make  distributions  from the Trust Fund to
such persons, in such amounts, and in such manner as the Committee may direct in
writing.  Instructions  to the Trustee from the  Committee  need not specify the
purpose  of  the  distributions  so  ordered,  and  the  Trustee  shall  not  be
responsible  in any way  for the  propriety  of  such  distributions  or for the
administration   of  the  Plan.  Any  such   instructions   shall  constitute  a
certification  that each  distribution  directed is one which the  Committee  is
authorized to direct.  The Trustee shall not be responsible  for the adequacy of
the Trust  Fund to meet and  discharge  any  liabilities  under  the Plan.  If a
dispute arises  regarding who is entitled to or should receive any  distribution
from the Trust Fund, the Trustee may withhold, or cause the withholding of, such
distribution until the dispute has been resolved.

                                     - 38 -




<PAGE>




SECTION 8.5                EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT.

(a)    Except as the Committee may authorize the Trustee to return contributions
       to the Employer  pursuant to the terms of the Plan,  no part of the Trust
       Fund  shall  be used  for or  diverted  to  purposes  other  than for the
       exclusive  benefit  of  Participants  and  their  Beneficiaries  and  for
       defraying expenses of the Plan and Trust.

(b)    The  Employer  shall  have no  beneficial  interest  in the assets of the
       Trust,  and no part of the Trust shall ever revert to or be repaid to the
       Employer,  directly or indirectly,  except that upon written request, the
       Employer shall have a right to recover:

       (1)    a  contribution  to the  Plan  made  by  mistake  of  fact if such
              contribution  (to the extent  made by mistake of fact) is returned
              to  the   Employer   within  one  year   after   payment  of  such
              contribution;

       (2)    any   contributions   to  the  Plan   conditioned   upon   initial
              qualification  of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code if the
              Plan does not so qualify and such  contributions  are  returned to
              the Employer within one year after the denial of  qualification of
              the Plan and only if a  determination  letter  request is filed by
              the terms  prescribed by law for filing the  Employer's tax return
              for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted;

       (3)    a  contribution  to the Plan which is  disallowed  as a  deduction
              under section 404 of the Code if such  contribution (to the extent
              disallowed) is returned to the Employer  within one year after the
              deduction is disallowed; and

       (4)    any residual assets due to a section 415 excess  contribution upon
              termination  of  the  Plan  if all  liabilities  of  the  Plan  to
              Participants and their  Beneficiaries  have been satisfied and the
              reversion does not contravene any provision of law.

(c)    The previous paragraph shall not apply to a "qualified domestic relations
       order," as defined in section  414(p) of the Code, and any other domestic
       relations  orders  permitted  to be so treated by the  Trustee  under the
       provisions of the  Retirement  Equity Act of 1984.  The  Committee  shall
       establish  a written  procedure  to  determine  the  qualified  status of
       domestic  relations  orders  and to  administer  distributions  under any
       domestic  relations  orders it determines to be qualified.  To the extent
       provided under a "qualified domestic relations order," a former Spouse of
       a Participant shall be treated as the  Participant's  Spouse or Surviving
       Spouse for all purposes under the Plan.

SECTION 8.6                EXPENSES OF THE PLAN AND TRUST.
- -----------                ------------------------------ 

All legal,  administrative,  taxes, and other expenses of the Plan and Trust and
the  Trustee's  fees (if any)  shall be paid from the Trust  Fund  except to the
extent paid by the Employer.


                                     - 39 -




<PAGE>



SECTION 8.7                DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF TRUSTEE.
- -----------                -------------------------------------- 

It shall be the duty of the Trustee to hold in Trust the funds from time to time
received by it, and the Trustee  shall have  authority to manage and control the
assets of the Plan pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Trust  agreement,  and
the funding  policy and method  determined by the Employer,  except as otherwise
provided in Section 9.5. The Trustee shall  discharge such powers and duties for
the  exclusive   purpose  of  providing   benefits  to  the   Participants   and
Beneficiaries and defraying  reasonable  expenses of administering the Plan, and
shall act with the care,  skill,  prudence and diligence under the circumstances
then  prevailing  that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with
such matters would use in the conduct of an  enterprise of a like  character and
with like aims. The Trustee shall diversify the investments of the Plan so as to
minimize the risk of large losses unless, under the circumstances, it is clearly
prudent  not to do so.  However,  the Trustee  may hold,  acquire,  or invest in
qualifying  employer  securities  as defined in  section  407(d)(5)  of ERISA or
qualifying  employer real property as defined in section  407(d)(4) of ERISA (or
both) to the extent that the aggregate fair market value of such  securities and
property does not exceed the  limitations  set forth in section 407. The Trustee
shall not engage in any prohibited transactions as defined in the Code or ERISA.

The  Trustee  shall  not be liable  for  acquiring,  retaining  or  selling  any
investment or reinvestment  made in accordance with a direction of the Committee
as provided  herein,  nor for any loss or diminution of the Trust Fund resulting
from the Trustee's action or inaction  pursuant to a direction of the Committee;
nor shall the  Trustee  be liable for any loss or  diminution  of the Trust Fund
resulting  from the  Trustee's  inaction  hereunder  in the  absence  of  proper
directions from the Committee  unless it shall have been  judicially  determined
that any such  loss was due to the  willful  misconduct  of the  Trustee  or its
failure  to act in  good  faith  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this
agreement.

SECTION 8.8                SPECIFIC POWERS AND DUTIES OF TRUSTEE.
- -----------                ------------------------------------- 

In addition to the powers and duties  conferred  upon it by other  provisions of
the Plan and  except to the  extent  inconsistent  with  applicable  law or with
provisions of the Plan and Trust,  the Trustee  shall have the following  powers
regarding the Trust and Trust Fund:

(1)    To sell at public or private sale, exchange,  convey, transfer, lease, or
       otherwise  dispose of, and also to grant  options  with respect to all or
       any part of any  property  at any time held in the Trust  Fund,  for such
       considerations, in cash or in credit, and upon such terms and conditions,
       as  it  shall  deem  advisable.   In  connection  with  the  purchase  of
       securities,  margin accounts may be opened and maintained. If put or call
       options  are  traded,  they  must be traded  on and  purchased  through a
       national securities exchange registered under the Securities Act of 1934,
       as amended,  or if the options are not traded on the national  securities
       exchange,  they must be guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock
       Exchange.

(2)    To  compromise  or  settle  any  claim  in  respect  of any debt or other
       obligation due to it as Trustee hereunder, to institute and prosecute any
       and all legal proceedings (including  foreclosure  proceedings) on behalf
       of the Plan, or to take any other action for the purpose

                                     - 40 -




<PAGE>



       of enforcing any such claim, and to change the rate of interest or extend
       the maturity date of any such debt or obligation.

(3)    To  compromise  or settle  any claim  with  respect  to any debt or other
       obligation due to third persons from it as Trustee  hereunder;  to define
       any and all legal proceedings in respect of any such claim; and to change
       the rate of interest on, extend the maturity date of, or otherwise modify
       the terms of any such debt or obligation.

(4)    To join in and  become  a  party  to,  or to  oppose  any  reorganization
       (including any  consolidation,  merger,  or other capital changes) of any
       corporate  securities which may at any time be held in the Trust Fund, or
       any plan or agreement for the  protection of the interests of the holders
       of any such  securities;  to participate in any such  protective  plan or
       agreement or any such  reorganization  to the same extent and as fully as
       though it was the absolute and individual  owner of such  securities;  to
       deposit  with  any  Committee  or  depositories   pursuant  to  any  such
       protective  plan or agreement or any such  reorganization  any securities
       held in the Trust  Fund;  to make  payments  from the  Trust  Fund of and
       charges or assessments  imposed by the terms of any such  protective plan
       or agreement on any such  reorganization;  and to receive and continue to
       hold in the Trust Fund any property  allotted to the Trust Fund by reason
       of the Trustee's participation therein.

(5)    To vote, in person or by general or limited  proxy,  on any securities at
       any time held in the Trust Fund, at any meeting of security holders, with
       respect to any  business  which may come before the  meeting;  to execute
       general or limited  proxies  to one or more  nominees;  as holder of said
       securities,  to consent to,  approve and  authorize  any corporate act or
       proceeding,  including any merger on  consolidation,  lease,  mortgage or
       sale of corporate property, or dissolution or liquidation, whether or not
       proposed  at any such  meeting;  to execute  such  instruments  as may be
       necessary or appropriate therefore;  and generally to exercise the powers
       of an owner with respect to stocks, bonds, securities, or other property.

(6)    To exercise any  conversion or  subscription  rights  appurtenant  to any
       securities at any time held in the Trust Fund or to sell any such rights.

(7)    To  execute,   acknowledge  and  deliver  any  and  all  deeds,   leases,
       assignments and other instruments that it may deem necessary or proper in
       the exercise of any of its powers under this agreement.

(8)    To cause any property at any time held in the Trust Fund to be registered
       in the name of a nominee of the Trustee, without disclosure of the Trust,
       or to hold in bearer  form any  securities  at any time held in the Trust
       Fund so that they will pass by  delivery,  but any such  registration  or
       holding by the Trustee shall not release it from its  responsibility  for
       the safe custody and  disposition  of the Trust Fund, in accordance  with
       the terms and provisions of this agreement.

(9)    To improve, develop, repair, maintain,  preserve and operate any property
       held in the Trust Fund, or to invest and retain qualifying  employer real
       property and lease such property to

                                     - 41 -




<PAGE>



       the Employer as  permitted  under the  appropriate  sections of ERISA and
       Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(10)   To borrow from time to time money from  persons or others (but not from a
       party in interest) for the purposes of the Trust  created  hereby on such
       terms and conditions as the Trustee may deem advisable.

(11)   To employ  suitable  agents  and  counsel,  and to pay  their  reasonable
       expenses and compensation.

(12)   To hold  part or all of the  Trust  Fund  uninvested  in its own  banking
       department,  if any, and the Trustee is further authorized to deposit, at
       interest,  such  funds  of the  Plans as it may  from  time to time  deem
       appropriate  in time  deposits or savings  accounts  bearing a reasonable
       interest  rate,  including,  specifically,  deposits  in  the  commercial
       banking departments in a Trustee bank.

(13)   To invest and  reinvest in bonds,  notes,  debentures,  stocks,  options,
       mutual funds, life insurance  policies,  mortgages,  vendors' interest in
       contracts for sale of real property or other property,  real, personal or
       mixed,  in such  manner  and to  such  extent  as is  prudent  under  the
       circumstances.

(14)   To  transfer  monies  and  assets of the Trust into  common  trust  funds
       established  for  the  Plan,  including  common  trust  funds  held  by a
       corporate   Trustee   (provided   the  Trustee  is  a  national   banking
       association).

(15)   To do all acts, whether or not expressly  authorized herein, which it may
       deem  necessary  and  proper  for the  protection  of the  property  held
       hereunder, and to carry out the purposes of the Plan.

(16)   To hold up to 10  percent  of the fair  market  value of Plan  assets  in
       qualifying  employer  securities as defined in section 407(d)(5) of ERISA
       or qualifying  employer real property as defined in section  407(d)(4) of
       ERISA.

If there is more than one Trustee  designated  and acting under this Trust,  all
actions by the Trustee must be adopted by a majority of the Trustees.


                                     - 42 -




<PAGE>



SECTION 8.9                INVESTMENT MANAGER.

Upon written notice to the Trustee and the  Committee,  the Employer may appoint
one or more investment managers as described in ERISA section 3(38), which shall
have the power to manage, acquire, or dispose of all or part of the Trust assets
in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and Trust agreement. The Committee
and each such investment  manager shall execute a written  agreement  specifying
the  Trust  assets  to be  managed  and  the  investment  manager's  duties  and
responsibilities  with  respect  to  such  assets,  and in  such  agreement  the
investment  manager shall acknowledge that it is a fiduciary with respect to the
Plan and Trust.  The  Committee may authorize  each  investment  manager to give
written  instructions  to the Trustee with respect to acquiring,  managing,  and
disposing of assets managed by such  investment  manager,  and the Trustee shall
follow  such  instructions  and  shall be  under no duty to make an  independent
determination regarding whether the instruction is proper. The fees and expenses
of an investment manager shall be paid by the Trust except to the extent paid by
the Employer.

SECTION 8.10               COMPENSATION OF TRUSTEE AND AGENTS.
- ------------               ---------------------------------- 

(a)    The  Trustee  shall  be  entitled  to  reasonable  compensation  for  its
       services.  Compensation  shall  be  comparable  to  charges  for  similar
       services made from time to time by other Trustees in the geographic  area
       in which the Trustee has its principal business.

(b)    Any Trustee shall be entitled to reimbursement  for expenses properly and
       actually incurred in the  administration of the Trust. It may employ such
       agents, attorneys, accountants, or assistants as it may from time to time
       deem necessary or advisable and fix the  compensation to be paid to them.
       Such counsel or other agents may be counsel or other agents  consulted or
       employed  by  the   Employer.   The  expenses  of  the  Trustee  and  the
       compensation  of the persons so employed  shall be paid by the Trust Fund
       or the Employer, as the Committee shall determine,  on at least an annual
       basis.

(c)    An individual  serving as Trustee who already receives full-time pay from
       the Employer shall not receive compensation from the Plan.

SECTION 8.11               REPORTS OF TRUSTEE.

The Trustee  shall  maintain  records of receipts  and  disbursements  and shall
render reports on at least an annual basis to the Committee and to  Participants
in such form and containing  such  information as it deems  necessary,  provided
that such  information  shall  satisfy all  applicable  requirements  imposed by
ERISA.  The  records and  accounts of the Trustee may be audited  annually by an
independent firm of certified public accountants selected by the Committee.


                                     - 43 -




<PAGE>



SECTION 8.12               RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUBSTITUTION OF TRUSTEE.
- ------------               ------------------------------------------------ 

(a)    A Trustee may resign at any time upon thirty days notice to the Employer.
       A  Trustee  may be  removed  at any time by the  Employer  upon five days
       written notice to the Trustee, with or without cause. Upon resignation or
       removal of the Trustee,  the Committee shall appoint a successor  Trustee
       which  shall have the same  powers and duties as are  conferred  upon the
       Trustee  hereunder.  Upon the  delivery by a  predecessor  Trustee to the
       successor Trustee of all property of the Trust Fund, less such reasonable
       amount  as  it  shall  deem   necessary  to  provide  for  its  expenses,
       compensation,  and any taxes or advances chargeable or payable out of the
       Trust Fund, the successor  Trustee  thereupon  shall have the same powers
       and duties as were conferred upon the predecessor  Trustee.  No successor
       Trustee shall have any  obligation or liability  with respect to the acts
       or omissions of its predecessors.

(b)    In the event that a corporate Trustee merges or consolidates with another
       corporation  or sells or  transfers  substantially  all of its assets and
       business  to  another  corporation,  or is in any manner  reorganized  or
       reincorporated,   then  the  resulting  or  acquiring  corporation  shall
       thereupon become the corporate Trustee hereunder without the execution of
       any instrument and without the need for any action by the Committee,  any
       Participant  or  Beneficiary,  or any other person  having or claiming to
       have an interest in the Trust Fund or the Plan.

(c)    The Trustee shall be appointed by the  Committee.  The  appointment  of a
       Trustee shall become effective as of the date the Committee  receives the
       Trust's written acceptance of the appointment. The Trustee's signature on
       the Plan constitutes  acceptance of the appointment.  The Committee shall
       appoint a new  Trustee if a Trustee  fails to accept its  appointment  in
       writing.

SECTION 8.13               THE COMMITTEE.

The Employer  shall  certify to the Trustee from time to time the name(s) of the
person(s)  constituting  the  Committee.  All  directions  to the Trustee by the
Committee shall be in writing,  properly  certified by a Committee  member.  The
Trustee shall be entitled to rely without  further inquiry upon all such written
directions received from the Committee.

SECTION 8.14               AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.

The  Committee  shall have the right at any time,  by an  instrument in writing,
duly executed and acknowledged and delivered to the Trustee, to modify, alter or
amend this  agreement,  in whole or in part,  and to  terminate  the  Trust,  in
accordance with the express provisions of the Plan. In no event, however,  shall
the duties,  powers or liabilities of the Trustee  hereunder be changed  without
its prior written consent.


                                     - 44 -




<PAGE>



SECTION 8.15               IRREVOCABILITY.

Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Trust is declared to be  irrevocable,
and except as otherwise provided in Section 8.5, no part of the Trust Fund shall
revert to or be  recoverable  by the  Employer or be used for or diverted to any
purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries.

SECTION 8.16               PARTIES TO THE TRUST AGREEMENT.
- ------------               ------------------------------ 

(a)    Any  company  which has  adopted  the Plan in  accordance  with the terms
       thereof shall become a party to this  agreement  upon signing the Plan or
       upon  delivering a certified  copy of a resolution  to the effect that it
       agrees to adopt the Plan, to become a party to this agreement,  and to be
       bound by all terms and conditions of the Plan and this agreement, as then
       in effect and as may thereafter be amended.  The Committee shall have the
       sole  authority to enforce  this  agreement  and the Trustee  shall in no
       event be required to deal with any person except the Committee. Except to
       the extent that the Trust allows self-  directed  accounts and individual
       Participants (or their  Beneficiaries)  to direct the investment of their
       Accounts,  the Trustee shall in all respects  invest and  administer  the
       Trust  Fund as a single  fund for  investment  and  accounting  purposes,
       without identification as to individual Participants,  Beneficiaries,  or
       Employers.

(b)    Any corporation or other  participating  entity shall cease to be a party
       to this  agreement  upon  delivering to the Trustee a certified copy of a
       resolution  terminating its  participation in the Plan. In such event, or
       in the event of the  merger,  consolidation,  sale of  property or stock,
       separation,  reorganization  or liquidation of any corporation  that is a
       party to this  agreement,  the Trustee,  until directed  otherwise by the
       Committee  shall  continue to hold, in accordance  with the provisions of
       this  agreement,  that  portion of the Trust Fund which,  pursuant to the
       determination of the Committee,  is attributable to the  participation in
       the  Plan of the  Employees  and  their  Beneficiaries  affected  by such
       termination or by such transaction.

SECTION 8.17               TRUSTEE ACTION.

If the Trustee  consists of more than one person,  the  Trustees  shall act by a
majority of their  number.  The  Trustees  may  authorize  one or more  specific
Trustees to sign papers on their behalf.


                                     - 45 -




<PAGE>



SECTION 8.18               PARTICIPANT-DIRECTED INVESTMENTS.

(a)    A Participant or  Beneficiary  may elect in writing to have the Committee
       direct the Trustee to invest and  reinvest  all of the  Account  balances
       (Employer  and  Employee)  on his behalf and all  earnings  thereon.  The
       direction will be with respect to any investment(s) or investment fund(s)
       permitted  under the Trust agreement and selected by the Committee in any
       combination,  specifying  the  percentage  of  each as  permitted  by the
       Committee.  This election shall become effective,  and the Participant or
       Beneficiary may thereafter change or revoke such election,  at such times
       as the Committee determines, under non- discriminatory rules.

(b)    The Trustee and the Committee  shall not be liable or responsible for any
       loss  resulting  to the  Participant's  Accounts  because  of any sale or
       investment  directed by the Participant  under this Section or because of
       the failure to take any action regarding an investment  acquired pursuant
       to such  elective  investment.  The  Trustee and the  Committee  shall be
       indemnified by the Participant from and against any personal liability to
       which the Trustee and the  Committee may be subjected due to carrying out
       an elective  investment directed by the Participant or for failure to act
       in the absence of instructions from the Participant.

                                     - 46 -




<PAGE>



                 ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGER


SECTION 9.1                AMENDMENT.

(a)    The Employer,  by action of the Committee reserves the right to amend the
       Plan and Trust,  by resolution of the Employer,  to the extent  permitted
       under the Code and ERISA. No amendment  affecting the rights or duties of
       the  Trustee  shall be  effective  without  the  written  consent  of the
       Trustees.

(b)    No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the extent that it has the
       effect of decreasing a Participant's accrued benefit. Notwithstanding the
       preceding sentence, a Participant's Account balance may be reduced to the
       extent  permitted  under section  412(c)(8) of the Code.  For purposes of
       this  paragraph,  a Plan  amendment  which has the effect of decreasing a
       Participant's Account balance or eliminating an optional form of benefit,
       with respect to benefits  attributable  to service  before the  amendment
       shall be treated as reducing an accrued benefit.

SECTION 9.2                TERMINATION.

(a)    The Employer  intends to continue the Plan  indefinitely  and to fund the
       Plan as required by law and its terms. However, the Employer reserves the
       right to  terminate  the Plan at any  time.  If the  Plan is  totally  or
       partially  terminated,  or in the event of a complete  discontinuation of
       contributions  under the Plan, a Participant  whose  participation in the
       Plan is  terminated as a result of such total or partial  termination  or
       who is affected by the complete  discontinuation  of contributions to the
       Plan shall be 100 percent Vested with respect to his Accounts, determined
       as of the date of such total or partial termination.

(b)    Upon  termination  of the Plan, the Employer shall allocate the assets of
       the Plan,  after the  payment  of or set  aside  for the  payment  of all
       expenses,  among the Participants  and their  Beneficiaries in accordance
       with the Code and ERISA.

(c)    Upon  termination of the Plan,  and after all  liabilities of the Plan to
       Participants and Beneficiaries  have been satisfied,  any residual assets
       of the Plan due to a  contribution  in excess of section 415 limits shall
       be  distributed  to the  Employer  provided  such  distribution  does not
       contravene any provision of the law or the Plan.

(d)    The  allocation  of benefits  under this  Article  shall be  accomplished
       either through the continuance of the Trust, the creation of a new Trust,
       the  payment  of the  benefits  to be  provided  to the  Participants  or
       Beneficiaries, or the purchase of annuity contracts, as determined by the
       Employer.

SECTION 9.3                MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER.

The Employer shall have the right at any time to merge or  consolidate  the Plan
with any other plan, or transfer the assets or  liabilities  of the Trust to any
other plan provided each Participant

                                     - 47 -




<PAGE>



would (if the Plan were then  terminated)  receive a benefit  immediately  after
such merger,  consolidation  or transfer which would equal or exceed the benefit
the  Participant  would have been  entitled to  immediately  before such merger,
consolidation or transfer (if the Plan were then terminated).

                                     - 48 -




<PAGE>



                        ARTICLE X - TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS


SECTION 10.1               APPLICABILITY.

The provisions of this Article X shall not apply to the Plan with respect to any
Plan  Year  in  which  the  Plan is not  Top-Heavy.  If the  Plan is or  becomes
Top-Heavy in any Plan Year beginning  after December 31, 1983, the provisions of
this Article will supersede any conflicting provisions in the Plan.

SECTION 10.2               DEFINITIONS.

(a)    Key Employee:  Any Employee or former Employee (and the  Beneficiaries of
       such Employee) who at any time during the "Determination  Period" was (1)
       an officer  of the  Employer  if such  individual's  Annual  Compensation
       exceeds 50 percent of the dollar limitation under section 415(b)(1)(A) of
       the Code,  (2) an owner (or  considered an owner under section 318 of the
       Code)  of one of the  ten  largest  interests  in the  Employer  if  such
       individual's  Annual  Compensation  exceeds  100  percent  of the  dollar
       limitation   under   section    415(c)(1)(A)   of   the   Code,   (3)   a
       more-than-5-percent  owner of the Employer,  or (4) a more-than-1-percent
       owner  of the  Employer  who has an  Annual  Compensation  of  more  than
       $150,000.  "Annual Compensation" means compensation as defined in section
       415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts  contributed by the Employer
       pursuant to a salary  reduction  agreement  which are excludable from the
       Employee's gross income under sections 125,  402(e)(3),  402(h) or 403(b)
       of the Code. The  "Determination  Period" is the Plan Year containing the
       Determination Date and the four (4) preceding Plan Years.

       The  determination  of who is a Key Employee  will be made in  accordance
       with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.

(b)    Top-Heavy Plan: For any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, this
       Plan is Top- Heavy if any of the following conditions exists:

       (1)    If the  Top-Heavy  Ratio for this Plan exceeds 60 percent and this
              Plan is not part of any Required  Aggregation  Group or Permissive
              Aggregation Group of plans.

       (2)    If this Plan is a part of a Required  Aggregation  Group of plans,
              but not part of a  Permissive  Aggregation  Group of plans and the
              Top-Heavy Ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60 percent.

       (3)    If this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group and part of
              a Permissive  Aggregation  Group of plans and the Top-Heavy  Ratio
              for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent.

(c)    Super-Top-Heavy  Plan: A plan is  Super-Top-Heavy if such a plan would be
       Top-Heavy if "90 percent" were substituted for "60 percent" each place it
       appears in (b) above.


                                     - 49 -




<PAGE>



(d)    Top-Heavy Ratio:

       (1)    If the Employer  maintains one or more Defined  Contribution Plans
              (including any simplified  employee pension plan) and the Employer
              has not  maintained  any  Defined  Benefit  Plan which  during the
              5-year period ending on the  Determination  Date(s) has or has had
              accrued  benefits,  the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan alone or for
              the required or Permissive Aggregation Group, as appropriate, is a
              fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  is the  sum  of the  Account
              balances  of all Key  Employees  as of the  Determination  Date(s)
              (including  any part of any  Account  balance  distributed  in the
              5-year  period  ending  on the  Determination  Date(s)),  and  the
              denominator of which is the sum of all Account balances (including
              any part of any Account  balance  distributed in the 5-year period
              ending on the Determination  Date(s)), both computed in accordance
              with section 416 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.  Both
              the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased
              to  reflect  any   contribution   not  actually  made  as  of  the
              Determination Date, but which is required to be taken into account
              on that date  under  section  416 of the Code and the  Regulations
              thereunder.

       (2)    If the Employer  maintains one or more Defined  Contribution Plans
              (including any simplified  employee pension plan) and the Employer
              maintains  or has  maintained  one or more Defined  Benefit  Plans
              which during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s)
              has or has had any accrued  benefits,  the Top-Heavy Ratio for any
              required or  Permissive  Aggregation  Group as  appropriate,  is a
              fraction,  the  numerator of which is the sum of Account  balances
              under the aggregated  Defined  Contribution  Plan or Plans for all
              Key Employees,  determined in accordance  with (1) above,  and the
              Present Value of accrued  benefits  under the  aggregated  Defined
              Benefit   Plan  or  Plans  for  all  Key   Employees   as  of  the
              Determination  Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of
              the Account  balances  under the aggregated  Defined  Contribution
              Plan or Plans for all Participants,  determined in accordance with
              (1) above,  and the Present  Value of accrued  benefits  under the
              Defined  Benefit  Plan or  Plans  for all  Participants  as of the
              Determination  Date(s),  are determined in accordance with section
              416 of the  Code  and  the  Regulations  thereunder.  The  accrued
              benefits  under a Defined  Benefit Plan in both the  numerator and
              denominator   of  the  Top-Heavy   Ratio  are  increased  for  any
              distribution  of an  accrued  benefit  made in the  5-year  period
              ending on the Determination Date.

       (3)    For purposes of (1) and (2) above,  the value of Account  balances
              and the Present Value of accrued benefits will be determined as of
              the most recent  Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the
              12-month  period  ending  on the  Determination  Date,  except  as
              provided in section 416 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder
              for the first and second Plan Years of a Defined Benefit Plan. The
              Account  balances and accrued benefits of a Participant (a) who is
              not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year,  or
              (b) who has not been  credited  with at least one Hour of  Service
              with any  Employer  maintaining  the Plan at any time  during  the
              5-year   period   ending  on  the   Determination   Date  will  be
              disregarded.  The  calculation  of the  Top-Heavy  Ratio,  and the
              extent to which distributions, rollovers and transfers are

                                     - 50 -




<PAGE>



              taken into account will be made in accordance  with section 416 of
              the Code and the Regulations  thereunder.  Employee  contributions
              previously  deductible  under  section 219 of the Code will not be
              taken into account for purposes of computing  the TopHeavy  Ratio.
              When aggregating  plans, the value of Account balances and accrued
              benefits will be calculated  with  reference to the  Determination
              Dates that fall within the same calendar year.

              The accrued  benefit of a  Participant  other than a Key  Employee
              shall be  determined  under  either (a) the method,  if any,  that
              uniformly  applies for accrual  purposes under all Defined Benefit
              Plans  maintained  by the  Employer,  or (b) if  there  is no such
              method,  as if such  benefit  accrued  not more  rapidly  than the
              slowest  accrual  rate  permitted  under  the  fractional  rule of
              section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

(e)    Permissive  Aggregation  Group: The Required  Aggregation  Group of plans
       plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which,  when considered as a
       group with the Required  Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the
       requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

(f)    Required  Aggregation  Group:  (1) Each qualified plan of the Employer in
       which at least one Key Employee  participates or participated at any time
       during the  Determination  Period  (regardless  of  whether  the Plan has
       terminated),  and (2) any  other  qualified  plan of the  Employer  which
       enables a plan  described  in (1) to meet the  requirements  of  sections
       401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.

(g)    Determination  Date: For any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan Year,
       the last day of the preceding  Plan Year.  For the first Plan Year of the
       Plan, the last day of that year.

(h)    Valuation  Date: The date as defined in Article I of the Plan as of which
       Account   balances  or  accrued  benefits  are  valued  for  purposes  of
       calculating the Top-Heavy Ratio.

(i)    Present Value:  Present Value shall be determined  using the interest and
       mortality rates specified in the applicable  Plans.  Notwithstanding  the
       foregoing,  all  determinations  shall be made in accordance with section
       416 of the Code and the Regulations promulgated thereunder.


                                     - 51 -




<PAGE>



SECTION 10.3               MINIMUM ALLOCATION.

(a)    Except as otherwise provided in (c) and (d) below, Employer contributions
       and  Forfeitures  allocated on behalf of any Participant who is not a Key
       Employee shall not be less than the lesser of three percent (four percent
       if the Plan is super-Top-Heavy) of such Participant's Compensation, or in
       the case where the Employer has no Defined Benefit Plan which  designates
       this Plan to satisfy  section 401 of the Code, the largest  percentage of
       Employer  contributions  and  Forfeitures,  as a percentage  of the first
       $200,000 of the Key Employee's  Compensation,  allocated on behalf of any
       Key Employee for that year. The minimum  allocation is determined without
       regard to any Social Security contribution. This minimum allocation shall
       be made even though, under the Plan provisions, the Participant would not
       otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation,  or would have received a
       lesser allocation for the year because of (1) the  Participant's  failure
       to complete  1,000 Hours of Service  (or any  equivalent  provided in the
       Plan),  or (2)  the  Participant's  failure  to make  mandatory  Employee
       contributions to the Plan or (3) Compensation less than a stated amount.

(b)    For  purposes of computing  the minimum  allocation,  Compensation  means
       Compensation as defined in Article I of the Plan.

(c)    The provision in (a) above shall not apply to any Participant who was not
       employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.

(d)    The  provision  in (a) above  shall not apply to any  Participant  to the
       extent the  Participant  is covered  under any other plan or plans of the
       Employer and the minimum allocation or benefit requirement  applicable to
       Top-Heavy Plans will be met in the other plan or plans.

SECTION 10.4               NONFORFEITABILITY OF MINIMUM ALLOCATION.

The minimum  allocation  required (to the extent  required to be  nonforfeitable
under  section  416(b)) may not be  forfeited  under  sections  412(a)(3)(B)  or
411(a)(3)(D) of the Code.

SECTION 10.5               ALLOCATION LIMITATIONS.

In determining the Defined  Contribution  Fraction under section 415(e)(3)(B) of
the Code and  pursuant  to  Section  4.4 of the  Plan,  "100  percent"  shall be
substituted for "125 percent"  unless the minimum  allocation  percentage  under
section  416(c)(2)(A)  of the Code and Section  9.3.(a) of the Plan is increased
from "three percent" to "four percent" and the Plan would not be a TopHeavy Plan
if "90  percent"  were  substituted  for "60  percent"  each place it appears in
Section 9.2(b) of the Plan.


                                     - 52 -




<PAGE>



SECTION 10.6               MINIMUM VESTING SCHEDULES.

(a)    For any Plan Year in which this Plan is Top-Heavy,  the vesting  schedule
       below will automatically  apply to the Plan. The minimum vesting schedule
       applies to all  benefits  within the meaning of section  411(a)(7) of the
       Code  except  those  attributable  to Employee  contributions,  including
       benefits  accrued  before the effective  date of section 416 and benefits
       accrued  before the Plan  became  Top-Heavy.  Further,  no  decrease in a
       Participant's nonforfeitable percentage may occur in the event the Plan's
       status as Top- Heavy  changes for any Plan Year.  However,  this  Section
       does not apply to the Account  balances of any Employee who does not have
       an Hour of Service after the Plan has initially become Top-Heavy and such
       Employee's  Account balance  attributable to Employer  contributions  and
       Forfeitures will be determined without regard to this Section.

(b)    The  nonforfeitable  interest  of  each  Employee  in his or her  Account
       balance attributable to Employer contributions shall be determined on the
       basis of the following:

                                                     The nonforfeitable
                    Year(s) of Service:                percentage is:

                           1                                   0
                           2                                  20
                           3                                  40
                           4                                  60
                           5                                  80
                           6                                 100

(c)    If the vesting schedule under the Plan becomes subject to or is no longer
       subject  to the above  schedule  for any Plan Year  because of the Plan's
       Top-Heavy status,  such shift is an amendment to the vesting schedule and
       the election provided in Section 4.6(g) of the Plan shall be available.

                                     - 53 -




<PAGE>



                         ARTICLE XI - GENERAL PROVISIONS


SECTION 11.1               GOVERNING LAW.

(a)    The  Plan  and  Trust  are   established   under,   and  their  validity,
       construction,  and effect  shall be governed by, the laws of the State of
       New York.

(b)    The parties to the Trust  intend  that the Trust be exempt from  taxation
       under section 501(a) of the Code, and any ambiguities in its construction
       shall be  resolved in favor of an  interpretation  which will affect such
       intention.

SECTION 11.2               POWER TO ENFORCE.

The Committee  shall have authority to enforce the Plan on behalf of any and all
persons having or claiming any interest in the Trust or Plan.

SECTION 11.3               ALIENATION OF BENEFITS.

Benefits under the Plan shall not be subject to anticipation,  alienation, sale,
transfer,   assignment,  pledge,  encumbrance  or  charge  and  any  attempt  to
anticipate,  alienate,  sell, transfer,  assign, pledge,  encumber or charge the
same  shall be void,  nor shall any such  benefits  be in any way  liable for or
subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any person
entitled  to such  benefits.  This  Section  shall also  apply to the  creation,
assignment or  recognition  of a right to any benefit  payable with respect to a
Participant  pursuant  to a  domestic  relations  order,  unless  such  order is
determined to be a "qualified  domestic  relations  order" as defined in section
414(p) of the Code, or any domestic  relations  order entered  before January 1,
1985.

SECTION 11.4               NOT AN EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT.

The Plan is not and shall not be deemed to  constitute  a contract  between  the
Employer and any Employee, or to be a consideration for, or an inducement to, or
a condition of, the  employment of any Employee.  Nothing  contained in the Plan
shall  give  or be  deemed  to give an  Employee  the  right  to  remain  in the
employment of the Employer or to interfere  with the right to be retained in the
employ of the Employer, any legal or equitable right against the Employer, or to
interfere  with the right of the Employer to discharge or retire any Employee at
any time.

SECTION 11.5               DISCRETIONARY ACTS.

Any  discretionary  acts  to be  taken  under  the  Plan  with  respect  to  the
classification   of   Employees,    contributions,    or   benefits   shall   be
nondiscriminatory  and uniform in nature and applicable to all persons similarly
situated.


                                     - 54 -




<PAGE>



SECTION 11.6               INTERPRETATION.

(a)    Savings Clause.  If any provision or provisions of the Plan shall for any
       reason be invalid or unenforceable,  the remaining provisions of the Plan
       shall be carried  into  effect,  unless the  effect  thereof  would be to
       materially alter or defeat the purposes of the Plan.

(b)    Gender.  Wherever  appropriate,  pronouns  of any gender  shall be deemed
       synonymous as shall singular and plural pronouns.

(c)    Headings. Headings and titles of sections and subsections within the Plan
       document  are  inserted  solely  for   convenience  of  reference.   They
       constitute  no part of the Plan itself and shall not be considered in the
       construction of the Plan.

                                     - 55 -




<PAGE>



                          ARTICLE XII - SIGNATURE PAGE


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Plan has been restated the day and year written below.


Signed, sealed, and delivered on this ist day of September, 1995, in the
presence of:

                                FAB INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                By /s/ Samson Bitensky
                                   ---------------------------------  
                                       Samson Bitensky, President
                                   

                                FAB LACE, INC.



                                By /s/ Samson Bitensky               
                                   --------------------------------- 
                                       Samson Bitensky, President    



/s/ Kym M. Hayes
- --------------------------
WITNESS AS TO EMPLOYER(S)

                                /s/ Samson Bitensky
                                ------------------------------------
                                    Samson Bitensky, Trustee




/s/ Kym M. Hayes (SEAL)         /s/ Howard Soren                 
- --------------------------      ------------------------------------
WITNESS AS TO TRUSTEE(S)            Howard Soren, Trustee           
                                
       
                                     - 56 -




                              FAB INDUSTRIES, INC.

                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN










                           Effective November 25, 1991








<PAGE>



                              FAB INDUSTRIES, INC.
                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION                                                                PAGE

SECTION       1.    PURPOSE......................................         1

SECTION       2.    DEFINITIONS..................................         2

                    2.1    Account...............................         2
                    2.2    Active Member.........................         2
                    2.3    Affiliated Company....................         2
                    2.4    Allocation Date.......................         2
                    2.5    Allocation Limit......................         2
                    2.6    Annual Additions......................         2
                    2.7    Beneficiary...........................         3
                    2.8    Board.................................         3
                    2.9    Break in Service......................         3
                    2.10   Code..................................         3
                    2.11   Committee.............................         3
                    2.12   Company or Participating Company......         3
                    2.13   Company Contributions.................         4
                    2.14   Compensation..........................         4
                    2.15   Disability or Disabled................         4
                    2.16   Effective Date........................         4
                    2.17   Employee..............................         4
                    2.18   Employment Date.......................         5
                    2.19   ERISA.................................         5
                    2.20   ESOP Loan.............................         5
                    2.21   FAB...................................         5
                    2.22   Financed Stock........................         5
                    2.23   Highly Compensated Employee...........         5
                    2.24   Hour of Service.......................         5
                    2.25   IRS...................................         5
                    2.26   Leased Employee.......................         5
                    2.27   Loan Suspense Account.................         6
                    2.28   Member................................         6
                    2.29   Normal Retirement Age.................         6
                    2.30   Plan..................................         6
                    2.31   Plan Entry Date.......................         6
                    2.32   Plan Year.............................         6
                    2.33   Qualified Plan........................         6
                    2.34   Retire or Retirement..................         6
                    2.35   Service...............................         6
                    2.36   Spouse................................         7
                    2.37   Stock.................................         7
                    2.38   Trust or Trust Fund...................         7
                    2.39   Trust Agreement.......................         7




<PAGE>



                              FAB INDUSTRIES, INC.
                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)

SECTION                                                                  PAGE

SECTION  2.
               2.40   Trustee............................................   7
               2.41   Trustee............................................   7
               2.42   Vested Interest....................................   7
               2.43   Year of Service....................................   7

SECTION  3.    MEMBERSHIP................................................   8

               3.1    Eligibility on Effective Date......................   8
               3.2    Eligibility After Effective Date...................   8
               3.3    Automatic Enrollment by Committee..................   8
               3.4    Duration of Membership.............................   8
               3.5    Accounts of Members................................   9
               3.6    Limitation of Interests of Members.................   9

SECTION  4.    CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE PLAN.................................  10

               4.1    Company Contributions..............................  10
               4.2    Release of Financed Stock and Allocation of
                        Financed Stock and Company Contributions to
                        the Accounts of Members..........................  10
               4.3    Return of Mistaken or Conditional Company
                        Contributions....................................  11
               4.4    Forfeitures........................................  12
               4.5    Member Contributions Prohibited....................  12

SECTION  5.    INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS...............................  13

               5.1    Investment in Stock................................  13
               5.2    Financed Stock.....................................  13

SECTION  6.    VALUATION AND MAINTENANCE OF MEMBERS'
                 ACCOUNTS................................................  15

               6.1    Valuation of the Trust Fund........................  15
               6.2    Adjustment of Members' Accounts....................  15
               6.3    Administrative Expenses............................  16
               6.4    Taxes..............................................  16
               6.5    Other Expenses.....................................  16
               6.6    Transactions with Disqualified Persons.............  16




<PAGE>



                              FAB INDUSTRIES, INC.
                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)

SECTION                                                                PAGE

SECTION 7.    VESTING OF COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS.......................    17

              7.1    Full Vesting....................................    17
              7.2    Vesting Upon Other Terminations of Service......    17
              7.3    Rules Applicable to Vesting.....................    17

SECTION 8.    WITHDRAWALS FOR DIVERSIFICATION........................    19

              8.1    Withdrawal......................................    19
              8.2    De Minimis Exception............................    19

SECTION 9.    DISTRIBUTIONS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE..............    20

              9.1    Distributions Upon a Member's Termination of
                       Service by Reason of Retirement or Disability.    20
              9.2Distributions Upon Other Terminations of Service....    20
              9.3Deferral Election...................................    20
              9.4Distributions Upon Death............................    21
              9.5Minimum Required Distributions......................    21
              9.6Single Sum Stock Distributions......................    21
              9.7Current Dividends Distributions.....................    21
              9.8Rollovers to Other Plans or IRAs....................    22

SECTION 10.   MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF ALLOCATION...........................    23

              10.1   Limitation on Annual Additions                      23
              10.2   Priority of Reduction                               23
              10.3   Other Plans                                         23

SECTION 11.   RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO STOCK............    24

              11.1Voting.............................................    24
              11.2Tender Offers......................................    25
              11.3Restrictions on Stock..............................    26
              11.4Cash Dividends.....................................    26
              11.5Reasonable Actions.................................    27
              11.6Right of First Refusal.............................    27
              11.7Put Option.........................................    27
              11.8Special Definition of Member.......................    28





<PAGE>



                              FAB INDUSTRIES, INC.
                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)

SECTION                                                                   PAGE

SECTION 12.   DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES..............................    29

              12.1   Selected Beneficiaries.............................    29
              12.2   Spouse as Beneficiary..............................    29

SECTION 13.   TOP-HEAVY LIMITATIONS.....................................    30

              13.1   Definitions........................................    30
              13.2   Top-Heavy Plan Years...............................    30
              13.3   Aggregation with Other Plans.......................    31


SECTION 14.   ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN................................    32

              14.1   The Committee......................................    32
              14.2   The Trustee........................................    32
              14.3   Agents.............................................    32
              14.4   Formation of Committee.............................    32
              14.5   Chairman...........................................    33
              14.6   Demands for Money..................................    33
              14.7   Benefit Claims.....................................    33
              14.8   No Personal Liability..............................    34
              14.9   Agent for Service of Process.......................    34

SECTION 15.   WITHDRAWAL OF A PARTICIPATING COMPANY.....................    35

              15.1   Procedures for Withdrawal..........................    35
              15.2   Contributions Upon Withdrawal......................    35
              15.3   Effect of Withdrawal...............................    36
              15.4   Transfer of Plan Assets............................    36
              15.5   Determinations, Approvals and Notifications........    36

SECTION 16.   AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN
                AND TRUST...............................................    37

              16.1   Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan...    37
              16.2   Notice.............................................    37
              16.3   Termination of the Plan............................    37





<PAGE>



                              FAB INDUSTRIES, INC.
                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)

SECTION                                                                 PAGE

SECTION 7.   GENERAL LIMITATIONS AND PROVISIONS..........................  39

             17.1 Decrease in Value of Trust Assets......................  39
             17.2 Sole Source of Benefits................................  39
             17.3 No Right to Employment.................................  39
             17.4 Incompetency...........................................  39
             17.5 Alienation.............................................  40
             17.6 Avoidance of Escheat...................................  40
             17.7 Filing Information.....................................  40
             17.8 The Trust..............................................  41
             17.9 Communications to Fab and the Committee................  41
             17.10 Communications to Members.............................  41
             17.11 Captions and References...............................  41
             17.12 Governing Law.........................................  41






<PAGE>



                              FAB INDUSTRIES, INC.
                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

                                   SECTION 1.

                                     PURPOSE


The purpose of the Plan is to encourage  employees  to make and  continue  their
careers with the Company by providing  eligible  employees with a convenient way
to obtain a  beneficial  interest in Stock,  all as set forth  herein and in the
Trust Agreement  adopted as a part of the Plan. The Plan and the Trust Agreement
established  hereunder  are  intended  to  qualify  as a  plan  and  trust  that
constitutes  an "employee  stock  ownership  plan" meeting the  requirements  of
Section  4975(e)(7)  of the Code and Section  407(d)(6)  of ERISA,  and a "stock
bonus plan" meeting the requirements for  qualification  under Section 401(a) of
the Code,  and the Trust is intended to be exempt from Federal  income  taxation
under Section  501(a) of the Code.  The Plan is intended to invest  primarily in
securities  qualifying as "employer securities" under Section 409(1) of the Code
and Section 407(d)(1) of ERISA.


                                        1




<PAGE>




                                   SECTION 2.

                                   DEFINITIONS


2.1           "ACCOUNT"  shall mean the account  established  and  maintained in
              respect of a Member pursuant to Section 3.5.

2.2           "ACTIVE MEMBER" shall mean, with respect to each Allocation  Date,
              a Member who (i) has completed one (1) Year of Service  during the
              corresponding  Plan  Year and  (ii) is in  Service  (except  under
              Section 2.35(ii)) on the Allocation Date.

2.3           "AFFILIATED  COMPANY"  shall mean the Company  and, to the minimum
              extent necessary under the Code, any entity that is required to be
              aggregated  with the Company under Section 414 of the Code (or any
              successor thereto); provided, however, that solely for purposes of
              Section 10, "Affiliated  Company" shall also mean any other entity
              (or any successor  thereto) that is required to be aggregated with
              the Company under Section 415(h) of the Code.

2.4           "ALLOCATION  DATE"  shall  mean (i) the last day of each Plan Year
              occurring  before the date of  termination  specified by Fab under
              Section 16, (ii) the last day of any month or months during a Plan
              Year, as the Committee may from time to time determine,  and (iii)
              solely for purposes of Section 16, such termination date.

2.5           "ALLOCATION LIMIT" shall mean, as of each Allocation Date, that no
              more  than  one-  third  (1/3)  of the  Annual  Additions  (except
              forfeitures)  attributed to Members' Accounts by reason of Section
              4.2(c) are so  attributed  to the  Accounts of Highly  Compensated
              Employees.

2.6           "ANNUAL  ADDITIONS"  shall mean,  without regard to Section 10 for
              each Plan Year, the sum of (i) the Company  Contributions that are
              directly  credited  to a  Member's  Account  for a  Plan  Year  in
              accordance with Section 4.2(c) and (ii) a Member's allocable share
              of the Company  Contributions  applied to the repayment of an ESOP
              Loan  for  such  Plan  Year,   determined   as  if  such   Company
              Contributions  had not been  applied to the  repayment  of an ESOP
              Loan,  but rather had been allocated to the Accounts of Members in
              accordance  with  Section  4.2(c);  provided,  however,  that  any
              Company  Contributions  applied by the Trustee (not later than the
              due date,  including  extensions for filing the Company's  Federal
              income tax return for that Plan Year) to pay  interest  on an ESOP
              Loan, any forfeitures of Financed Stock, and any amounts allocated
              to Member's Accounts under Section 4.2(b) shall not be included as
              Annual Additions.


                                        2




<PAGE>



2.7           "BENEFICIARY"   shall  mean  the   beneficiary  or   beneficiaries
              designated pursuant to Section 12 to receive  distribution payable
              under Section 9.4, if any, upon the death of a Member.

2.8           "BOARD" shall mean the Board of Directors of Fab.

2.9           "BREAK IN SERVICE"  shall mean,  as determined by the Committee in
              accordance  with ERISA and the Code,  a twelve  (12) month  period
              commencing  on the  later  of the  Effective  Date  or a  Member's
              Employment  Date,  or any Plan Year  commencing  after  such date,
              during  which a Member  fails to complete  five  hundred one (501)
              Hours of Service.  A Member who is absent from  Service due to the
              pregnancy of the Member,  the birth of a child of the Member,  the
              placement of a child with the Member in  connection  with adoption
              of such child by the Member,  or the caring for such child for the
              period  immediately  following  birth or placement  and who is not
              entitled  to be credited  with Hours of Service for such  absence,
              shall be credited,  solely for purposes of determining whether the
              Member has  incurred a Break in Service,  with the number of Hours
              of  Service  for such  absence  that  otherwise  would  have  been
              credited to the Member had he or she been performing duties during
              the absence;  provided,  however, that in no event shall more than
              five hundred one (501) Hours of Service be credited for any single
              continuous  period of absence  described  herein.  If,  during any
              twelve (12) month period described herein,  the Member has not yet
              been credited  with five hundred one (501) Hours of Service,  then
              the Hours of Service  shall be  credited  in such  period;  in any
              other  case,  the Hours of  Service  credited  hereunder  shall be
              credited in the next following twelve (12) month period.

2.10          "CODE"  shall mean the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as now in
              effect  or as  hereafter  amended,  and  all  applicable  rulings,
              guidelines or regulations  (whether proposed,  temporary or final)
              promulgated  thereunder.   All  citations  to  sections  or  other
              references  thereof are to such  sections or other  references  as
              they may from time to time be amended, renumbered, or superseded.

2.11          "COMMITTEE"  shall mean the committe that  administers the Plan as
              provided for in Section 14.

2.12          "COMPANY OR  "PARTICIPATING  COMPANY" shall mean Fab, or any other
              Affiliated  Company (i) whose  board of  directors  or  equivalent
              governing body shall have adopted the Plan and the Trust Agreement
              by appropriate  action and (ii) whose adoption thereof is approved
              by the Board. Any such  Participating  Company which so adopts the
              Plan shall be deemed  thereby to adopt the Trust  Agreement and to
              appoint Fab and the Committee as its exclusive  agents to exercise
              on its behalf all of the power and authority  conferred hereby, or
              by the Trust  Agreement,  upon the Company or the  Committee.  The
              authority  of Fab and the  Committee  to act as such agents  shall
              continue  until  the  Plan  is  completely  terminated  as to such
              Participating  Company and the relevant  portion of the Trust Fund
              has been distributed by the Trustee as provided in Section 15.3.


                                        3




<PAGE>



2.13          "COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS" shall mean contributions by the Company to
              the Trust Fund  pursuant to Section 4 and  forfeitures  treated as
              Company Contributions under Section 4.4.

2.14          "COMPENSATION"  shall mean, for each Plan Year, the "compensation"
              (as defined  under Section  415(c)(3) of the Code and Treas.  Reg.
              Section 1.415-2(d)(10)) paid to an Employee for the performance of
              Service  during such Plan Year,  and,  (i) except for  purposes of
              Sections  10  and  13,  excludes  any  bonus  and  overtime,   and
              twenty-five  percent (25%) of any  Employee's  commission  income,
              but, (ii) except for purposes of Section 10,  includes any amounts
              otherwise  excludable  from such  individual's  gross  income  for
              Federal income tax purposes under Section 125 or Section 402(a)(8)
              of the  Code;  provided,  however,  that  the  maximum  amount  of
              Compensation  taken into  account for an Employee in any Plan Year
              shall not exceed  $200,000,  as such amount is determined,  and is
              adjusted for any  increase in the  cost-of-living,  under  Section
              401(a)(17)  of the  Code.  Notwithstanding  the  above,  effective
              December 1, 1994, Compensation shall not exceed $150,000, adjusted
              at the same time and in the same manner as under Section 415(d) of
              the Code,  but only if and when the  aggregate  of such  potential
              adjustments  totals at least  $10,000  and then only in amounts of
              $10,000,  as in the manner described in Section  401(a)(17) of the
              Code.

              In determining  the  Compensation  of a Member for purposes of the
              dollar  limitation,  the rules of  Section  414(q)(6)  of the Code
              shall apply except that, in applying such rules, the term "family"
              shall  include  only  the  Spouse  of the  Member  and any  lineal
              descendants  of the Member who have not obtained age nineteen (19)
              before  the  close  of  the  Plan  Year.  If as a  result  of  the
              application  of such rules the  adjusted  limitation  is exceeded,
              then  the   limitation   shall  be  prorated  among  the  affected
              individuals in proportion to each such  individual's  Compensation
              as determined prior to the application of this limitation.

2.15          "DISABILITY" OR "DISABLED" shall mean the inability of a Member to
              adequately  perform  Service  for an  Affiliated  Company due to a
              physical or mental impairment which is expected to last at least a
              year.  Disability  shall  be  determined  by  the  Committee  upon
              competent  medical  evidence that such  Disability  existed at the
              time the individual ceased to perform Service; provided,  however,
              that,  upon notice by the Member,  (i) the Committee shall request
              the  Medical  Society of the  County in which the Member  performs
              Service to  designate  a  physician  to examine  the Member and to
              determine  whether  he or she is  Disabled,  (ii) the  physician's
              report  on the  Member's  medical  examination  shall be final and
              binding on all  parties  and (iii)  one-half  (1/2) of all medical
              fees and expenses  arising from the examination  shall be borne by
              the Member.

2.16          "EFFECTIVE DATE" shall mean November 25, 1991.

2.17          "EMPLOYEE"  shall mean any employee of the Company,  as determined
              by the Committee, but excluding any individual who is (i) included
              in  a  unit  of  employees  covered  by  a  negotiated  collective
              bargaining agreement which does not provide for

                                        4




<PAGE>



              his or her membership in the Plan, (ii) a nonresident alien of the
              United  States or  described  in Section  861(a)(3) of the Code or
              (iii) a Leased Employee.

2.18          "EMPLOYMENT  DATE"  shall mean the first date on which an Employee
              or Leased Employee completes an Hour of Service.

2.19          "ERISA" shall mean the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of
              1974, as now in effect or as hereafter amended, and all applicable
              rulings, guidelines or regulations (whether proposed, temporary or
              final) promulgated thereunder.  All citations to sections or other
              references  thereof are to such  sections or other  references  as
              they may from time to time be amended, renumbered or superseded.

2.20          "ESOP  LOAN"  shall  mean a loan  or  other  extension  of  credit
              (including any installment  purchase  obligation)  used to finance
              the  acquisition  of Financed  Stock or to repay an existing  ESOP
              Loan, in accordance with Section 5.2, which loan may constitute an
              extension  of credit to the Trust from any person,  including  the
              Company.

2.21          "FAB" shall mean Fab Industries, Inc. (or any successor thereto).

2.22          "FINANCED STOCK" shall mean shares of Stock acquired for the Trust
              Fund with the  proceeds of an ESOP Loan,  as  described in Section
              5.2.

2.23          "HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE" shall mean a Member who is a "highly
              compensated  employee" within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the
              Code.

2.24          "HOUR OF SERVICE"  shall mean,  as  determined by the Committee in
              accordance  with  ERISA and the Code,  each hour  during  which an
              individual  performs Service (or is treated as performing  Service
              under Section 2.35) and, except in the case of layoffs, jury duty,
              or  military  service,  for which the  individual  is  directly or
              indirectly  paid, or entitled to payment by an Affiliated  Company
              (including any back pay,  irrespective  of mitigation of damages);
              provided,  however,  that in no event shall more than five hundred
              one (501) Hours of Service be credited for purposes of Section 2.9
              or Section 2.43 for any continuous  period during which no Service
              is performed.

2.25          "IRS" shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Service.

2.26          "LEASED  EMPLOYEE"  shall mean any person (other than an Employee)
              who pursuant to an agreement between an Affiliated Company and any
              other person (the "leasing  organization")  has performed services
              for the Affiliated Company on a substantially  full-time basis for
              a period of at least one (1) year, and such services are of a type
              historically  performed by Employees in the business  field of the
              Affiliated Company. Contributions or benefits provided to a Leased
              Employee by the leasing  organization  which are  attributable  to
              services  performed for the Affiliated Company shall be treated as
              provided by the Employer.

                                        5




<PAGE>




2.27          "LOAN  SUSPENSE  ACCOUNT"  shall mean an account  established  and
              maintained to hold shares of Financed  Stock until such shares are
              allocated to an individual  Member's  Account  pursuant to Section
              4.2.

2.28          "MEMBER" shall mean any Employee who is enrolled in the membership
              of the Plan as provided in Section 3.

2.29          "NORMAL  RETIREMENT AGE" shall mean the later of the date a Member
              (i)  attains  age   sixty-five   (65)  or  (ii)  the  fifth  (5th)
              anniversary of the date an Employee first became a Member.

2.30          "PLAN"  shall  mean  this  Fab  Industries,  Inc.  Employee  Stock
              Ownership Plan, as the same may be amended from time to time.

2.31          "PLAN ENTRY DATE" shall mean the June 1st or December  1st that an
              Employee  commences  membership  in the  Plan in  accordance  with
              Section 3; provided,  however,  that, for purposes of Section 3.1,
              the Plan Entry Date shall be the Effective Date.

2.32          "PLAN  YEAR"  shall mean the fiscal  year of Fab,  the twelve (12)
              month  period  commencing  on each  December  1. For  purposes  of
              Section 415 of the Code (as applied  under  Section  10), the Plan
              Year shall also be the "limitation year."

2.33          "QUALIFIED PLAN" shall mean a plan meeting the requirements of (i)
              Section 401(a) of the Code,  the related trust of which  qualifies
              for  tax-exempt  status under Section  501(a) of the Code, or (ii)
              Section 403(a) of the Code.

2.34          "RETIRE"  OR  "RETIREMENT"  shall  mean a  termination  of Service
              (other  than by reason of death or  Disability)  by a Member on or
              after the earlier of (i) his or her Normal  Retirement Age or (ii)
              the date he or she has both  attained age sixty (60) and completed
              ten (10) Years of Service.

2.35          "SERVICE"  shall mean, as determined by the Committee,  employment
              (whether or not as an Employee) with an Affiliated Company. To the
              extent  and  for  the  purposes  determined  by the  Committee  in
              accordance with ERISA and the Code,  Service  includes (i) periods
              of vacation  and  holidays,  (ii)  periods of layoff,  (iii) other
              periods of absence authorized by the employing  Affiliated Company
              for sickness,  temporary disability, jury duty or personal reasons
              and (iv) if and to the extent required by Federal law,  service in
              the Armed  Forces of the United  States.  Service may also include
              any  period of a Member's  prior  employment  by any  organization
              under such terms and  conditions  as the Committee may approve and
              subject to any required IRS approval.

2.36          "SPOUSE" shall mean the person then legally married to a Member.


                                        6




<PAGE>



2.37          "STOCK" shall mean the Common Stock, par value $0.20 per share, of
              Fab that is listed on the American Stock  Exchange,  or such other
              securities designated by Fab that qualify as "employer securities"
              within  the  meaning  of  Section  409(l) of the Code and  Section
              407(d)(1) of ERISA.

2.38          "TRUST" OR "TRUST FUND" shall mean the trust established by Fab as
              a part of the Plan.

2.39          "TRUST  AGREEMENT"  shall mean the  agreement  between Fab and the
              Trustee that evidences the Trust,  as the same may be amended from
              time to time, or any successor agreement thereto.

2.40          "TRUSTEE"  shall  mean  the  trustee  or  trustees  of  the  Trust
              appointed  by  Fab,  or  any  successor  or  successors,  thereto;
              provided,  however,  that  no  Trustee  may  be  appointed  by Fab
              hereunder that is not a "bank", as defined in Section 202(a)(2) of
              the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, with equity capital in excess
              of $1,000,000.

2.41          "VALUATION  DATE" shall mean (i) the Allocation Date for each Plan
              Year,  and (ii) the last day of any month or months  during a Plan
              Year (A) immediately preceding the date a Member's Vested Interest
              is distributed in accordance with the provisions of Section 9, but
              notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan to the contrary,
              solely for purposes of  determining  the number of shares of Stock
              under  Section  9.7(b)  or  the  amount  of  cash  representing  a
              fractional  share  of  Stock  under  Section  9.6,  or  (B) as the
              Committee may otherwise from time to time determine.

2.42          "VESTED  INTEREST"  shall mean the  portion of a Member's  Account
              that has become nonforfeitable pursuant to Section 7.

2.43          "YEAR OF SERVICE"  shall mean,  as  determined by the Committee in
              accordance  with ERISA and the Code,  a twelve  (12) month  period
              during which an individual completes one thousand (1,000) Hours of
              Service commencing on (i) solely for purposes of Section 3, his or
              her  Employment  Date or  (ii)  the  first  day of any  Plan  Year
              commencing  on or after  (or,  for  purposes  of  Section  2.2(i),
              immediately before) his or her Employment Date; provided, however,
              that, if a Member's  Employment  Date  precedes  December 1, 1990,
              then an  Employee's  Years of Service for purposes of  determining
              his or her Vested Interest under Section 7, shall be determined by
              reference to December 1, 1990 (and not his or her Employment Date)
              under  clause  (ii) above.  Years of Service of a Leased  Employee
              shall be counted solely for purposes of Section 3 and Section 7.


                                        7




<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 3.

                                   MEMBERSHIP


3.1           ELIGIBILITY ON EFFECTIVE DATE

              As of  the  Effective  Date,  each  Employee  who is  eligible  to
              participate in either the Fab Lace, Inc.  Employees Profit Sharing
              Plan or the Fab  Industries,  Inc. Money Option Savings Plan shall
              be automatically enrolled as a Member in the Plan.

3.2           ELIGIBILITY AFTER EFFECTIVE DATE

              Each Employee not described in Section 3.1 shall be  automatically
              enrolled  as a  Member  of the  Plan  as of the  Plan  Entry  Date
              coincident with or immediately  following the later of the date on
              which  he or she (i)  completes  one (1)  Year  of  Service,  (ii)
              attains age eighteen (18) or (iii) becomes an Employee.

3.3           AUTOMATIC ENROLLMENT BY COMMITTEE

              The Committee  shall take all necessary or  appropriate  action to
              enroll each Employee  eligible under this Section 3, and, if it is
              determined  that an Employee has for any reason not been  enrolled
              in the  membership of the Plan in  accordance  with Section 3.1 or
              Section 3.2, such Employee shall be retroactively  enrolled on the
              next following  Allocation  Date in accordance with the applicable
              Section.  On such Allocation  Date, the Account of an Employee who
              is  retroactively  enrolled  shall be  adjusted by  crediting  the
              aggregate  amount  of  Annual  Additions,  if any,  which  had not
              otherwise been attributed to an Account  established on his or her
              behalf by reason of Section  4.2(c) on any prior  Allocation  Date
              had he or she been  enrolled  when first  eligible.  No enrollment
              forms shall be required to enroll an Employee;  provided, however,
              that the Committee may, in accordance  with Section 17.7,  require
              an Employee to complete such Beneficiary  designation forms, forms
              to apply for  benefits and such other forms as the  Committee  may
              determine to be necessary or advisable.

3.4           DURATION OF MEMBERSHIP

              The  membership of a Member shall cease upon  distribution  of the
              amount treated as his or her entire Vested  Interest under Section
              9 of the Plan, or, if earlier, his or her death.

3.5           ACCOUNTS OF MEMBERS

              The  Committee  shall  establish  and  maintain  or  cause  to  be
              established  and  maintained  in respect of each Member an Account
              showing his or her  interest  under the Plan and in the Trust Fund
              and all other relevant data pertaining thereto. Each Member shall

                                        8




<PAGE>



              be  furnished  with a written  statement of his or her Account and
              the  value  of his or her  interest  in the  Trust  Fund at  least
              annually and upon any  distribution  to him or her. In maintaining
              or causing to be  maintained  the  Accounts  of Members  under the
              Plan, the Committee may conclusively rely on the valuations of the
              Trust in  accordance  with the  Plan  and the  terms of the  Trust
              Agreement.

3.6           LIMITATION OF INTERESTS OF MEMBERS

              The  establishment  and maintenance of, or allocations and credits
              to,  the  Account  of any  Member  shall  not vest in any  Member,
              Beneficiary,  Spouse or other person, any right, title or interest
              in the Account,  the Trust Fund or to any Plan benefits  except at
              such times and upon such terms and  conditions  as  expressly  set
              forth in the Plan and the Trust Agreement.



                                        9




<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 4.

                            CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE PLAN


4.1           COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS

              For each Plan  Year,  the  amount  and the  timing of the  Company
              Contributions  to be paid into the Trust Fund shall be  determined
              by  Fab.  Company  Contributions  may  be  either  in  cash,  cash
              equivalents  or Stock,  as determined by Fab;  provided,  however,
              that the amount of Company Contributions made in cash for any Plan
              Year shall be made at such  times and in such  amounts as shall be
              sufficient  to amortize the amount of the  principal  and interest
              due with respect to any ESOP Loan.

4.2           RELEASE OF FINANCED STOCK AND ALLOCATION OF FINANCED STOCK AND
              COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ACCOUNTS OF MEMBERS

              (a)   Financed  Stock  shall  initially  be  credited  to  a  Loan
                    Suspense Account and shall be allocated to Members' Accounts
                    only as payments of principal  and interest on the ESOP Loan
                    are made by the Trustee.  Company Contributions for any Plan
                    Year  shall  first be  applied  to pay any  obligation  with
                    respect to an ESOP Loan that will  mature  during  such Plan
                    Year and then, if Fab so directs the Trustee,  be applied to
                    prepay any other  obligation  with  respect to an ESOP Loan.
                    The number of shares of Financed  Stock to be released  from
                    the Loan  Suspense  Account for  allocation  to the Members'
                    Accounts  for a Plan Year shall be based upon the ratio that
                    the  payments  and  interest  on the ESOP Loan for that Plan
                    Year bears to the total projected  payments of principal and
                    interest over the  remainder of the repayment  period of the
                    ESOP Loan or such other method  permitted under the Code and
                    ERISA,  as  specified  by Fab. If Fab elects for a Plan Year
                    that  some or all of the  cash  dividends  paid on  Financed
                    Stock be applied to the repayment of an ESOP Loan,  then any
                    Financed  Stock  released  from  the Loan  Suspense  Account
                    because of such repayment shall be allocated as if such cash
                    dividends were Company  Contributions  applied in accordance
                    with this Section 4.2(a) for such Plan Year.

              (b)   In the  event  that for any  Plan  Year  (i) Fab  elects  to
                    require  that  some  or all of the  cash  dividends  paid on
                    shares of Stock credited to a Member's Account be applied to
                    the repayment of an ESOP Loan, (ii) an  individual's  return
                    to Service  requires the  recrediting of a forfeiture  under
                    Section  9.2(b),  (iii)  a  notification   received  by  the
                    Committee  requires the  recrediting  of a forfeiture  under
                    Section  17.6,  (iv)  a  retroactive   enrollment   requires
                    crediting an adjustment under Section 3.3, then, the Account
                    of such  affected  Member  shall be credited  with shares of
                    Financed Stock  released from the Loan Suspense  Account for
                    such Plan Year by application of Company Contributions under
                    Section 4.2(a), as of the Allocation Date for such Plan Year
                    (unless Section 9.7(b)(ii) applies), with

                                       10




<PAGE>



                    a value,  determined  as of such  date  that is equal to the
                    amount of cash  dividends so applied or the amount  required
                    to be credited under Section 3.3,  Section 9.2(b) or Section
                    17.6,  as the case may be;  provided,  however,  that in the
                    event such value of the shares of Financed Stock so released
                    is insufficient to make the full allocation required by this
                    Section 4.2(b),  then any  insufficiency  shall be satisfied
                    first with  Company  Contributions  not so applied (if any),
                    and then with Trust Fund earnings, in cash or in Stock, with
                    a value determined as of such date.

              (c)   As of the  Allocation  Date for each Plan Year but after any
                    required  allocation  under  Section  4.2(b),  any remaining
                    shares of Financed  Stock  released  from the Loan  Suspense
                    Account  for  such  Plan  Year  under  Section  4.2(a)  and,
                    separately,  any remaining  amount of Company  Contributions
                    not applied in  accordance  with  Section  4.2(a),  shall be
                    credited to the Accounts of Active Members in the proportion
                    that each such Active  Member's  Compensation  for such Plan
                    Year bears to the aggregate  Compensation of all such Active
                    Members for such Plan Year;  provided,  however,  that,  the
                    Allocation Limit shall not be exceeded for any Plan Year. In
                    the event  that the  Allocation  Limit  would  otherwise  be
                    exceeded,  the amount that would have been  allocated to the
                    Accounts of Highly  Compensated  Employees  shall be reduced
                    pro rata until such  limit is  achieved.  The amount of such
                    reduction  shall then be allocated  among the Active Members
                    who are not Highly Compensated Employees; provided, however,
                    that  the  Compensation  of  Highly  Compensated   Employees
                    -------- ------- shall not be considered in determining such
                    Active Members' pro rata shares of such allocation.

4.3           RETURN OF MISTAKEN OR CONDITIONAL COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS

              If any  Company  Contributions  are made by mistake  of fact,  the
              excess of the amount  contributed  over the amount that would have
              been contributed had there not occurred a mistake of fact shall be
              returned  within  one (1)  year  after  payment  of  such  Company
              Contributions.  Company Contributions are expressly conditioned on
              their  deductibility  under  Section  404(a)(1) or (3) of the Code
              and,  to the  extent  treated  as  disallowed  as  such,  shall be
              returned within one (1) year after such disallowance. This Plan is
              established  and  maintained on the  condition  that the IRS shall
              issue a favorable determination letter to the effect that the Plan
              and Trust,  and any  amendments  thereto,  meet the  qualification
              requirements   specified   in  Section  1  upon   timely   initial
              application.  If such  approval  should be denied  for any  reason
              (including failure to comply with any conditions for such approval
              imposed by the IRS),  all Company  Contributions  made before such
              denial shall be returned within one (1) year after such denial. In
              the event that Company  Contributions  are returned in  accordance
              with this Section 4.3, a corresponding reduction, as determined by
              the Committee,  shall be made to the Accounts of affected  Members
              and no such affected  Member,  his or her Spouse or Beneficiary or
              any other  person  shall have any rights to all or any  portion of
              the value represented by such reduction. Notwithstanding any other
              provision of the Plan to the  contrary,  no portion of any Company
              Contributions shall

                                       11




<PAGE>



              be  returned to the  Company if such  portion has been  previously
              applied to the payment of principal or interest on an ESOP Loan.

4.4           FORFEITURES

              As of the  Allocation  Date for each Plan  Year,  any  forfeitures
              arising  during  such  Plan Year  under  Section  9.2(b),  Section
              10.2(b) or Section 17.6 shall be treated as Company Contributions;
              provided,  however, that in the event that a portion of a Member's
              Account is forfeited  under the Plan, any Financed Stock allocated
              to his or her Account shall be forfeited last.

4.5           MEMBER CONTRIBUTIONS PROHIBITED

              Members  shall not be permitted or required to make  contributions
              under the Plan.



                                       12




<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 5.

                           INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS



5.1           INVESTMENT IN STOCK

              (a)   Except as otherwise  provided in this  Section 5.1,  Company
                    Contributions  (other than  contributions of Stock) received
                    by the Trustee and all other monies,  securities or property
                    held by the  Trustee  under  the  Trust  Agreement  shall be
                    invested with reasonable promptness by the Trustee in shares
                    of Stock,  except as otherwise applied under Section 4.2(a).
                    Dividends  (other  than  those  currently  paid  to  Members
                    pursuant to Section 9.7 or Section  11.4,  or applied to the
                    repayment  of an ESOP Loan under  Section  4.2(a)) and other
                    distributions  received and gains  realized on Stock held in
                    the Trust Fund shall be similarly invested or applied to the
                    acquisition of shares of Stock.

              (b)   If shares  of Stock  are not  available  for  purchase,  the
                    Trustee  shall,  to the  extent  not  inconsistent  with the
                    Plan's   continued   qualification  as  an  "employee  stock
                    ownership plan," within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(7) of
                    the Code and Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA, invest amounts held
                    by the Trust Fund in  securities or  investments  other than
                    Stock.

              (c)   The Trustee may maintain  cash reserves in the Trust Fund to
                    provide  funds for (i)  payment of  expenses or taxes of the
                    Plan and the Trust under  Section 6, (ii)  distributions  in
                    cash or (iii)  repayments  of  principal  and interest on an
                    ESOP Loan.  Such  reserves may be invested in cash,  savings
                    accounts,  certificates  of deposit or other cash equivalent
                    investments  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of the  Trust
                    Agreement.

              (d)   Any  investments  other than Stock may be made  through  the
                    medium of any common,  collective or  commingled  trust fund
                    maintained by the Trustee which is qualified  under Sections
                    401(a)  and 501(a) of the Code,  constituting  a part of the
                    Plan and the Trust.

5.2           FINANCED STOCK

              (a)   On the Effective  Date, the Trustee shall incur an ESOP Loan
                    as directed by Fab to finance the  acquisition  of shares of
                    Financed Stock for the Trust.  Subsequently,  Fab may direct
                    the Trustee to incur additional ESOP Loans from time to time
                    to finance the  acquisition  of shares of Financed Stock for
                    the Trust or to repay a prior ESOP Loan.  The proceeds of an
                    ESOP Loan must be applied within a reasonable period of time
                    after  their  receipt  to be  invested  in  accordance  with
                    Section 5.1, to repay such loan or to repay a prior ESOP

                                       13




<PAGE>



                    Loan.  The terms of any ESOP Loan,  at the time such loan is
                    made,  shall  be at least  as  favorable  to the Plan as the
                    terms  of a  comparable  loan  resulting  from  arm's-length
                    negotiations between independent parties. An ESOP Loan shall
                    be for a  specific  term,  shall bear a  reasonable  rate of
                    interest  and shall not be payable  on demand  except in the
                    event of  default,  in which  event the value of Trust  Fund
                    assets  transferred  to satisfy the default shall not exceed
                    the amount of the default;  provided,  however, that, if the
                    lender is a  "disqualified  person"  (as  defined in Section
                    4975(e)(2) of the Code) or a "party in interest" (as defined
                    in Section  3(14) of ERISA,  a transfer of  collateral  upon
                    default  shall be made  only  upon and to the  extent of the
                    failure  of the Plan to meet the  payment  schedule  for the
                    ESOP Loan.

              (b)   The only Trust Fund assets may be pledged as collateral  for
                    an ESOP Loan are the shares of Financed  Stock  allocated to
                    the Loan Suspense  Account acquired with the proceeds of the
                    ESOP Loan or such shares used as  collateral on a prior ESOP
                    Loan  that was  repaid  with the  current  ESOP  Loan and no
                    lender shall have  recourse  against Trust Fund assets other
                    than (i) such collateral,  (ii) Company  Contributions  that
                    are made  under the Plan to meet the  obligations  under the
                    ESOP Loan with respect to which no allocation  under Section
                    4.2 has been  made and  (iii)  dividends  or other  earnings
                    attributable  to such  collateral and the investment of such
                    Company  Contributions;   provided,  however,  that  amounts
                    described  in clause  (iii)  above not  applied to repay any
                    ESOP Loan in accordance  with Section 4.2(a) for a Plan Year
                    shall be allocated  to Members'  Accounts as earnings on the
                    Trust Fund in accordance  with Section  4.2(b) or Section 6.
                    Any pledge of Financed Stock must provide for the release of
                    shares so  pledged  on a pro rata  basis as the ESOP Loan is
                    repaid by the Trustee  and as such shares of Financed  Stock
                    are  allocated  to Members'  Accounts as provided in Section
                    4.2.

              (c)   Amounts to be used to satisfy the  obligations  arising from
                    any ESOP Loan shall be accounted for separately by the Trust
                    until so used.



                                       14




<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 6.

                 VALUATION AND MAINTENANCE OF MEMBERS' ACCOUNTS


6.1           VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND

              (a)   As of each  Valuation  Date, the Trust Fund shall be valued,
                    pursuant  to the terms of the Plan and the Trust  Agreement,
                    (i) to reflect first,  any allocation  involving  Trust Fund
                    earnings  under  Section  4.2(b),  (ii)  then the  effect of
                    dividends or other income received and accrued, realized and
                    unrealized  profits  and losses  and all other  transactions
                    during  the  period   beginning  after  the  next  preceding
                    Valuation  Date  (or the  Effective  Date,  if  there  is no
                    preceding  Valuation Date) and ending on such Valuation Date
                    (the  "Valuation  Period"),  but such  valuation  shall  not
                    include  any  Company  Contributions  received  during  such
                    Valuation  Period.  Such  valuation  shall be conclusive and
                    binding  upon all  persons  having an  interest in the Trust
                    Fund.

              (b)   The Committee may appoint an independent  appraiser to value
                    all or any part of the assets of the Trust  Fund;  provided,
                    however,  that all  valuations  of shares of Stock which are
                    "not readily tradable on an established  securities  market"
                    (within  the meaning of Section  401(a)(28)(C)  of the Code)
                    shall   be  made  by  an   independent   appraiser   meeting
                    requirements  analogous to those under Section  170(a)(1) of
                    the  Code.   The  Trustee,   Fab,  and  the   Committee  may
                    conclusively  rely upon the  valuation  prepared by any such
                    independent appraiser.

6.2           ADJUSTMENT OF MEMBERS' ACCOUNTS

              On the basis of such  valuation,  the  Committee  shall adjust the
              Members'  Accounts  as of  each  Valuation  Date  to  reflect  the
              transactions  taken into account  under  Section  6.1(a).  For the
              Valuation  Period,  such adjustments of Members' Accounts shall be
              made by (i)  deducting  from  each said  Account  the total of all
              payments made from the Account during the Valuation  Period,  (ii)
              adding to or deducting from, as the case may be, each Account such
              proportion  of each  adjustment  under  Section  6.1 as the amount
              credited to the Account as of the next  preceding  Valuation  Date
              bears to the total of the  amounts in all of said  Accounts  as of
              such preceding  Valuation Date and (iii) adding, if such Valuation
              Date is also an  Allocation  Date,  to each  Account the  Member's
              allocable  share of any amounts  treated as Company  Contributions
              (other  than such  amounts as are  applied or to be applied to the
              repayment of an ESOP Loan) for such Valuation  Period or shares of
              Financed  Stock  released  from  the  Loan  Suspense  Account  and
              properly  allocated to such Member's Account as of such Allocation
              Date in accordance  with Section 4.2. As of each  Valuation  Date,
              the  amount  attributable  to a  Member's  Account  shall mean the
              number of shares (including  fractional  shares) of Stock plus any
              other property or cash properly  credited to the Member's  Account
              as of such date.

                                       15




<PAGE>




6.3           ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

              The expenses of administering the Plan, including (i) the fees and
              expenses of any employee and of the Trustee for the performance of
              its duties under the Plan or Trust,  (ii) the expenses incurred by
              the members of the Committee or their delegates in the performance
              of their duties under the Plan (including reasonable  compensation
              for any legal counsel,  appraisers,  certified public accountants,
              consultants  and  agents  and the  cost of  services  rendered  in
              respect  of the  Plan) and (iii)  all  other  proper  charges  and
              disbursements  of the  Trustee,  the Company or the members of the
              Committee  (including  settlements  of  claims  or  legal  actions
              approved by Fab) shall be paid out of the Trust Fund and allocated
              to and  deducted  from the Members'  Accounts by the  Committee in
              accordance  with the provisions of Section 6.2, unless the Company
              pays such expenses directly without  reimbursement  from the Trust
              Fund.

6.4           TAXES

              Taxes, if any, of any and all kinds whatsoever which are levied or
              assessed on any assets held or income  received by the Trust Fund,
              shall be allocated to and deducted from the Members' Accounts.

6.5           OTHER EXPENSES

              Brokerage fees,  transfer taxes and any other expenses incident to
              the purchase or sale of Stock by the Trustee shall be deemed to be
              part of the  cost of such  Stock  or  deducted  in  computing  the
              proceeds therefrom, as the case may be.

6.6           TRANSACTIONS WITH DISQUALIFIED PERSONS

              Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of the  Plan or the  Trust
              Agreement to the  contrary,  if a transaction  involving  Stock is
              between  the Trustee  and a  "disqualified  person" (as defined in
              Section  4975(e)(2)  of the  Code) or a "party  in  interest"  (as
              defined  in Section  3(14) of  ERISA),  the value of the shares of
              Stock  subject to such  transaction  shall be determined as of the
              date of such transaction.



                                       16




<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 7.

                        VESTING OF COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS



7.1           FULL VESTING

              (a)   Each  Member  who  attains  Normal  Retirement  Age while in
                    Service or who  terminates  Service by reason of Retirement,
                    Disability or death shall have a one hundred  percent (100%)
                    Vested  Interest  in  the  amount  credited  to  his  or her
                    Account.

              (b)   Each Member in Service affected by a complete termination of
                    the Plan under Section 16.3, or a "partial  termination"  of
                    or "permanent  discontinuance  of contributions" to the Plan
                    under  Section  15.1(b),  shall have a one  hundred  percent
                    (100%) Vested Interest in the amount allocated to his or her
                    Account,  as adjusted under the provisions of Section 16 and
                    Section 15.3, respectively.

7.2           VESTING UPON OTHER TERMINATIONS OF SERVICE

              Any Member to which Section 7.1 does not apply shall have a Vested
              Interest,  as determined by the  Committee,  in the portion of the
              amount  credited  to  his  or  her  Account  determined  from  the
              following  vesting  schedule  on the  basis of the  number of full
              Years of Service  which he or she has  completed as of the date of
              his or her termination of Service.


                                VESTING SCHEDULE

              Full Years of Service                                  Percentage

              Less than 1........................................         0%
              1 but less than 2..................................        10%
              2 but less than 3..................................        20%
              3 but less than 4..................................        30%
              4 but less than 5..................................        40%
              5 but less than 6..................................        60%
              6 but less than 7..................................        80%
              7 or more .........................................       100%

7.3           RULES APPLICABLE TO VESTING

              If a Member returns to Service following a Break in Service, then,
              his or her Years of Service  before such return  shall be counted,
              in addition to his or her Years of

                                       17




<PAGE>



              Service  following such return,  in determining  his or her Vested
              Interest in the amounts credited to his or her Account on or after
              his or her return to Service; provided, however, that, if a Member
              who had no Vested  Interest at the time of his or her  termination
              of  Service  returns  to  Service   following  five  (5)  or  more
              consecutive  Breaks in  Service,  such  Member's  Years of Service
              prior to such Breaks in Service shall not be taken into account in
              determining  such Member's Vested Interest in amounts  credited to
              his or her Account on or after his or her return to Service.



                                       18




<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 8.

                         WITHDRAWALS FOR DIVERSIFICATION



8.1           WITHDRAWAL

              Subject to Section  8.2,  during the first Plan Year that a Member
              both  (i) is at  least  age  fifty-five  (55) and (ii) has been an
              Active  Member for at least ten (10) Plan Years after the November
              30th  coincident  with or next preceding the Effective Date, he or
              she may elect to  withdraw,  on  written  notice to the  Committee
              during the ninety (90) day period  following  such Plan Year,  and
              each of the next five (5) Plan Years,  a number of whole shares of
              Stock determined in accordance with the following formula:

                    D    =   P (X + Y) - Y, where

                    D    =   the   number  of  shares  of  Stock  that  may  be
                             withdrawn  under this Section 8.1,  rounded to the
                             nearest whole integer;                             

                    P    =   twenty-five percent (25%) (fifty percent (50%) for
                             the last Plan Year);                              
                              
                    X    =   the  number  of shares  of Stock  credited  to the
                             Member's Account as of the Allocation Date for the
                             Plan Year; and                                     
                              
                              

                    Y    =   the number of shares of Stock previously withdrawn
                             by the Member under this Section 8.1.             

              Any shares of Stock  which a Member so elects to receive  shall be
              distributed  to the Member not later than one hundred eighty (180)
              days following the Allocation  Date for the Plan Year to which the
              election applies.

8.2           DE MINIMIS EXCEPTION

              A Member shall not be entitled to make a withdrawal  under Section
              8.1 if the value of Stock allocated to such Member's Account, when
              added  to the  value  of any  other  "employer  securities"  under
              Section 409(1) of the Code acquired after 1986 and credited to the
              Member's account in any other "employee stock  ownership"  meeting
              the  requirements  of  Section  4975(e)(7)  of the  Code  that  is
              maintained by an Affiliated Company, does not exceed $500, or such
              greater  amount as may be specified by the IRS under the Code. For
              purposes of this Section 8.2, the value of the Stock or such other
              employer  securities shall be determined as of the Allocation Date
              for the  first  Plan  Year with  respect  to which a Member  would
              otherwise be entitled to make a withdrawal under Section 8.1.


                                       19




<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 9.

                    DISTRIBUTIONS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE


9.1           DISTRIBUTIONS UPON A MEMBER'S TERMINATION OF SERVICE BY REASON OF
              RETIREMENT OR DISABILITY

              If  a  Member  terminates  Service  by  reason  of  Retirement  or
              Disability, such Member shall be entitled to a distribution of his
              or her Vested Interest and, unless the member elects  otherwise in
              accordance with Section 9.3, such distribution shall be determined
              as of the Allocation  Date  coincident  with or next following the
              date  of  such   termination  of  Service  and  made  as  soon  as
              practicable  thereafter,  but in no event  later than  ninety (90)
              days following such Allocation Date.

9.2           DISTRIBUTIONS UPON OTHER TERMINATIONS OF SERVICE

              (a)   Subject to the following  provisions of this Section 9.2, if
                    a Member terminates Service for a reason other than death or
                    one  specified in Section 9.1, such Member shall be entitled
                    to a distribution  of his or her Vested Interest and, unless
                    the Member elects  otherwise in accordance with Section 9.3,
                    such  distribution  shall be determined as of the Allocation
                    Date  coincident  with or next  following  the  date of such
                    termination  of Service  and made no later than  ninety (90)
                    days following such Allocation Date.

              (b)   Any  excess  of the  amount  credited  to  such  terminating
                    Member's  Account over his or her Vested  Interest  shall be
                    treated as a forfeiture  under Section 4.4 for the Plan Year
                    during  which  such  Member  terminates   Service.   If  the
                    terminated Member returns to Service prior to incurring five
                    (5)  consecutive  Breaks  in  Service,  the  amount  of such
                    forfeiture  shall be  recredited  to such  Member's  Account
                    (along with imputed  earnings,  gains or losses,  if any, on
                    such forfeiture in the event the terminated  Member had made
                    a deferral  election under Section 9.3) as of the Allocation
                    Date  coincident  with  or  next  following  the  terminated
                    Member's return to Service.

9.3           DEFERRAL ELECTION

              If a Member who has not attained Normal Retirement Age is entitled
              to a distribution  under Section 9.1 or Section 9.2, and the value
              of his or her Vested  Interest  equals or exceeds $3,500 as of the
              Allocation  Date  the  distribution  is to be  determined  in such
              Section,   such  Member  may  elect  to  defer   receipt  of  such
              distribution  by  specifying  a later  Allocation  Date  occurring
              before or next  following  his or her Normal  Retirement  Age with
              respect to which the preceding provisions of this Section 9 are to
              be applied,  through  advance notice to the  Committee;  provided,
              however,  that no  distribution  shall  be made  hereunder  if the
              Member returns to Service before such specified Allocation Date.

                                       20




<PAGE>



9.4           DISTRIBUTIONS UPON DEATH

              Notwithstanding the foregoing  provisions of this Section 9 to the
              contrary,  in the  event  of the  death  of a  Member,  his or her
              Beneficiary  shall be entitled to a  distribution  of the Member's
              Vested  Interest,  determined as of the Allocation Date coincident
              with or next  following the date of the Member's death and made no
              later than ninety (90) days following such Allocation Date.

9.5           MINIMUM REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS

              Notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan to the contrary,
              all distributions  under the Plan shall be made in compliance with
              the minimum  distribution and timing of distribution  requirements
              under  Section  401(a)(9) of the Code.  To the extent  required by
              Section  401(a)(9)  of the Code,  the  distribution  of the Vested
              Interest  of each  Member of the Plan  shall be made no later than
              April 1 of the calendar year  following the calendar year in which
              the Member attains age seventy and one-half (70-1/2).

9.6           SINGLE SUM STOCK DISTRIBUTIONS

              Any benefit payable under this Section 9 shall be distributed in a
              single  sum  from  the  Trust  Fund  in  whole   shares  of  Stock
              (containing  such legends and upon such terms and  conditions  and
              restrictions  as the Committee may direct)  together with any cash
              either  awaiting  investment in Stock or representing a fractional
              share of Stock.

9.7           CURRENT DIVIDENDS DISTRIBUTIONS

              (a)   Unless  Section  11.4  otherwise  applies,  in the  event  a
                    Member's Vested Interest is to be distributed  during a Plan
                    Year in  accordance  with the  foregoing  provisions of this
                    Section 9, then,  the amount of cash  dividends  paid to the
                    Trustee  by Fab during  that same Plan Year with  respect to
                    such  shares  of  Stock  (including  cash  representing  any
                    fractional  share) to be distributed  ("Current  Dividends")
                    shall be treated in the same manner as the  Member's  Vested
                    Interest  solely for  purposes of this  Section 9, except as
                    provided in Section 9.7(b).

              (b)   (i)  Notwithstanding  Section  9.6,  the  amount of  Current
                         Dividends to be  distributed  to a Member under Section
                         9.7(a) shall be distributed in a single cash sum unless
                         Fab  has  made  the   election   described  in  Section
                         4.2(b)(i) with respect to such Current Dividends.      
                         
                         

                   (ii)  In that event,  Section 9.6 shall apply, but the number
                         of shares of Stock to be distributed that represent the
                         amount of Current  Dividends  shall be determined as of
                         the applicable Valuation Date.                  
                         
                         


                                       21




<PAGE>



9.8           ROLLOVERS TO OTHER PLANS OR IRAS

              Effective  with  respect  to any  distributions  made on or  after
              December 1, 1993 and  notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to
              the contrary that would otherwise limit a Member's  election under
              this  Section,  a Member may elect,  at the time and in the manner
              prescribed  by the  Committee,  to have any portion of an Eligible
              Rollover  Distribution paid, in a Direct Rollover,  to an Eligible
              Retirement Plan specified by the Member.

              Definitions:

              (1)   An "ELIGIBLE  ROLLOVER  DISTRIBUTION" is any distribution of
                    all or any  portion  of the  balance  to the  credit  of the
                    Member, except:

                    (a)    any   distribution   that  is  one  of  a  series  of
                           substantially  equal periodic payments (made not less
                           frequently than annually) made over the life (or life
                           expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or
                           joint  life  expectancies)  of  the  Member  and  the
                           Member's  Beneficiary,  or over a period  of ten (10)
                           years or more;

                    (b)    any  distribution to the extent such  distribution is
                           required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and

                    (c)    the   portion  of  any   distribution   that  is  not
                           includable in gross income (determined without regard
                           to the exclusion of net unrealized  appreciation with
                           respect to employer securities).

              (2)   An "ELIGIBLE  RETIREMENT  PLAN" is an individual  retirement
                    account   described  in  Section  408(a)  of  the  Code,  an
                    individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of
                    the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the
                    Code, or a qualified  trust  described in Section  401(a) of
                    the Code that accepts the  distributee's  Eligible  Rollover
                    Distribution.  However,  in the case of an Eligible Rollover
                    Distribution to the surviving Spouse, an Eligible Retirement
                    Plan  is an  individual  retirement  account  or  individual
                    retirement annuity.

              (3)   A "DIRECT ROLLOVER" is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible
                    Retirement Plan specified by the Member.




                                       22




<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 10.

                          MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF ALLOCATION



10.1          LIMITATION ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS

              Notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan to the contrary,
              Annual  Additions  attributed  to a Member's  Account for any Plan
              Year may not exceed the lesser of: (i) $30,000,  as such amount is
              adjusted for any applicable  increases in the cost-of-living under
              the  Code  or  (ii)  twenty-five  percent  (25%)  of the  Member's
              Compensation for such Plan Year.

10.2          PRIORITY OF REDUCTION

              (a)   To the maximum extent necessary,  before-tax deferrals under
                    Code Section  402(a)(8) made on behalf of a Member under any
                    Qualified Plan maintained by an Affiliated  Company shall be
                    returned  to the Member  before any Annual  Additions  which
                    would  otherwise be  allocated  to a Member's  Account on an
                    Allocation  Date are  reduced  by  reason of  Section  10.1;
                    provided,  however,  any Annual  Additions  attributable  to
                    shares of Financed Stock shall be last reduced.

              (b)   Any Annual Additions  reduced under Section 10.2(a) shall be
                    allocated on the next  Allocation  Date first, to the extent
                    permissible  under Section  10.1,  to the affected  Member's
                    Account and any  remaining  portion of such amount  shall be
                    treated  as  a  forfeiture  under  Section  4.4;   provided,
                    however,  that the  Compensation of the affected Member from
                    whose  Account  the  forfeiture  arose  shall in no event be
                    considered in determining any Active Member's pro rata share
                    of any allocation under Section 4.2(c).

10.3          OTHER PLANS

              The Committee shall, to the extent required by the Code, apply the
              limitations  contained  in this  Section 10 by taking into account
              the benefits  payable and the  contributions  made under any other
              Qualified  Plan which is maintained by an Affiliated  Company and,
              if such  other  plan is a  defined  benefit  plan,  the sum of the
              defined  benefit plan fraction and the defined  contribution  plan
              fraction (as  described  in Section  415(e) of the Code) shall not
              exceed 1.0.


                                       23




<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 11.

                   RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO STOCK



11.1          VOTING

              Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of the  Plan or the  Trust
              Agreement  to  the  contrary,   all  shares  of  Stock  (including
              fractional  shares)  held in the Trust  Fund shall be voted by the
              Trustee  at the  direction  of  Members  in  accordance  with this
              Section 11.1.

              (a)   Before each  annual or special  meeting of  stockholders  of
                    Fab, the  Committee  shall cause to be promptly sent to each
                    Member  who  has  shares  of  Stock  credited  to his or her
                    Account  (without  regard to whether the Member has a Vested
                    Interest in such Stock), on the record date of such meeting,
                    all materials  that a shareholder of Fab would have received
                    with respect to such meeting, including, but not limited to,
                    notices,  proxies,  financial  statements  and  Fab's  proxy
                    solicitation  materials,  together with a form directing the
                    Trustee on how to vote.  Each Member shall have the right to
                    direct the Trustee  with  respect to the voting of the total
                    number of shares of Stock allocated to his or her Account as
                    of the last  Valuation  Date prior to such annual or special
                    meeting of the shareholders of Fab. In addition, each Member
                    shall  separately  have the right to direct the Trustee with
                    respect to the voting at such annual or special meeting such
                    portion of any other  shares of Stock held in the Trust Fund
                    as is equal to the  product of (i) the total  number of such
                    other shares of Stock held in the Trust Fund,  multiplied by
                    (ii) a fraction,  the numerator of which is the total number
                    of shares of Stock  credited to such Member's  Account as of
                    such  Valuation  Date,  and the  denominator of which is the
                    total  number of shares of Stock held in the Trust Fund that
                    are credited to all Members'  Accounts as of such  Valuation
                    date.

              (b)   In the  event of  Stock  must be  voted  prior to the  first
                    allocation  of  Stock  held  in the  Trust  Fund  to  Active
                    Members'  Account  as of the  first  Allocation  Date,  each
                    individual  who is a Member as of the Plan  Entry  Date next
                    preceding the date of such annual or special  meeting of the
                    shareholders  of Fab,  shall  have the right to  direct  the
                    Trustee with respect to the voting at such annual or special
                    meeting  of an equal  number of the  shares of Stock held in
                    the Trust Fund.


                                       24




<PAGE>



              (c)   All voting directions under this Section 11.1 shall be given
                    to the  Trustee  in  writing  in such form and manner as the
                    Committee   shall  prescribe  and  shall  remain  in  strict
                    confidence of the Trustee.  Upon receipt of such directions,
                    the  Trustee  shall vote the  shares of Stock in  accordance
                    therewith.  Any  shares of Stock  with  respect  to which no
                    Member  direction  is  received  shall  not be  voted by the
                    Trustee.

              (d)   In  the  event  consents,   authorizations   or  other  such
                    solicitations  are made with  respect  to Stock in lieu of a
                    meeting,  then  the  Trustee's  vote or  action  on any such
                    solicitation  with  respect  to Stock held in the Trust Fund
                    shall  be  directed   by  Members  to  the  maximum   extent
                    practicable in a manner that is consistent with this Section
                    11.1.

11.2          TENDER OFFERS

              In the event any transaction which is evidenced by the filing of a
              Statement on Schedule 14D-1 under the  Securities  Exchange Act of
              1934, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,  or
              in the event of any other similar  transaction (a "Tender Offer"),
              including,   but  not   limited   to,   a   "self-tender",   then,
              notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of the  Plan or the  Trust
              Agreement to the contrary,  all, any part or none of the shares of
              Stock (including  fractional  shares) held in the Trust Fund shall
              be tendered and sold or exchanged pursuant to such Tender Offer by
              the Trustee at the  direction of Members in  accordance  with this
              Section 11.2.

              (a)   Promptly  upon  written  receipt of such Tender  Offer,  the
                    Trustee  shall  notify each Member in writing of such Tender
                    Offer and the principal  terms thereof and shall cause to be
                    delivered to each Member  copies of all  materials  that the
                    Trustee would receive as a shareholder  with respect to such
                    Tender Offer,  including,  but not limited to,  prospectuses
                    and financial statements.

              (b)   Each  Member  shall have the right to direct the  Trustee to
                    tender and sell or exchange,  pursuant to such Tender Offer,
                    all or any part of that  number of shares of Stock  credited
                    to the  Member's  Account  as of the most  recent  Valuation
                    Date.  In  addition,  such  Members  shall have the right to
                    direct the Trustee to tender and sell or exchange,  pursuant
                    to such Tender  Offer,  such  portion of any other shares of
                    Stock held in the Trust  Fund as is equal to the  product of
                    (i) the  total  number of such  shares of Stock  held in the
                    Trust Fund  multiplied by (ii) a fraction,  the numerator of
                    which is the total  number of  shares of Stock  credited  to
                    such Member's  Account as of such  Valuation  Date,  and the
                    denominator  of which is the total number of shares of Stock
                    held in the Trust Fund credited to all Members'  Accounts as
                    of such  Valuation  Date.  In the  event a  Member  fails to
                    submit  instructions  to the  Trustee,  such Member shall be
                    deemed to have  elected not to tender  those shares of Stock
                    to  which  the   instruction   would  have   related.   Such
                    instructions shall be given to the Trustee

                                       25




<PAGE>



                    in such form and manner as the Trustee shall prescribe.  Any
                    such directions shall remain in the strict confidence of the
                    Trustee.

              (c)   Subject to Section 11.2(d),  the Trustee shall tender,  sell
                    or  exchange,  to  the  extent  that  the  Tender  Offer  is
                    accepted, that number of shares of Stock for which valid and
                    timely  directions  to do so  have  been  received  and  not
                    subsequently been revoked by Members prior to the expiration
                    date of the Tender Offer to which such directions relate. In
                    addition,   the  Trustee  shall   withdraw,   prior  to  the
                    withdrawal  date of the Tender Offer,  that number of shares
                    of Stock  for  which  the  Trustee  receives  directions  to
                    withdraw.

              (d)   Except as to shares of Stock  sold or  tendered  under  this
                    Section 11.2,  the Trustee is prohibited  from  tendering or
                    otherwise selling or exchanging, or depositing or forwarding
                    for  sale  or  exchange,  any  shares  of  Stock  held by it
                    pursuant  to the  Plan  and the  Trust  Agreement,  and from
                    making any purchases of shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan
                    and Trust  Agreement,  during  the  pendency  of the  Tender
                    Offer.

11.3          RESTRICTIONS ON STOCK

              Shares of Stock held or  distributed  by the  Trustee  may include
              such legends and  restrictions  on  transferability  as Fab or the
              Committee  may  reasonably  require in order to assure  compliance
              with applicable Federal and state securities laws and the terms of
              this Plan or the Trust Agreement.  To the maximum extent permitted
              by ERISA and the Code,  shares of Stock  shall  also be subject to
              the  provisions  of  any  applicable   stockholders'   or  similar
              agreement.  No shares of Stock held or distributed  under the Plan
              may be  subject  to a put,  call or other  option or  buy-sell  or
              similar arrangement, except as provided in this Section 11 and the
              provision  of Section  11.6,  Section  11.7 and this  Section 11.3
              shall be  non-terminable  and shall  continue to be  applicable to
              shares  of  Stock  upon  termination  of the Plan or upon the Plan
              ceasing  to  meet  any  qualification  requirements  specified  in
              Section 1.

11.4          CASH DIVIDENDS

              Fab,  in  addition  to  having  the  right to elect to apply  cash
              dividends on shares of Stock allocated to any Member's  Account as
              provided  in  Section  4, may elect  that such  dividends  be paid
              currently to any Member  either  directly by Fab or by the Trustee
              not later than  ninety  (90) days  following  the Plan Year during
              which such  dividend  was paid;  provided,  however,  that Fab may
              elect that any such cash  distribution  to Members be paid only on
              shares of Stock in which such Members have a Vested Interest.


                                       26




<PAGE>



11.5          REASONABLE ACTIONS

              The Committee shall take all reasonable  actions to assure that as
              of each  Valuation  Date (or other  such  date)  specified  in the
              foregoing  provisions  of this  Section  11,  the  Trustee  has an
              accurate  list of all  Members  and the  number of shares of Stock
              (including  fractional  shares)  credited to their  Accounts.  for
              purposes of this Section 11, Fab and the Committee agree to render
              any  reasonably  necessary  and  appropriate  assistance  that the
              Trustee   requests  to  assure  a  proper   distribution  of  cash
              dividends,  an accurate and confidential collection and tabulation
              of  directions  and, for purposes of Section 11.2, a timely tender
              by the Trustee in accordance with such directions,  including, but
              not   limited  to,   reasonable   compliance   with   registration
              requirements under applicable Federal and state securities laws.

11.6          RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

              In the event the proviso under Section 6.1(b)  applies,  shares of
              Stock  distributed  under the Plan shall be subject to a "right of
              first  refusal."  The right of first  refusal  shall  provide that
              prior to any subsequent transfer, such Stock must first be offered
              in writing to Fab and then if refused by Fab, to the  Trustee,  at
              the  value  determined  for  purposes  of the Plan  under  Section
              6.1(b);  provided,  however,  that a bona fide written  offer of a
              greater  amount  from an  independent  prospective  buyer shall be
              deemed to  establish  the fair market value of such stock for this
              purpose.  The right of Fab or the  Trustee  to  acquire  the Stock
              under this Section 11.6 shall expire  fourteen (14) days after the
              date Fab receives the offer to exercise the right of first refusal
              on the  same  terms  offered  by a  prospective  buyer.  A  Member
              entitled to a distribution  of Stock may be required to execute an
              appropriate  stock  transfer  agreement  (evidencing  the right of
              first refusal) prior to receiving a certificate for Stock.

11.7          PUT OPTION

              In the event the proviso under Section  6.1(b)  applies,  a Member
              holding shares of Stock  distributed  under the Plan may elect, by
              filing a request with the  Committee  (i) no later than sixty (60)
              days following such distribution,  or if such request is not made,
              (ii) during a period of at least sixty (60) days commencing on the
              first  anniversary  of such  distribution  to have Fab (or, if the
              Committee  so  directs  and the  Trustee  consents,  the  Trustee)
              purchase  any such shares of Stock at the value  determined  under
              Section 11.6. Fab (or, if the Committee so directs and the Trustee
              consents,  the Trustee), in its sole discretion,  may pay for such
              Stock either in a lump sum or in ratable annual  installments over
              a period not exceeding five (5) years,  with interest payable at a
              reasonable rate on any unpaid installment balance as determined by
              Fab (or, if the  installments  are to be paid from the Trust Fund,
              by the Committee, with the Trustee's consent). Notwithstanding the
              foregoing, Fab or the Trustee (if the Committee so directs and the
              Trustee  consents)  may (or shall,  if required  under the Code or
              ERISA) offer to purchase any shares of Stock distributed under the
              Plan from any Member at any other  time,  at the value  determined
              under Section 11.6.

                                       27




<PAGE>




11.8          SPECIAL DEFINITION OF MEMBER

              For purposes of this Section 11, the term "Member" shall include a
              Member,  or, in the event a Member with an Account  had died,  the
              Member's  Beneficiary,  or,  if the  Member is  otherwise  legally
              incapacitated  with  respect  to all or any  portion of his or her
              Account, such other person whom the Committee may deem to have the
              legal capacity to manage the Member's affairs, and for purposes of
              Section  11.6 and  Section  11.7,  the term  "Member"  shall  also
              include any donee who has received Stock as a gift from the Member
              or the  custodian or trustee of an individual  retirement  account
              that  holds  Stock for the  benefit  of the  Member by reason of a
              "rollover"  of  the  Member's  Plan  distribution   under  Section
              402(a)(5) of the Code.



                                       28




<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 12.

                          DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES



12.1          SELECTED BENEFICIARIES

              Each Member may file with the Committee a notarized designation of
              one or more  persons as the  Beneficiary  who shall be entitled to
              receive the amount,  if any,  payable  under  Section 9.4 upon the
              Member's death. Subject to Section 12.2, a Member may from time to
              time revoke or change his or her Beneficiary  designation  without
              the consent of any prior  Beneficiary by filing a new  designation
              with the Committee. The last such designation form received by the
              Committee  shall  be  controlling;   provided,  however,  that  no
              designation,  or change or revocation thereof,  shall be effective
              unless  received by the Committee  prior to the Member's death and
              in no  event  shall  it be  effective  as of a date  prior to such
              receipt.

12.2          SPOUSE AS BENEFICIARY

              Notwithstanding any provision of Section 12.1 to the contrary, any
              Beneficiary  designation  or revocation  or change of  Beneficiary
              designation  made or outstanding  with respect to a Member must be
              made with the notarized consent of the Member's Spouse, if any. If
              no Beneficiary  designation  under this Section 12 is in effect at
              the time of a Member's  death, or if the Beneficiary so designated
              fails  to  survive  such  Member,  the  Beneficiary  shall  be the
              Member's  Spouse,  if any, or if there is no Spouse,  the Member's
              surviving  issue,  per stirpes,  or if there is no such issue, the
              Member's  estate.  If the Committee is in doubt as to the right of
              any person to receive any  benefits,  the Committee may direct the
              Trustee to (i)  retain  such  amount,  without  liability  for any
              interest thereon,  until the rights thereto are determined or (ii)
              pay such amount  into any court of  appropriate  jurisdiction  and
              such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the
              Plan and the Trust Fund therefor.


                                       29




<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 13.

                              TOP-HEAVY LIMITATIONS



13.1          DEFINITIONS

              When used in this Section 13, the  following  terms shall have the
              following meanings:

              (a)   "Account  Balance"  shall mean, for the first Plan Year, the
                    value of the Member's  Account as of the Allocation Date for
                    the Plan Year,  and,  for any other Plan Year,  the value of
                    the Member's  Account as of the Allocation Date for the next
                    preceding Plan Year increased by the aggregate amount of all
                    withdrawals and distributions  made from such Account during
                    the immediately preceding five (5) Plan Years.

              (b)   "Key  Employee"  shall mean, for a Plan Year, any individual
                    who  would be  considered  a "key  employee"  under  Section
                    416(i) of the Code.

              (c)   "Top-Heavy"  shall mean, for a Plan Year, that the aggregate
                    Account Balances of Key Employees exceed sixty percent (60%)
                    (or  ninety  percent  (90%) in the  event the Plan is "Super
                    Top-Heavy")  of  the  aggregate   Account  Balances  of  all
                    Members,  determined,  (i) with  respect  to the first  Plan
                    Year, as of the corresponding  Allocation Date and (ii) with
                    respect to any other Plan Year, as of the Allocation Date of
                    the next  preceding Plan Year,  taking into account,  to the
                    extent either required or permitted by the Code, the accrued
                    benefits under each Qualified Plan of an Affiliated  Company
                    in  which  a  Key  Employee   participates  and  each  other
                    Qualified  Plan  which  enables  the Plan to  qualify  under
                    Section 401(a) of the Code.

13.2          TOP-HEAVY PLAN YEARS

              Notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan to the contrary,
              if the  Plan is  TopHeavy  for a Plan  Year,  then  the  following
              provisions  shall  apply,  but only to the extent  required by the
              Code.

              (a)   The Annual  Additions  to the Account of each Active  Member
                    (determined  without regard to Section  2.2(i)) who is not a
                    Key  Employee   shall  be  no  less,   as  a  percentage  of
                    Compensation,  than  the  lesser  of (i)  the  largest  such
                    percentage for a Key Employee or (ii) three percent (3%);



                                       30




<PAGE>



              (b)   For any Member who has  completed an Hour of Service  during
                    any Plan Year in which the Plan is Top  Heavy,  the  vesting
                    schedule in Section  7.2 shall be applied by  assuming  each
                    Member in Service otherwise having a "vesting percentage" of
                    at  least  thirty  percent  (30%)  under  such  schedule  is
                    credited with one (1) additional completed Year of Service;

              (c)   The requirements of Section 10.3 shall be satisfied for such
                    Plan Year by making  appropriate  adjustments to the defined
                    benefit  plan  fraction  and the defined  contribution  plan
                    fraction to reflect the additional  restrictions  imposed by
                    Section   416(h)(1)   of  the  Code.   Notwithstanding   the
                    foregoing,  this Section 13.2(c) shall not apply if the Plan
                    is Super  Top-Heavy  for such Plan  Year and  "four  percent
                    (4%)" is  substituted  for "three  (3)" with  respect to the
                    minimum allocation provided under Section 13.2(a).

13.3          AGGREGATION WITH OTHER PLANS

              If any other  Qualified Plan must be or otherwise is considered in
              determining  whether the  requirements  of Section  13.2(a) or (c)
              have been met, appropriate adjustments in accordance with the Code
              shall be made for the  benefits  or  contributions  provided  each
              Member who is not a Key Employee under each such Qualified Plan.



                                       31




<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 14.

                           ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN



14.1          THE COMMITTEE

              The   Committee   shall  have  general   responsibility   for  the
              administration and interpretation of the Plan (including,  but not
              limited to,  complying with reporting and disclosure  requirements
              and establishing and maintaining Plan records).  The Committee has
              the  sole  authority  to make  all  decisions,  determinations  or
              interpretations  the Committee may deem  necessary or advisable in
              connection  with the  matters  under the Plan it has  specific  or
              general  responsibility of and all such decisions,  determinations
              or  interpretations  shall be made in the sole  discretion  of the
              Committee  and  shall be  final,  binding  and  conclusive  on all
              interested persons.

14.2          THE TRUSTEE

              Fab shall have the power to appoint,  remove or change the Trustee
              and the Trustee shall have  responsibility  under the Plan for the
              management  and  control  of the  assets  of the Trust  Fund.  The
              Committee shall periodically review the performance and methods of
              the Trustee.

14.3          AGENTS

              The Committee  shall engage such legal counsel,  certified  public
              accountants  or  other  experts,   who  may  be  employed  by  any
              Affiliated  Company,  and make use of such agents and  clerical or
              other  personnel of any Affiliated  Company as the Committee shall
              require or may deem  advisable  for  purposes  of the Plan and the
              Trust.  The  Committee  may rely upon the  written  option of such
              counsel,  accountants or other experts. The Committee may delegate
              to  any  such  agent  or to  any  subcommittee  or  member  of the
              Committee its authority to perform any act  hereunder,  including,
              without  limitation,  those  matters  involving  the  exercise  of
              discretion;  provided,  however,  that  such  delegation  shall be
              subject to revocation at any time by the Committee.  The Committee
              shall  report  to the  Board,  or to a  committee  of  such  Board
              designated for that purpose, at such times as may be designated by
              the Board or  committee  thereof,  with  regard to the matters for
              which the Committee is responsible under the Plan.

14.4          FORMATION OF COMMITTEE

              The  Committee  shall  consist  of not less than three (3) and not
              more than seven (7) members,  each of whom shall be appointed  by,
              shall remain in office at the will of, and may be removed, with or
              without  cause,  by the  Board.  Any member of the  Committee  may
              resign at any time. No member of the Committee shall be entitled

                                       32




<PAGE>



              to act on or decide  any  matter  relating  solely to  himself  or
              herself  or solely to any of his or her rights or  benefits  under
              the Plan.  The  members of the  Committee  shall not  receive  any
              special compensation for serving in their capacities as members of
              the Committee, but shall be reimbursed for any reasonable expenses
              incurred in connection therewith.  Except as otherwise required by
              ERISA, no bond or other security need be required of the Committee
              or any member thereof in any jurisdiction. Any person may serve on
              the Committee,  and any member of the Committee,  any subcommittee
              or agent to whom the Committee  delegates any  authority,  and any
              other  person  or group of  persons,  may  serve in more  than one
              fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.

14.5          CHAIRMAN

              The Committee shall elect or designate its own Chairman, establish
              its own  procedures  and the time and place for its meetings,  and
              provide for the keeping of minutes of all meetings.  A majority of
              the members of the  Committee  shall  constitute  a quorum for the
              transaction of business at a meeting of the Committee.  Any action
              of the  Committee  may be  taken  upon the  affirmative  vote of a
              majority of the members of the  Committee  at a meeting or, at the
              discretion of its Chairman or such other member of the  Committee,
              without a meeting, by mail, telegraph or telephone,  provided that
              all  of the  members  of  the  Committee  are  informed  by  mail,
              telegraph  or telephone of their right to vote on the proposal and
              of the outcome of the vote thereon.

14.6          DEMANDS FOR MONEY

              All demands for money of the Plan shall be signed by an officer or
              officers of Fab, or such other person or persons as the  Committee
              may from time to time designate in writing,  who shall cause to be
              (i) kept full and accurate  accounts of receipts and disbursements
              of the Trust Fund,  (ii)  deposited all funds of the Trust Fund to
              the name and  credit of the  Trustee  or the Trust  Fund,  in such
              depositories  as  may  be  designated  by  the  Committee,   (iii)
              disbursed  the monies and funds of the Trust Fund so authorized by
              the Committee and (iv)  performed such other related duties as may
              be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Committee.

14.7          BENEFIT CLAIMS

              All  claims for  benefits  under the Plan  shall be  submitted  in
              writing to, and within a reasonable period of time decided by, one
              (1) person designated in writing by the Chairman of the Committee.
              Written  notice  of the  decision  on each  such  claim  shall  be
              furnished  reasonably  promptly to the  claimant.  If the claim is
              wholly or partially denied, such written notice shall set forth an
              explanation of the specific  findings and  conclusions,  including
              references  to  specific  provisions  of the  Plan  or  the  Trust
              Agreement,  upon which such denial is based. A claimant may review
              all pertinent  documents and may request a review by the Committee
              of such a decision  denying the claim.  Such a request shall be in
              writing and filed with the Committee within a

                                       33




<PAGE>



              reasonable period of time, as specified by the Committee from time
              to  time,  after  delivery  to such  claimant  of  notice  of said
              decision.  Such  request for review shall  contain all  additional
              information  which the claimant  wishes the Committee to consider.
              The  Committee  may hold any  hearing or conduct  any  independent
              investigation  which it deems necessary or advisable to render its
              decision  and the  decision  on  review  shall  be made as soon as
              possible after the Committee's  receipt of the request for review.
              Written  notice  of the  decision  on  review  shall  be  promptly
              furnished to the claimant and shall include  specific  reasons for
              such decision.  For all purposes under the Plan, such decisions on
              claims  (where no review is  requested)  and  decisions  on review
              (where review is requested) shall be final, binding and conclusive
              on all  interested  persons  as to any  matter  or  interpretation
              relating to the Plan.

14.8          NO PERSONAL LIABILITY

              To the  maximum  extent  permitted  by  ERISA,  no  member  of the
              Committee shall be personally  liable by reason of any contract or
              other instrument  executed by him or her, or on his or her behalf,
              in his or her  capacity as a member of the  Committee  not for any
              mistake  of  judgment  made in good  faith and the  Company  shall
              indemnify  and  hold  harmless,   directly  from  its  own  assets
              (including  the proceeds of any  insurance  policy the premiums of
              which are paid from the Company's own assets),  each member of the
              Committee  and each other  officer,  employee,  or director of the
              Company to whom any duty or power  relating to the  administration
              or  interpretation of the Plan or to the management and control of
              the  assets  of the  Trust  Fund may be  delegated  or  allocated,
              against any cost or expense  (including any sum paid in settlement
              of a claim with the  approval  of Fab)  arising  out of any act or
              omission  to act in  connection  with the Plan or the  Trust  Fund
              unless arising out of such person's own fraud or bad faith.

14.9          AGENT FOR SERVICE OR PROCESS

              The  Chairman of the  Committee  or such other  person as may from
              time to time be  designated  by the  Board  shall be the agent for
              service of process under the Plan.



                                       34




<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 15.

                      WITHDRAWAL OF A PARTICIPATING COMPANY



15.1          PROCEDURES FOR WITHDRAWAL

              (a)   Any   Participating    Company   may   withdraw   from   its
                    participation in the Plan by giving the Board, the Committee
                    and the Trustee  prior notice  specifying a withdrawal  date
                    which  shall be the last day of a month at least  sixty (60)
                    days  subsequent  to the date such notice is received by the
                    Board. The Board may terminate any  Participating  Company's
                    participation  in the  Plan,  as of any  withdrawal  date it
                    specifies,  for any reason,  including,  but not limited to,
                    the  failure of the  Participating  Company  to make  proper
                    Company  Contributions  or to  take  appropriate  action  to
                    assure  compliance  with any other  provision of the Plan or
                    with  any  applicable  legal  requirements.  Notice  of  any
                    withdrawal of a  Participating  Company from the Plan by the
                    Board shall be given to the  Committee,  the Trustee and the
                    withdrawing Participating Company.

              (b)   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   (i)  the  transfer  of  a
                    Participating Company or a division,  facility, operation or
                    trade or  business of a  Participating  Company to an entity
                    that  is not  an  Affiliated  Company  or  (ii)  a  "partial
                    termination" or "permanent  discontinuance of contributions"
                    of  the  Plan  under  Section  411(d)(3)  of  the  Code,  as
                    determined  by the IRS,  with respect to a group of Members,
                    shall be treated as a withdrawal of a Participating  Company
                    for  purposes of this Section 15 without  further  action by
                    the Board or any Participating Company.

15.2          CONTRIBUTIONS UPON WITHDRAWAL

              Upon the  withdrawal  of any  Participating  Company,  no  further
              Company  Contributions  or  allocations  under  Section  4.2(c) on
              behalf  of  affected  Members  shall be made for Plan  Years  with
              Allocation  Dates occurring  after the date of withdrawal,  and no
              amount shall thereafter be payable under the Plan to or in respect
              of any affected  Members except as provided in this Section 15. To
              the maximum extent  permitted by ERISA and the Code, any rights of
              Members  who  had  been or are  employed  by  other  Participating
              Companies   shall  be  unaffected  by  such   withdrawal  and  any
              transfers,  distributions  or other  dispositions of the assets of
              the  Plan as  provided  in this  Section  15  shall  constitute  a
              complete  discharge of all liabilities under the Plan with respect
              to such Participating Company's participation in the Plan and with
              respect to any affected Member, Spouse or Beneficiary.



                                       35




<PAGE>



15.3          EFFECT OF WITHDRAWAL

              Upon a  Participating  Company's  withdrawal  from the  Plan,  the
              Committee may direct,  in accordance with ERISA and the Code, that
              the Accounts of affected  Members may continue to be maintained by
              the Plan,  or,  after  payment of or  provision  for  expenses and
              charges and  appropriate  adjustment  of the  Accounts of all such
              Members as described in Section 16.3(e) (as if the withdrawal date
              were the termination date), the value of such Accounts may be paid
              from the Trust Fund in the manner  described in Section 16.3(f) or
              transferred,  subject to Section 15.4(b) to a successor  Qualified
              Plan.

15.4          TRANSFER OF PLAN ASSETS

              (a)   To the maximum  extent  permitted by ERISA and the Code, Fab
                    may direct that (i) this Plan be merged or consolidated with
                    another  Qualified Plan,  (ii) the Accounts,  in whole or in
                    part, of one (1) or more Members be  transferred  to another
                    Qualified  Plan or  (iii)  that  assets  or  liabilities  of
                    another Qualified Plan be transferred to this Plan.

              (b)   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or the Trust
                    Agreement  to the  contrary  and to the extent  required  by
                    ERISA or the Code,  no transfer of any of the Plan's  assets
                    or liabilities to a successor  Qualified Plan or transfer of
                    another  Qualified Plan's assets or liabilities to this Plan
                    (whether by merger or consolidation with such Qualified Plan
                    or  otherwise)  shall be made unless each Member  would,  if
                    either  this Plan or such  Qualified  Plan then  terminated,
                    receive a benefit  immediately  after  such  transfer  which
                    (after  taking  account of any  distribution  or payments to
                    them as part of the same transaction) is equal to or greater
                    than the  benefit  he or she  would  have been  entitled  to
                    receive  immediately  before such  transfer if this Plan had
                    then been  terminated.  The Committee may also condition any
                    such   transfer   upon   prior   receipt   of    appropriate
                    indemnification  from the employer or employers  maintaining
                    such other Qualified Plan.

15.5          DETERMINATION, APPROVALS AND NOTIFICATIONS

              All determinations, approvals and notifications that the Committee
              may deem necessary or  appropriate  with respect to the withdrawal
              of a  Participating  Company or any  transaction  contemplated  by
              Section  15.4  shall  be in form and  substance  and from a source
              satisfactory to the Committee.



                                       36




<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 16.

                 AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN AND TRUST



16.1          AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

              (a)   To the maximum  extent  permitted by ERISA and the Code, Fab
                    reserves the right, as of a date specified by Fab, to amend,
                    suspend or terminate, either prospectively or retroactively,
                    the  Plan,  any  Company  Contributions  thereunder,  or the
                    Trust,  in whole or in part,  and for any reason and without
                    the consent of any Participating  Company,  Member,  Spouse,
                    Beneficiary or other person.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                    the Plan and Trust shall automatically be terminated without
                    further  action by Fab in the event  that  there is a Tender
                    Offer (as  defined in Section  11.2) or other  event  (other
                    than  the  repayment  of an  ESOP  Loan)  that  directly  or
                    indirectly results in no shares of Financed Stock being held
                    in the Loan Suspense Account.

              (b)   The Committee may adopt  amendments to the Plan which may be
                    necessary or appropriate  to facilitate the  administration,
                    management or  interpretation of the Plan, or to conform the
                    Plan  thereto,  or to  qualify  and  maintain  the Plan as a
                    Qualified  Plan or to comply with any other  applicable  law
                    (including ERISA); provided,  however, that such amendments,
                    in the estimation of the Committee, do not have any material
                    effect on the  currently  estimated  cost of the  Company of
                    maintaining  the  Plan or are not  inconsistent  with  Fab's
                    personnel or fiscal policies.

              (c)   Each  Participating  Company,  by its  adoption of the Plan,
                    shall be deemed to have  delegated the authority  granted in
                    this Section 16 to Fab and the Committee.

16.2          NOTICE

              Notice of any amendment,  modification,  suspension or termination
              of the Plan, specifying the effective date of such action shall be
              given by Fab or the  Committee  to each other and to the  Trustee,
              and all Participating Companies.

16.3          TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

              (a)   Upon  termination  of the Plan,  no  Company  shall make any
                    further Company  Contributions or allocations  under Section
                    4.2(c) under the Plan Years with Allocation Dates that would
                    otherwise have occurred after the  termination  date,  which
                    shall  be the last  Allocation  Date  for the  Plan,  and no
                    amount shall  thereafter  be payable under the Plan to or in
                    respect of any Member except as provided in this Section 16.
                    To the maximum extent permitted by ERISA and

                                       37




<PAGE>



                    the Code, transfers,  distributions or other dispositions of
                    the assets of the Plan as provided in this  Section 16 shall
                    constitute a complete discharge of all liabilities under the
                    Plan and the  Trust  Fund.  The  Committee  shall  remain in
                    existence and all of the provisions of the Plan which in the
                    opinion of the  Committee are necessary for the execution of
                    the  Plan and the  Trust  Fund  and the  administration  and
                    distribution, transfer or other disposition of the assets of
                    the Trust Fund in  accordance  with this  Section 16.3 shall
                    remain in force.

              (b)   In the event that the Plan is terminated, first, any amounts
                    allocated  to  the  Loan  Suspense  Account,   any  proceeds
                    therefrom  and cash  dividends  on shares of Financed  Stock
                    held in the  Loan  Suspense  Account  shall  be  applied  to
                    satisfy  any   outstanding   ESOP  Loan  obligation  in  its
                    entirety,   and  any  such  amounts   remaining  after  full
                    satisfaction of such obligation shall be treated as earnings
                    on the Trust Fund in accordance with Section 16.3(e).

              (c)   Then,   any  Company   Contributions   (including  any  cash
                    dividends on shares of Financed Stock  allocated to Members'
                    Accounts  that Fab  elects  to so apply in  accordance  with
                    Section  4.2(b)(i))  shall be allocated in  accordance  with
                    Section  4.2  as of  the  last  Allocation  Date;  provided,
                    however,  that, for purposes of the allocation under Section
                    4.2(c), Section 2.2(i) shall not apply.

              (d)   In the event that the Plan is terminated while there are any
                    amounts   held  in  suspense   under   Section   10.2  after
                    application of the foregoing  provisions of this Section 16,
                    such amounts shall be applied to the outstanding  balance of
                    any  ESOP  Loan,  and  any  amounts   remaining  after  full
                    satisfaction of such obligation shall be returned to Fab.

              (e)   Then,  the Trust  Fund and each  Member's  Account  shall be
                    adjusted  to reflect  (i)  payment of or  provision  for all
                    expenses and charges  referred to in Section 6.3 and Section
                    6.4 and (ii) adjustment for earnings,  profits and losses of
                    the  Trust  to  the  last  Allocation  Date  in  the  manner
                    described in Section 6.1.

              (f)   Upon  receipt  by the  Committee  of IRS  approval  of  such
                    termination, Fab shall direct that the full current value of
                    each   Member's   Account  shall  be  paid,  to  the  extent
                    reasonably  possible in accordance with Section 9.6, as soon
                    as practicable thereafter from the Trust to each Member (or,
                    in the  event of the  death  of a  Member,  the  Beneficiary
                    thereof),  unless and to the extent, Fab directs that any or
                    all of the Members'  Accounts,  or any portion  thereof,  be
                    transferred,  subject to  Section  15.4(b),  to a  successor
                    Qualified   Plan.   All   determinations,    approvals   and
                    notifications  referred  to  above  shall  be  in  form  and
                    substance and from a source satisfactory to the Committee.


                                       38




<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 17.

                       GENERAL LIMITATIONS AND PROVISIONS



17.1          DECREASE IN VALUE OF TRUST ASSETS

              Each Member,  Spouse,  Beneficiary  or other person shall bear all
              risks in  connection  with any decrease in the value of the assets
              of the  Trust  Fund and the  Member's  Account,  and  neither  the
              Company nor the Committee nor any member thereof, nor any employee
              or  director  of the  Company,  shall  be  liable  or  responsible
              therefor.

17.2          SOLE SOURCE OF BENEFITS

              The Trust shall be the sole source of benefits under the Plan and,
              except  as  otherwise  required  by  ERISA,  the  Company  and the
              Committee,  assume no responsibility for payment of such benefits,
              and each  Member,  Spouse,  Beneficiary  or other person who shall
              claim the right to any payment under the Plan shall be entitled to
              look only to the Trust  Fund for such  payment  and shall not have
              any right,  claim or demand  therefor  against  the Company or the
              Committee,  or any member thereof,  or any employee or director of
              the Company.

17.3          NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT

              Nothing contained in the Plan shall give any employee the right to
              be retained in the employment of any Affiliated  Company or affect
              the  right of any such  employer  to  dismiss  any  employee.  The
              adoption  and  maintenance  of the Plan  shall  not  constitute  a
              contract  between  any  Affiliated  Company  and any  employee  or
              consideration  for,  or an  inducement  to or  condition  of,  the
              employment of any employee.

17.4          INCOMPETENCY

              If the Committee  shall find that any person to whom any amount is
              payable  under the Plan is  unable to care for his or her  affairs
              because of illness or accident,  or is a minor,  or has died, then
              any payment  due him or her, or his or her estate  (unless a prior
              claim   therefor  has  been  made  by  a  duly   appointed   legal
              representative) may, if the Committee so elects, be paid to his or
              her Spouse,  a child, a relative,  an  institution  maintaining or
              having  custody of such person,  or any other person deemed by the
              Committee  to be a  proper  recipient  on  behalf  of such  person
              otherwise  entitled  to  payment.  Any  such  payment  shall  be a
              complete  discharge  of the  liability  of the Plan and the  Trust
              therefor.



                                       39




<PAGE>



17.5          ALIENATION

              Except  insofar as may  otherwise  be  required  by law, no amount
              payable at any time under the Plan and the Trust  shall be subject
              in any  manner to  alienation  by  anticipation,  sale,  transfer,
              assignment,  bankruptcy, pledge, attachment, charge or encumbrance
              of  any  kind  nor in any  manner  by  subject  to  the  debts  or
              liabilities  of any  person,  and any  attempt to so  alienate  or
              subject any such amount,  whether presently or thereafter payable,
              shall be void. If any person shall, or attempt to, alienate,  sell
              transfer, assign, pledge, attach, charge or otherwise encumber any
              amount payable under the Plan and Trust or any part thereof or if,
              by reason of his or her bankruptcy or other event happening at any
              such time,  such amount  would be made subject to his or her debts
              or  liabilities  or would  otherwise not be enjoyed by him or her,
              then the Committee,  if it so elects,  may direct that such amount
              be  withheld  and that the  same or any  part  thereof  be paid or
              applied to or for the benefit of such  person,  his or her Spouse,
              children or other  dependents,  or any of them, in such manner and
              proportion as the Committee may deem proper.

17.6          AVOIDANCE OF ESCHEAT

              If the Committee cannot ascertain the whereabouts of any person to
              whom a payment is due under the Plan,  and if, after eighteen (18)
              months from the date such payment is due, a notice of such payment
              due is mailed to the last known  address of such person,  as shown
              on the records of the Committee or the Company,  and, within three
              (3) months  after such  mailing,  such person has not made written
              claim therefor,  the Committee,  if it so elects,  may direct that
              such  payment and all  remaining  payments  otherwise  due to such
              person be  cancelled  on the  records  of the Plan and the  amount
              thereof  applied as a  forfeiture  under  Section 4.4 for the Plan
              Year in which the Committee  makes such  direction  and, upon such
              cancellation,  the  Plan  and the  Trust  shall  have  no  further
              liability  therefor  except  that,  in the event such person later
              notifies the Committee of his or her  whereabouts and requests the
              payment or payments due to him or her under the Plan,  the amounts
              so applied  shall be paid to him or her no later than  ninety (90)
              days  following the Allocation  Date  coincident or next following
              the date such  notification  is  received by the  Committee,  in a
              single sum distribution as provided in Section 9.6.

17.7          FILING INFORMATION

              Each  Member  or  other  interested  person  shall  file  with the
              Committee  such  pertinent   information   concerning  himself  or
              herself,  his or her  Spouse  and  his or her  Beneficiary  as the
              Committee may specify, and no Member, Beneficiary, or other person
              shall have any rights or be entitled to any benefit under the Plan
              unless such information is filed by or with respect to him or her.

                                       40




<PAGE>



17.8          THE TRUST

              (a)   The Trust Agreement  constitutes a part of the Plan. Any and
                    all rights or benefits accruing to any person under the Plan
                    shall be subject to the terms of the Trust Agreement.

              (b)   Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, in no event shall
                    any part of the Trust  Fund be used for or  diverted  to any
                    purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Members and
                    their Beneficiaries under the Plan.

17.9          COMMUNICATIONS TO FAB AND THE COMMITTEE

              All elections,  designations,  requests, notices, instructions and
              other transmittals or communications from a Participating Company,
              a Member,  Beneficiary  or other  person  to Fab or the  Committee
              required or permitted under the Plan shall be in writing,  made in
              accordance  with  such  procedures  as the  Committee  or Fab  may
              establish,  shall be in such  form as is  prescribed  from time to
              time by Fab or the Committee,  shall be mailed by first class mail
              or delivered to such  location as shall be specified by Fab or the
              Committee  and shall be deemed  to have been  given and  delivered
              only upon actual  receipt  thereof by such party,  at the location
              specified thereby.

17.10         COMMUNICATIONS TO MEMBERS

              All  notices,  statements,   reports  and  other  transmittals  or
              communications  from  aEParticipating  Company or the Committee to
              any  Employee,  Member,  Beneficiary  or other person  required or
              permitted  under the Plan shall be in  writing  and deemed to have
              been duly given when  delivered  to, or when mailed by first class
              mail,  postage  prepaid and addressed to, such  Employee,  Member,
              Beneficiary  or other person at his or her address last  appearing
              on the records of the Company or the Committee.

17.11         CAPTIONS AND REFERENCES

              The  captions  preceding  in the  Sections  of the Plan  have been
              inserted solely as a matter of convenience and in no way define or
              limit the scope or intent  of any  provision  of the Plan.  Except
              where indicated to the contrary, all references to Sections are to
              Sections of this Plan.

17.12         GOVERNING LAW

              The Plan  and all  rights  thereunder  shall  be  governed  by and
              construed  in  accordance  with ERISA and the laws of the State of
              New York.


                                       41




<PAGE>



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this plan has been duly executed by an authorized officer of
the  Company on the  Effective  Date and is hereby  reexecuted  this 21st day of
September 1995, to include amendments mandated by the Unemployment  Compensation
Amendments of 1992 and the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993.

                                  FAB INDUSTRIES, INC.

[SEAL]

                                  By  /s/ Samson Bitensky
                                    -----------------------------------
Attest                                    Samson Bitensky , President


/s/  Kym M. Hayes
- -----------------------
     Secretary


                                       42





                                                                     EXHIBIT 23





               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



Fab Industries, Inc.
New York, New York



         We hereby consent to the  incorporation  by reference in the Prospectus
constituting  a part of the  Registration  Statement  on Form S-8 filed June 28,
1993,  the  Registration  Statement  on Form S-3 filed  January 31, 1992 and the
Registration  Statement  on Form S-8  filed  June 9,  1989 of our  report  dated
February 9, 1996 relating to the consolidated  financial statements and schedule
of Fab  Industries,  Inc. and  subsidiaries  appearing in the  Company's  Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 2, 1995.

         We also consent to the  reference to us under the caption  "experts" in
the Prospectus forming a part of such Registration Statements.




                                                    /s/ BDO Seidman, LLP

                                                    BDO SEIDMAN, LLP




New York, New York
February 26, 1996





WARNING: THE EDGAR SYSTEM ENCOUNTERED ERROR(S) WHILE PROCESSING THIS SCHEDULE.

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                              5
<MULTIPLIER>                           1000
<CURRENCY>                             U.S. Dollars
       
<S>                                      <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                          YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                      DEC-2-1995
<PERIOD-START>                         DEC-4-1994
<PERIOD-END>                           DEC-2-1995
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                        1
<CASH>                                 7,883
<SECURITIES>                           54,674
<RECEIVABLES>                          35,717
<ALLOWANCES>                              500
<INVENTORY>                            27,267
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                       127,011
<PP&E>                                 104,223
<DEPRECIATION>                         72,644
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                         161,027
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                  20,596
<BONDS>                                   678
                     0
                               0
<COMMON>                                 1,309
<OTHER-SE>                             131,623
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>           161,027
<SALES>                                182,000
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                       182,000
<CGS>                                  154,956
<TOTAL-COSTS>                          154,956
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                        17,342
<LOSS-PROVISION>                           400
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                         129
<INCOME-PRETAX>                         13,760
<INCOME-TAX>                             4,350
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                      9,410
<DISCONTINUED>                             0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                            0
<CHANGES>                                  0
<NET-INCOME>                             9,410
<EPS-PRIMARY>                             1.57
<EPS-DILUTED>                             1.57
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission